svcfield8050_c500_cf5001
TRANSCRIPT
SERVICE MANUAL
8050/CF5001 C500
8150
FIELD SERVICE
2004. 12Ver. 3.0
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-1 1
Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing ser-
vice work.
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to
the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while ser-
vicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “ CAUTION” is defined
as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.
When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING ANDCAUTION
DANGER :Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING:Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION :Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble, and
property damage
:Precaution when using the copier.General precaution Electric hazard High temperature
:Prohibition when using the copier.General prohibition Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble
:Direction when using the copier.General instruction Unplug Ground/Earth
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-21
1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY
KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design
and a solid service network.
Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects
have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unau-
thorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
SAFETY WARNINGS
PROHIBITED ACTIONS
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, sol-
der or similar object.
• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)
• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Making any modification to the copier unless instructed by KMBT
• Using parts not specified by KMBT
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-3 2
2. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE
Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met,
in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury. However, in daily
use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability,
the CE must perform regular safety checks.
2.1 Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified. Plug the power cord into the dedi-
cated wall outlet with a capacity greater than the maximum power consump-
tion.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as the
plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact quali-
fied electrician for the installation.
• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.
Ground Lead
WARNING
• Check whether the copier is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded copier, you may suffer electric
shock while operating the copier. Connect the ground lead to one of the
following points:
a. Ground terminal of wall outlet
b. Ground terminal for which Class D work has been done
kw
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-42
• Pay attention to the point to which the ground lead is connected.
Connecting the ground lead to an improper point such as the points listed
below results in a risk of explosion and electric shock:
a. Gas pipe (A risk of explosion or fire exists.)
b. Lightning rod (A risk of electric shock or fire exists.)
c. Telephone line ground (A risk of electric shock or fire exists in the case
of lightning.)
d. Water pipe or faucet (It may include a plastic portion.)
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
• For the products that use the power cord set (inlet type), be sure to follow the
directions given below.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture prop-
erly.
a. Be sure to check to see if the power cord is securely inserted into the
main body side inlet.
b. When the fixing of the cord is indicated in the installation instructions,
be sure to fix it securely by using the fixing materials provided in the
same package.
c. When the power cord is damaged with its sheath broken, be sure to
replace it with the specified power cord set.
When the power cord is not securely inserted, an abnormal heat may gen-
erates due to a poor contact of the cord, thus resulting in a fire.
• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord (with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT. Using the damaged
power cord may result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
Ground Lead
WARNING
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-5 2
2.2. Installation Requirements
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same out-
let.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.
Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long
extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.
Prohibited Installation Place
WARNING
• Do not place the copier near flammable materials such as curtains or volatile
materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
• Do not place the copier in a place exposed to water such as rain water.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-62
When not using product for a long time
WARNING
• When the copier is not used over an extended period of time (holidays, etc.),
switch it off and unplug the power cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be
harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple copiers at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a
injury.
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the
prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools. Do
not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the copier may break and a
risk of injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs from
the copier and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still pow-
ered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-7 2
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the Copier Powered
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation check
with the copier powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Be careful not to drop metal chips such as a clip, staple and/or a screw into
the inside of the product or its gaps.
A short circuit may occurs inside the product, thus resulting in an electric
shock and/or a fire.
• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and elec-
trode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of copier trouble or fire.
• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-82
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make
sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write
unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery speci-
fied in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.
• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the
interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the copier (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the orig-
inal location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-9 2
Consumables
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken not
to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact with
eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS
DANGER : HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS
• When solution is used for cleaning, be sure to unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
• Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants
on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-10
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products mar-
keted in the United States.
This copier is certified as a “Class 1” laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within
protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user opera-
tion.
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-11
This machine is provided with the following safety circuits to prevent machine faults from resulting in serious accidents.
• Overall protection circuit
• Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating prevention circuit
These safety circuits are described below to provide the service engineer with a renewed awareness of them in order to pre-
vent servicing errors that may impair their functions.
1. Overall protection circuit
1.1 Protection by circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) and circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
CBR1 and CBR2 interrupt the AC line instantaneously when an excessive current flows due to a short in the AC
line.
CAUTION:
The CBR1 and CBR2 functions must not be deactivated under any circumstances.
SAFETY CIRCUITS
NF
CBR1
CBR2
8050sf001
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-12
2. Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating
prevention circuit
2.1 Protection by software
The output voltage from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) and fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) is read by the
CPU. If this voltage is abnormal, L2, L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening main relay (RL1).
CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.
2.2 Protection by the hardware circuit
The output voltages from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1), fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2), fixing temperature
sensor /3 (TH3), and fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) are compared with the abnormality judgment reference
value in the comparator circuit. If the output voltage from TH1, TH2, TH3, or TH4 exceeds the reference value, L2,
L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening RL1.
CAUTION:
• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing
lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with
the specified clearances.
• Periodically check the contact between the fixing upper roller and TH3 and the contact
between the fixing lower roller and TH4, and replace them if any abnormality is detected.
• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.
2.3 Protection by thermostat /1 (TS1) and thermostat /2 (TS2)
When the temperature of the fixing upper roller exceeds the specified value, TS1 is turned OFF, thus interrupting the
power to L2 and L3 directly. When the temperature of the fixing lower roller exceeds the specified value, TS2 is
turned OFF, thus interrupting the power to L4 directly.
CAUTION:
Do not use any other electrical conductor in place of TS1 and TS2.
Control
section
AC driver
section
TS1
PRCB ACDB
TS2
L2
L3
L4
RL1RL1
TH1
TH3
TH2
TH4
FHCB
8050sf002e
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-13
Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric
shock.
CAUTION
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf003e
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-14
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf004e
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-15
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf005e
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-162
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf006e
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-17 1
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf007e
8050sf008e
Unplug the machine before removing platen glass.
Debrancher le copieur avant de retirer la vitre d'exposition.
Desenchufe la maquina antes de quitar el vidrio.
Desconecte a unidade da tomada antes de remover o vidro de exposicao.
PS
~
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-182
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-
self away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
8050sf009
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS
i
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
2
CONTENTS
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
IMPORTANT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10
IMPORTANT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10
SAFETY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Composition of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Notation of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix
Measures to take in case of an accident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi
List of major differences between the old type and the new type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
I ADJUSTMENT
1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN REPLACING PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
4. MODE CHANGE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
4.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
5. CHECKING BY THE P FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
5.1 Checking method of the P function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
6. 25 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
6.1 List of adjustment items for 25 mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
6.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
6.3 Setting software DIPSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
6.4 Paper size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.1 Standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.2 Non-standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.4.3 Wide paper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6.5 PM count setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.5.1 Count reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.5.2 Change setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
6.6 Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
6.7 Parts counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
6.7.1 Count of special parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
6.7.2 Count of each parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
6.8 Password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
ii
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
2
6.9 Telephone number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
6.10 M/C serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.11 Indication of ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.12 KRDS setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.13 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
6.14 Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
6.15 Board change mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
7. 36 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
7.1 Setting method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
7.2 Process adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
7.2.1 High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
7.2.3 Sensor output check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
7.2.5 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
7.3 Image adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
7.3.1 Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
7.3.2 Timing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
7.3.3 RADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76
7.3.4 Centring adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
7.3.5 Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80
7.3.6 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81
7.4 Image quality adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83
7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88
7.4.4 Contrast adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89
7.4.5 Image judge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89
7.4.6 ACS adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91
7.4.7 Density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92
7.4.8 Tone adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94
7.4.9 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95
7.5 Running test mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96
7.5.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96
7.6 Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97
7.7 Test pattern density setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106
7.8 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106
7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/TMG-3 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-109
7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-111
7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112
7.9 List output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112
8. 47 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113
8.1 47 mode/multi mode setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS
iii
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
2
8.2 Adjustment data display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114
8.3 Hard disk check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114
8.4 Input check list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116
8.5 Output check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127
9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139
9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139
9.2 Paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment (bypass). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-140
9.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142
9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-centering adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-143
9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-144
9.6 FNS adjustment of the bypass conveyance guide plate magnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-146
9.7 FNS adjustment of the bypass gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147
9.8 FNS adjustment of the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149
9.9 FNS adjustment of the paper exit opening solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-150
9.10 FNS adjustment of the position of paper exit arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-152
9.11 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-154
9.12 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /L (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . 1-156
9.13 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-158
9.14 FNS adjustment of the stapling position in a vertical direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-160
9.15 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . 1-168
9.16 FNS adjustment of the angle of the folding stopper (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . . . 1-170
9.17 FNS adjustment of the folding force (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172
9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-holding position (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-173
9.19 FNS adjustment of the stapler drive belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-174
9.20 TU adjustment of the sheet cutting parallelism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-178
9.21 LCT tray mis-centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-179
9.22 LCT skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-181
9.23 LCT paper feed roller pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-183
9.24 LCT up/down plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-184
9.25 LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-185
9.26 LCT paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-186
9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-188
II SERVICE TOOL
1. Description of the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.1 Board used for the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.2 Data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.3 ISW transfer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
1.1.5 Setup procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2. USB ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2.1 What is the USB ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
3. INTERNET ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3.1 What is the Internet ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3.2 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
3.3 Main features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
iv
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
3.4.1 Setting on Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
3.4.2 Setting on Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
3.5.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.6.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.6.2 How to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3.7 Precautions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.1 What is a proxy server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
3.8.4 Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.2 Operation environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.3 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
4.5 Disabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
III SERVICE
1. SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1 Service schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.2 Maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
1.3 Periodic check items (main body) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
1.9 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
1.10 Important maintenance parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
2. COPY MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.1 Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
2.3 PM parts kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
4. CE TOOLS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS
v
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
2
IV JAM CODE LIST
1. JAM CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
V ERROR CODE LIST
1. ERROR CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2. ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
VI DIAGRAMS
1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
2.1.1 Relay connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
2.1.2 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
3. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
3.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
3.2 DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
3.3 LT-211/C-208 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
3.4 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
3.5 TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
3.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
4.3 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
4.5 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
5. APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-1
5.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-1
5.2 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (2/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-3
5.3 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (3/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-5
5.4 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (4/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-7
5.5 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (5/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-9
5.6 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (6/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-11
5.7 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (7/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-13
5.8 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (8/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-15
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
vi
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
LIII S
ER
VIC
EIV
JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
TV
I D
IAG
RA
MS
Blank page
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction
vii
Introduction
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improvement
of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be issued
with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show to the left of the revised section.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.
Note:
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
• The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
1
1
2004/12 3.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing
2004/04 2.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing
2003/08 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
DateService
manual Ver.Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
viii
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>
I OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, paper
path, drive system, and image creation process *
II UNIT EXPLANATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system, and
explanation of the control system
III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY: Removal/reinstallation method of periodically replaced parts and
major parts.
As information for the CE to have a better understanding of the product, this part outlines the object of each
functions, its role, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system, and the timing
of the operations of each part, and then explains the removal and reinstallation procedure of the periodically
replaced parts and the major parts.
The contents of * are described only in the service manual of the main body.
<Field service section>
I ADJUSTMENT: General description of items to be adjusted, 25 mode, 36 mode, 47
mode, and other adjustments (mechanical adjustments)
II SERVICE TOOL: Various types of ISW *, and mail remote notification system
III SERVICE: Service schedule, copy materials, service materials, and CE tools *
IV JAM CODE LIST: List of jam codes, causes, operations when a jam occurs, and removal
methods
V ERROR CODE LIST: List of error codes, causes, operations when a warning is issued, and
expected defective parts
VI DIAGRAMS: Parts layout drawing, connector layout drawing, timing chart, and
overall wiring diagram
As information that the CE requires at the job site (customer's premise), this part explains the service sched-
ule and its contents, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction
ix
Notation of the service manual
1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board: Standard printer
(2) KonicaMinolta 8050/CF5001/bizhub PROC500/8150:
Main body or this machine
(3) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP
2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.
3. Electrical parts and signals
Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
Sensor PS
IN
Sensor detection signal
PS
Door PS1
SIG
102 PS
Solenoid SD
24V Power to drive the solenoid
DRVDrive signal
SOL
Clutch CL
24V Power to drive the clutch
DRVDrive signal
SOL
Motor M
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Drive signals of two kindsDRV2
D1
D2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
x
Motor M
_U
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
_V
_W
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
Motor, phases A and B control signals
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
DRV B
A
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/SOperating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
GroundSG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
Serial
communication
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
DSR, DSET Data set ready
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Measures to take in case of an accident
xi
Measures to take in case of an accident
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emer-
gency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be car-
ried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-
site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in "Serious Acci-
dent Report/Follow-up Procedures."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
List of major differences KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
xii2
List of major differences between the old type and the new type
*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when it is provided with a kit against uneven wax.
The discrimination of the old type from the new type is made according to the list of product numbers as
shown below. The judgement is made based on the upper 4-digit alphanumeric characters of the serial num-
ber.
And also in this manual the model name is not given, but only "Old type" and "New type" given.
Classification Old type New type
Material Developer (each
color)
Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Toner (each color) Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Drum Common to Old type/New type
Registration/
ADU/Reverse/
Paper exit
Registration roller Torque limiter not provided Torque limiter provided
ADU reverse roller Rubber roller
(Driven roller is of resin)
Spike roller (metal)
(Driven roller is of rubber)
Reverse/exit roller /2 Rubber roller
(Driven roller is of resin)
Spike roller (metal)
(Driven roller is of rubber)
Paper exit roller Normal Surface fluorine-treated
Periodic replace-
ment cycle of paper
exit roller
Every 1,000,000 copies/prints
*1
Every 200,000 copies/prints
Exit paper upper
face cooling fan
Not provided Provided
Secondary
transfer
Secondary transfer
pressure cam
White
Cam distance: Small
Spring pressure: Large
Black
Cam distance: Large
Spring pressure: Small
Control Printer control
board
Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Printer control pro-
gram
Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Image control pro-
gram
Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type
Fixing Paper exit roller /Up Resin roller Ceramic coated roller
Paper exit roller /
Up replacement
cycle
— Every 200,000 copies/prints
Model nameProduct number
Old type New type
8050 65AE, 65AJ, 65AF, 65AN, 65AK, 65AT, 65AP 65LT, 65LU
CF5001 65BE, 65BF 65LQ
C500 — 65LE, 65LF, 65LJ, 65LN, 65LG
8150 — 65LK, 65LP
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION
1-1
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
I ADJUSTMENT
1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION
1.1 Composition
This part "Adjustment" describes items to be
adjusted and their method of adjustment that are
required by this machine and gives detailed expla-
nations.
A. Checking before starting work
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary
to check in advance the following:
1. Are the power source and voltage secured in
accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power source properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that consumes repeatedly a
lot of electricity connected to the same power
source? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as
elevator and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the
machine?
• High temperature and high humidity, direct sun-
light, ventilation, etc.
• Levelness of the location on which the machine
is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original
itself?
6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for copy?
9. Are copy materials replaced with new ones at
their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning
blade, etc.)
10. Is toner filled?
B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site ser-
vice
Due attention should be paid to the following when
repairing the machine.
1. In this machine, when the main power switch
(SW1) is turned off, only one side of the AC line
is shut off. So, be sure to unplug the power cord
from the power outlet. Also, when operating the
machine with the power supplied, be careful of
the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to
get caught by the gear.
2. The fixing section may be very hot. Be careful
not to get burnt when handling it.
3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be
careful not to bring a watch and instrument near
to the unit.
4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare
hands.
2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN REPLACING PARTS
Adjustments and setting are required when there
occurs a claim for poor image quality. However,
these adjustments (including checking) and setting
are also required when a part is replaced with a new
one.
[How to use the tables]
Each item represents the following:
1. Mode
Shows which mode is used for adjustments.
"25": 25 mode
"36": 36 mode
"47": 47 mode
2. A circle " " in the table
, ................. : Shows that the order of
priority has been speci-
fied for adjustments
(including checking) and
setting.
(Empty circle) : Shows that adjustments
(including checking) and
setting can be done
independently.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-2
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in " " by the pri-ority if there is any.
*1 After replacing the developer, be sure that you do not make any copies until you have first performedthe L detection adjustment.
*2 When replacing memory board (MB), be sure to replace the developer, 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K,and fixing cleaning unit.
*3 When adjust the belt line speed adjustment, be sure to adjust the fixing line speed adjustment and autocolor registration adj.
• When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to the OACB being damaged, the memory board(MB) that was installed on the damaged OACB should be used on the new OACB. Contact the servicemanager of the authorized distributor if it is considered that the MB is also damaged. Never perform the47 mode - 92 (output).
Adjustment items
Replacement parts
Mo
de
Dru
m c
artr
idge
(dr
um)
/Y, M
, C, K
De
velo
pe
r *1
Tra
nsf
er
be
lt
Belt
cleanin
g b
lade
PM count PM counter resetting 25
PM cycle set
Parts counter Count of special parts 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K
Fixing cleaning unit
Developer /Y, M, C, K 4
Decurler roller
ISW
Board change mode
Process adjustment Drum peculiarity adjustment Blade setting mode 36 2 2
LD bias adjustment
Automatic gamma adjustment (0) 5 3 7
Automatic developer charge 1
L detection initial auto. adjustment 2
Initial drum rotation 2
Image adjustment Magnification adjustment Printer vertical mag. adjustment
Printer horizontal mag. adjustment
Belt line speed adjustment 3*3
Fixing line speed adjustment 4
Timing adjustment Printer lead edge timing adj.
Auto. color registration adj. 3 5
Color registration manual adjustment 4 6
Image quality adjustment
Scanner gamma adjustment
Printer gamma adjustment Printer gamma offset adj.
Printer gamma sensor adj.
Printer screen gradation adj.
Sharpness adjustment
Image judge adjustment Dot detect adjustment
Color text adjustment
ACS adjustment
Other adjustment FNS stapler position adjustment —
Setting powder application 1 1 1
Mirror unit positioning (require the jig)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
1-3
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Dru
m c
artr
idge
(dr
um)
/Y, M
, C, K
De
velo
pe
r, T
ran
sfe
r b
elt,
B
elt
cle
anin
g b
lade
1st
tra
nsf
er
rolle
r /Y
, M
, C
, K
Image c
orr
ect
ion u
nit
Ch
arg
ing
co
ron
a /
Y,
M,
C,
K
Fix
ing r
olle
r /U
, L
Fix
ing c
lean
ing u
nit
Decu
rler
rolle
r
Write
un
it /K
Write
un
it /Y
, M
, C
Du
st-p
roo
f g
lass
/Y,
M,
C,
K
CC
D u
nit
Ea
ch s
can
ne
r m
irro
r
Exp
osu
re la
mp (
L1)
Ori
gin
al g
lass
Ove
rall
con
tro
l bo
ard
(O
AC
B)
Pri
nte
r co
ntr
ol b
oard
(P
RC
B)
Image p
roce
ssin
g b
oard
(IP
B)
Op
era
tion
bo
ard
/1
(O
B1
)
Me
mo
ry b
oa
rd (
MB
) *2
Regis
tratio
n r
olle
r
RA
DF
contr
ol b
oard
(D
FC
B)
FN
S c
on
tro
l bo
ard
(F
NS
CB
)
Sta
ple
r unit
1
0
1 1 1
2 2 2 1
4
1 1
7 2 3 7 6 4 4 1 1
2
3
1
2 1
8*3 3*3 2*3
9 4 3
5 1 5 4 2 2 2
6 2 6 5 3 3 3
7 7 4 4
6 6 3 3
4 5 5 2 2
1
1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MODE CHANGE MENU KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-4
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
4. MODE CHANGE MENU
4.1 Setting method
From this screen, the following modes can be
selected without turning off/on the power.
"1 Basic screen"
"2 36 mode"
"3 25 mode"
"4 Key operator mode"
"5 47 mode"
A. Procedure
5. CHECKING BY THE P FUNCTION
The P function is a function that allows you to con-
firm the following various numeric values by using
the P button.
[1] Total counter
[2] Full color counter
[3] Mono color counter
[4] Monochrome counter
[5] Copier counter
[6] Printer counter
5.1 Checking method of theP function
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the
sub power switch (SW2).
2. Press the P button and wait until "Enter 4-digit
password to change mode" appears.
3. Input 9272 as the password and press the
START button. (The password is fixed and
cannot be changed.) "Mode changing menu
screen" is displayed.
4. Press any desired key.
5. To return to the "Mode changing menu
screen," press the P button and wait until the
"Mode changing menu screen" appears.
6. After completion of adjustment, press the [Exit]
key to return to the basic screen.
1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the
sub power switch (SW2).
2. Press the P button.
3. "Counter list screen" appears.
4. Press the ! button in "Counter list screen," and
the PM counter is displayed.
5. To output the counter value list, press the
[Counter list output] key.
6. Pressing the [Exit] key, or the stop or clear but-
ton returns to the basic screen.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-5
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6. 25 MODE
6.1 List of adjustment items for25 mode
Adjustment item menu Remarks
1. Software SW setting See the "List of software DIPSW".
2. Paper size setting LCT paper size setting
3. PM count 1. Count reset
2. Change setting
4. Data collection 1. Total count of each paper setting
2. Copy count of each paper size
3. Print count of each paper size
4. RADF count
5. Page fill of each section
6. JAM data of time series
7. JAM count
8. Count of each copy mode
9. SC count
10. JAM count of each section
11. SC count of each section
5. Parts counter 1. Count of special parts
2. Count of each parts
6. Password setting 1. Key operator password 4 digits
2. EKC master key code 8 digits
3. Weekly timer password 4 digits
7. Telephone number setting 1. Service centre Telephone number 16 digits
2. Service centre FAX number 16 digits
8. M/C serial number setting 1. Main body
2. Option tray
3. RADF
4. Finisher
9. Indication of ROM version
10. KRDS setting See the KRDS manual
provided separately
11. ISW
12. Setting date input
13. Board change mode
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-6
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
6.2 Setting method
This machine is provided with the 25 mode as an
adjustment method. This mode is used when the
memory board (MB) is rewritten or various settings
are made.
A. Procedure
6.3 Setting software DIPSW
A. Setting method
The software DIPSW is set on "Software SW setting
screen."
Note:
• Please note that DIPSW bits are written into
the memory board (MB) each time a change is
made.
B. Meaning of the values displayed on the
screen
C. Procedure
• For each function of the DIPSW, see "List of soft-
ware DIPSW."
1. Turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2) with the
main power switch (SW1) left ON.
2. While pressing the numeric keys 2 and 5 at the
same time, turn on the SW2. the "25 mode
menu screen" appears.
At this point, the machine enters the 25 mode
with normal copy operations unavailable.
3. Press the item keys on the liquid crystal dis-
play (LCD). A setting screen corresponding to
each item appears.
4. Confirm the input data on the setting screen of
each item.
5. Turn off the SW2 to release the 25 mode.
6. New data will be effective after restarting.
[1] DIPSW number
[2] Bit number (0 to 7)
[3] Bit data : 1:ON, 0:OFF
[4] 8-bit switch values in indicated in hexadec-imals from 00 to FF.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Software SW setting] key.
3. "Software SW setting screen"
Select a DIPSW number by using the arrow
key on the left.
4. Select a bit number of the DIPSW by using the
arrow key on the right.
5. Select the ON (1) or OFF (0) of the DIPSW by
using the [ON] or [OFF] key.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "25 mode menu screen".
8050fs1026e[2][1] [3] [4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-7
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
List of software DIPSW
Note:
• Be sure not to change bits data with no particular reference made of the function.
• Bit number of the default values in parentheses is the default value for the new type.
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW1 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Print stop method after toner
supply or waste toner full dis-
play
*1 *1 1 1 1
3 *1 *1 0 0 0
4 Prohibition of printing when
the PM count is reached
Not prohibited Prohibited 0 0 0
5 Print number setting until
printing is prohibited after PM
is displayed
*2 *2 0 0 0
6 *2 *2 0 0 0
7 *2 *2 0 0 0
DIPSW2 0 Hard disk connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Switchover of the main body
paper exit speed (measures
against uneven wax)
For machines with
measures not taken
Speed increased while
in the paper exit
For machines with
measures taken
Speed not increased
while in the paper exit
1 1 1
3 Paper exit full sensor (PS12)
type (Measure against
uneven wax)
For machines with
measures not taken
Photo interrupter type
For machines with
measures taken
Reflective type
1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Switchover of the rotational
speed of the polygon motor
*4 *4 1 1 1
7 *4 *4 0 0 0
DIPSW3 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 SC latch (SC34/35/36) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0
2 Password request for 25, 36,
47 mode (password: 9272)
Not requested Requested 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 47 mode 15-01, 02 counter clear Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-8
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW4 0 — — — 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 1 0
3 — — — 0 0 1
4 Recovery from removal of the
key counter
Disabled Enabled 0 1 0
5 APS when change magnifica-
tion
Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
6 Change of fixed magnifications
setting in key operator mode
Enabled Disabled 1 0 0
7 Large size paper counting
method (Other than PM
counter)
Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
DIPSW5 0 Image background restraint
(toner density) Y
*27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
1 Image background restraint
(toner density) M
*27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
2 Image background restraint
(toner density) C
*27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
3 Image background restraint
(toner density) K
*27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Change of the size of the
large size paper
B4, 8.5 x 14 or
larger
A3, 11 x 17 or
larger
0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW6 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-9
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW7 0 Image background restraint
(potential difference) Y
*33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
1 Image background restraint
(potential difference) M
*33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
2 Image background restraint
(potential difference) C
*33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
3 Image background restraint
(potential difference) K
*33 Standard *33 Restrained 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW8 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Large size paper PM counting
method
Count as 1 Count as 2 1 1 1
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW9 0 Operation when the key
counter is removed (copier)
Same as
the stop button
Immediate stop
jam
0 0 0
1 Operation when the key
counter is removed (IP)
Ignored Same as
DIPSW9-0
0 0 0
2 Message switchover *5 *5 0 0 0
3 *5 *5 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit selection *6 *6 0 0 0
5 *6 *6 0 0 0
6 *6 *6 0 0 0
7 *6 *6 0 0 0
DIPSW10 0 Page memory reservation at
power on
No reservation 94MB (177MB
when MU-412
is installed)
0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Black characters for printer
output (IP)
*28 *28 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-10
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW11 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Filter for jagged edges on
slanting lines
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW12 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Adjustment of the image qual-
ity in the key operator mode
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Black text screen with overlay
function
*7 Screen *7 Error diffusion 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW13 0 Size detection switchover 1 A5, A4R 5.5 x 8.5, 8.5x11R 0 1 0
1 Size detection switchover 2 A6R Post card 1 0 0
2 Size detection switchover 3 8.5 x 14 F4 0 0 0
3 Size detection switchover 4 *8 *8 0 0 0
4 *8 *8 0 1 0
5 F4 size setting *9 *9 0 0 0
6 *9 *9 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW14 0 Size detection switchover 5
(main body)
B4, 11 x 17 / B5,
8.5 x 11 / B5R
8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Size detection switchover 5
(bypass)
B4, 11 x 17 / B5,
8.5 x 11 / B5R
8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
4 Size detection switchover 5
(platen)
B4, 11 x 17 / B5,
8.5 x 11/B5R
8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
5 Size detection switchover 5
(ADF)
B4, 11 x 17 / B5,
8.5 x 11 / B5R
8K/16K / 16KR 0 0 0
6 Size detection switchover 5
(PI)
B4, 11 x 17 / B5,
8.5 x 11 / B5R
8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-11
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW15 0 Selection of the KRDS type Telephone line E-mail 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 FNS alarm stop method *10 *10 0 0 0
4 *10 *10 0 0 0
5 KRDS connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW16 0 Remote diagnostic system
selection
KRDS RD mode 0 0 0
1 Recognizing the copy reser-
vation function/coin vendor
Copy reservation
function enabled
Coin vendor disabled
Copy reservation
function prohibited
Coin vendor enabled
0 0 0
2 Coin vendor type Parallel
communication
Serial
communication
0 0 0
3 Counting of the key counter in
the printer mode (IP)
Not counted Counted 0 0 0
4 Display of the total count start
date (P function)
Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 NIC selection for E-Mail
KRDS
IP NIC Copier NIC 0 0 0
DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *11 *11 0 0 0
1 *11 *11 1 1 1
2 *11 *11 1 1 1
3 *11 *11 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning
the tabed paper
*12 *12 0 0 0
5 *12 *12 0 0 0
6 *12 *12 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW18 0 Tray 1 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Tray 2 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Tray 3 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Tray 4 (LCT) faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Folding, stitch & folding, tri-fold,
trimmer faulty part isolation
Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 PI faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 HDD faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-12
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW19 0 — — — 0 0 1
1 Fixing upper and lower roller
temperature selection
*13 *13 1 1 1
2 *13 *13 1 1 1
3 *13 *13 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 PK faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 Default resolution of the IP
scanner
*14 *14 0 0 0
7 *14 *14 0 0 0
DIPSW20 0 Group stapling mode Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with
shift function
*15 Normal * 15 Original priority 0 0 0
2 Selection of the stamped
page number
Based on
original
Based on
transfer paper
0 0 0
3 Keyboard layout ABC layout QWERTY layout 0 0 0
4 Periodical black toner band
creation on the transfer belt
*29 Normal *29 Increased at
the edges
0 0 0
5 Switchover of the fixing con-
trol table (Old type only)
*30 Measures
against uneven
wax not provided
*30 Measures
against uneven
wax provided
1 1 1
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 Front and back registration of
the tray
*31 Not provided *31 Provided 0 0 0
DIPSW21 0 Paper exit cooling fan (M61,
62, 63)
Not provided Provided 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)
1 LCT size setting in the key
operator mode
Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
2 Display of the original count Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
3 210 to 256 g/m2 paper exit
with its face up
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Type of paper selection with
APS
*34 Special paper
not applicable
*34 Paper weight
6 not applicable
0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-13
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW22 0 IP address setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number of punch holes *16 *16 0 1 0
2 *16 *16 0 0 1
3 Image reference position for
the non-standard size original
Based on user
selection
Based on APS at
ADF
0 0 0
4 Function of the power save
button
Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Operation when FNS runs out
of staple
Staple supply
request
Selecting between
staple supply or
staple release
0 0 0
7 IP gamma correction when
machine is powered ON
Not requested Requested 0 0 0
DIPSW23 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Output when EKC (ECM)
user ID is unmatched (IP)
Enabled (counted
as the other user)
Disabled (regis-
tered in JOB list)
0 0 0
2 Precision of the color registration
automatic correction (periodical correction)
*17 Normal *17 Fine 0 0 0
3 Control of the color registration automatic
correction (periodical correction)
*18 Enabled *18 Disabled 0 0 0
4 Main scan correction of the color
registration automatic correction
(periodic correction)
*19 Enabled *19 Disabled 0 0 0
5 IP gamma correction *20 Enabled *20 Disabled 0 0 0
6 Job memory registration of the spe-
cial paper setting on the bypass tray
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW24 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Vs/Vp switch control *21 Disabled *21 Enabled 0 0 0
2 Image stabilization control
timing
*22 *22 0 0 0
3 *22 *22 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW25 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Color registration correction
control
*23 *23 0 0 0
4 *23 *23 0 0 0
5 Color registration fine correction Yes No 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 De-humid heater ON OFF 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-14
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW26 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW27 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW28 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Toner refresh mode (at job end) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0
3 Toner refresh mode (periodical) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0
4 Printer gamma offset adjust-
ment
*25 Only high light *25 Whole area 0 0 0
5 PK punch mode restriction Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW29 0 Toner refresh mode cycle
(periodical)
*24 *24 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 Increase transfer current against
white spots image (Old type only)
Not
correspond
Correspond 1 1 1
3 Include of proof copy to the
set copy quantity
Not included Included 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW30 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Restriction of the display of
the 25 mode data correction
Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-15
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DIPSW31 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW32 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Reset condition for the spe-
cial paper setting of the
bypass tray
Auto reset, reset
button, tray selec-
tion, power OFF
Power OFF 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Measures against paper
reverse/exit jam
For machines with
measures not taken
Rubber roller
For machines with
measures taken
Spike roller
1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values
Japan Inch Metric
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-16
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
*1 Print stop method after toner supply or waste
toner full display
*2 Print number setting until printing is prohibited
after PM is displayed
*4 Switchover of the rotational speed of the poly-
gon motor
*5 Message switchover
*6 Copy quantity limit selection
*7 Black text screen with overlay function
When using the overlay of the applied func-
tion, the image creation method of black char-
acters is switched between the error diffusion
and the screen.
*8 Size detection switchover 4
*9 F4 size setting
Mode 1-3 1-2
Stops after ejecting
paper in the machine
0 0
Stops at a break
between copy set
0 1
Stops at the end of the
current job
1 0
Does not stop 1 1
Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
1,000 prints 0 0 0
2,000 prints 0 0 1
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 1 1 0
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 0 1 1
1,000 prints 1 1 1
Mode 2-7 2-6
1/1 speed 0 0
1/1 speed 0 1
2/3 speed 1 0
1/2 speed 1 1
Mode 9-3 9-2
Please insert key
counter
0 0
Please insert copy card 0 1
Please insert coin 1 0
Please insert key
counter
1 1
Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4
No limit 0 0 0 0
1 sheet 0 0 0 1
3 sheets 0 0 1 0
5 sheets 0 0 1 1
9 sheets 0 1 0 0
10 sheets 0 1 0 1
20 sheets 0 1 1 0
30 sheets 0 1 1 1
50 sheets 1 0 0 0
99 sheets 1 0 0 1
No limit 1 0 1 0
No limit 1 0 1 1
No limit 1 1 0 0
No limit 1 1 1 0
No limit 1 1 1 1
Mode 12-6
Screen 0
Error diffusion 1
Mode 13-4 13-3
A5R 0 0
B6R 0 1
5.5 x 8.5R 1 0
— 1 1
Mode 13-6 13-5
8 x 13 0 0
8.25 x 13 0 1
8.125 x 13.25 1 0
8.5 x 13 1 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-17
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
*10 FNS alarm stop method
This setting is used to determine when to stop
if a FNS full alarm is detected.
Functions detected are;
Lower limit of the FNS tray, the number of the
FNS trays, FNS booklet tray, PK punch
scraps, TU scraps and TU stacker
*11 Summer time setting
*12 Density selection when scanning the tabed
paper
*13 Fixing upper and lower roller temperature
selection
Temperature up: Decrease a insufficient
fixing or fixing winding
jam
Temperature down: Decrease paper exit curl-
ing or waving
Note:
• Parentheses are setting value for the new
type.
*14 Default resolution of the IP scanner
Mode 15-4 15-3
Stops immediately after
detection
0 0
Stops at a break
between copy set after
detection
0 1
Does not stop while in
printing
1 0
Does not stop while in
printing
1 1
Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
130 minutes 1 1 0 1
140 minutes 1 1 1 0
150 minutes 1 1 1 1
Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
80 0 0 0
40 (most lighter) 0 0 1
60 0 1 0
100 0 1 1
120 1 0 0
160 1 0 1
200 1 1 0
255 (most darker) 1 1 1
Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1
-30°C (-15°C) 0 0 0
-20°C (-10°C) 0 0 1
-10°C (-5°C) 0 1 0
Standard 0 1 1
Upper roller: standard (+5°C)
Lower roller: +10°C (+5°C)
1 0 0
Standard (+10°C) 1 0 1
Standard (-25°C) 1 1 0
Standard (-20°C) 1 1 1
Mode 19-7 19-6
400dpi 0 0
600 dpi 0 1
200 dpi 1 0
300 dpi 1 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-18
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
*15 Image scanning area with shift function
Normal: Compare the original size and the
transfer paper size and the smaller
one is to be the image area.
Original priority:
Original size is to be the image
area.
*16 Number of punch holes
*17 Precision of the color registration automatic
correction (periodical correction)
"Fine" is used when the precision of the color
registration correction that is periodically con-
ducted is increased with the amount of error
reduced. However, it takes about 2 minutes
longer for correction.
*18 Color registration auto correction control (peri-
odical correction)
Down time while in the continuous printing is
reduced with the color registration correction
omitted that is periodically performed (color
registration correction at power ON is not
omitted).
*19 Main scan correction of the color registration
auto correction (periodical correction)
The color registration corrections, in the main
scanning direction that are periodically per-
formed can be omitted. This is used tempo-
rarily when there is a registration error along
the main scan as a result of a trouble around
the transfer belt unit, or when separating
faulty points.
*20 IP gamma correction
In order to separate defective items when
there is poor images sent from IP. The gamma
correction can be omitted. The gamma correc-
tion table is stored in the printer controller.
Note:
• When installing the printer controller, be sure
that the setting is made to "1."
*21 Vs/Vp switch control
This Vs/Vp switch control is used when there
is an image erasure around a solid image in
the half-tone section in early stage after the
change of developer.
Mode 20-1
Normal 0
Original priority 1
Mode 22-2 22-1
2 holes (for Japan) 0 0
3 holes (for inch area) 0 1
4 holes (for metric area) 1 0
— 1 1
Mode 23-2
Normal 0
Fine 1
Mode 23-3
Enabled 0
Disabled 1
Mode 23-4
Enabled 0
Disabled 1
Mode 23-5
Enabled 0
Disabled 1
Mode 24-1
Disabled 0
Enabled 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-19
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
*22 Image stabilization control timing
Correction made:
Correction is performed by sus-
pending print at specified print.
No correction made:
Correction is omitted temporarily to
reduce down time when the
machine cannot be used with SC
due to the malfunction of the drum
potential sensor or gamma sensor.
No correction while in printing:
Correction that is performed by
suspending print at every specified
print is performed after the print job
to reduce down time.
*23 Color registration correction control
Correction made:
Correction is performed by sus-
pending print at specified print.
No correction made:
Correction is omitted temporarily to
reduce down time when the
machine cannot be used with SC
due to malfunctions around the
color registration sensor.
No correction while in printing:
Correction that is performed by sus-
pending print at every specified
print is performed after the print job
to reduce down time.
*24 Toner refresh mode
When printing coverage is low (5% or less of
each color), rough image, white spot or toner
spillage tend to occur due to toner deteriora-
tion.
The effective measure against these are as
follows.
• DIPSW 28-2
Toner refresh mode (at Job end)
For the colors of which print coverage of
the previous job is 5% or less (convert into
A4), solid toner of the difference amount
from the 5% is developed to consume
toner.
• DIPSW 28-3
Toner refresh mode (periodical)
Check the average print coverage for each
color at prescribed distance of developing
sleeve drive develops the toner amount
equivalent of 8-sheet A3 solid for the color
of which the average print coverage is 5%
or less (convert into A4).
• DIPSW29-0,1
Toner refresh mode cycle (periodical)
Effective only when the DIPSW 28-3 is set
to "1". The execution cycle of the toner
refresh mode is changed. The cycle varies
according to the developer drive distance
and the temperature.
Mode 24-3 24-2
Correction made 0 0
Correction not made 0 1
No correction while in
printing
1 0
— 1 1
Mode 25-4 25-3
Correction made 0 0
Correction not made 0 1
No correction while in
printing
1 0
— 1 1
Mode 28-2
Disabled 0
Enabled 1
Mode 28-3
Disabled 0
Enabled 1
Mode 29-1 29-0
Equivalent to every
1,000 prints
0 0
Equivalent to every 500
prints
0 1
Equivalent to every 330
prints
1 0
— 1 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-20
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
*25 Printer gamma offset adjustment
Change the area in which the printer gamma
offset of the 36 mode can be adjusted.
0: High light area only
1: Possible in whole area
*27 Image background restraint (toner density)
Y, M, C, K
Restrain image background by reducing the
toner density of the developer (toner and car-
rier ratio) by about 0.2%.
This setting changes the toner density of the
developer so that image density does not
change at once.
After changing the DIPSW, set the test pattern
density of the color changed to 128 (with the
density of other colors set to 0), and output 10
sheets of the test pattern No. 1 to check
image background.
And also, after changing the DIPSW, be sure
to conduct the automatic gamma adjustment
(0) of the process adjustment.
There are two DIPSW that restrain image
background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)
and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3).
Image background can be restrained more
effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When
image background occurs, be sure to use the
DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not
sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3
at the same time.
Note:
• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten-
tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and
damage the drum and the cleaning blade.
Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-
sary.
*28 Black characters for printer output (IP)
Change the black laser PWM for printing from
PC.
However, if the black laser is set thinner, the
gradation changed. Check the gradation after
changing the setting.
*29 Periodical black toner band creation on the
transfer belt
When set to "1," the black toner band periodi-
cally created on the transfer belt, more toner
is supplied to the both edges of the belt clean-
ing blade to prevent the occurrence of white
stripes on the image and the flipping of the
both edges of the belt cleaning blade.
*30 Switchover of the fixing control table (Old type only)
When set to "1", the fixing temperature in the
slower line speed mode is controlled low to
improve uneven wax. However, when tray
switches to a tray in which paper of different
fixing temperature control is loaded (tempera-
ture is lowered), it takes long waiting time.
Max. approx. 150 seconds. (It takes long only
when the memory switch "No.52 Time lag to
switch tray" is set to "Standard" in the key
operator mode.)
Mode 28-4
High light area only 0
Possible in whole area 1
Mode 5-3 5-2 5-1 5-0
K C M Y
Standard 0 0 0 0
Restrained 1 1 1 1
Mode 10-7 10-6
Standard 0 0
Make black characters thin. (Mild) 0 1
Make black characters thin.
(Medium)
1 0
Make black characters thin.
(Intense)
1 1
Mode 20-4
Normal 0
Increased at the edges 1
Mode 20-5
Measures against uneven wax not
provided
0
Measures against uneven wax pro-
vided
1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-21
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
*31 Front and back registration of the tray
The image timing and the magnification for
each tray and paper type can be adjusted.
(user mode)
*33 Image background restraint (potential differ-
ence)
Increase the potential difference between the
charging potential and the developing bias to
restrain image background. After changing
the DIPSW, be sure to conduct the automatic
gamma adjustment (0) of the process adjust-
ment.
There are two DIPSW that restrain image
background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)
and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3).
Image background can be restrained more
effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When
image background occurs, be sure to use the
DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not
sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3
at the same time.
Note:
• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten-
tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and
damage the drum and the cleaning blade.
Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-
sary.
*34 Type of paper selection with APS
Select a type of paper that can be selected for
the APS.
Special paper not applicable:
Coated, tab and exclusive paper are
not applicable. All types of paper from
paper weight 4 (106 to 162 g/m2) to 6
(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.
Paper weight 6 not applicable:
All types of paper in paper weight 6
(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.
Mode 20-7
Not provided 0
Provided 1
Mode 7-3 7-2 7-1 7-0
K C M Y
Standard 0 0 0 0
Restrained 1 1 1 1
Mode 21-6
Special paper not applicable 0
Paper weight 6 not applicable 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-22
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.4 Paper size setting
Conduct this setting when changing the paper size
of the LCT.
The paper size is available in the standard size,
non-standard size and wide paper.
6.4.1 Standard size setting
A. Procedure
6.4.2 Non-standard size setting
A. Procedure
6.4.3 Wide paper setting
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.
3. "Paper size setting screen"
Press the [Standard size] key.
4. Press the arrow key to select the paper size.
5. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [Cancel] key and return to
"25 mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.
3. "Paper size setting screen"
Press the [Non-standard size] key.
4. Press the main scan direction key and enter
the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
keys.
5. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the
paper size using the arrow keys or numeric keys.
6. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu
screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
to "25 mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.
3. "Paper size setting screen"
Press the [Wide paper] key.
4. Press the arrow keys and select the standard
size of the wide paper.
5. Press the [Enter size] key.
6. Press the main scan direction key and enter
the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
keys.
7. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the
paper size using the arrow keys or numeric
keys.
8. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu
screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
to "25 mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-23
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.5 PM count setting
Reset the PM count after implementation of the PM
and set and/or change the PM cycle.
The selection of the PM cycle is available in the
total count and the distance in operation of the
developing unit /K. In default, the total count is set.
6.5.1 Count reset
A. Procedure
6.5.2 Change setting
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. PM count] key.
3. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the [Count reset] key.
4. "PM count reset confirmation screen"
Press the [YES] key when resetting the PM
count. The PM count is reset and the starting
date of the PM count is automatically entered.
When the [NO] key is pressed, the PM count is
not reset and return to "PM count/cycle
screen."
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. PM count] key.
3. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the [Page] or [Distance] key.
4. Enter a cycle value through the numeric keys.
Only the upper three digits can be entered.
5. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu
screen."
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return
to "25 mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-24
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.6 Data collection
It is possible to confirm various data held in the
machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data
by the KRDS, list output and the mail remote notifi-
cation system.
A. Data that can be confirmed
1. Total count of each paper size
2. Copy count of each paper size
3. Print count of each paper size
4. RADF count
5. Page fill of each section
6. JAM data of time series
7. JAM count
8. Count of each copy mode
• Count of each copy mode (1)
• Count of each copy mode (2)
9. SC count
10. JAM count of each section
11. SC count of each section
Note:
• When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 6 to 11 can be
confirmed.
B. Data collection confirmation method
(1) Procedure
Note:
• The [Count reset] key is shown in the individ-
ual data confirmation screen of the [10. JAM
count of each section] and the [11. SC count
of each section].
When pressing the [COUNT RESET] key,
"Count reset confirmation screen" is shown,
and when pressing the [YES] key, the section
data is reset.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Individual
data confirmation screen" with the interval
data not reset.
Reset these data while in the PM implementa-
tion to confirm the jam or SC occurrence
count after it was visited last time.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Data collection] key.
3. "Data collection menu screen"
Press the key of a data collection item that you
want to confirm.
To select any succeeding key to the key 11,
press the arrow key.
4. "Individual data confirmation screen"
Press the arrow key to scroll the screen.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to "25 mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-25
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
C. Details of the data collection
(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and
printer counts of each paper size
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• 1 count is made for paper of All types regardless
of the paper size.
• All sheets of paper that do not come under the
size of No. 1 to No. 9 are counted as special.
However, SEL and LEF are counted as the same
size.
• The non-standard and the wide paper are
counted as special.
NO KRDS parameter
(B1, B6, B8, BD, BE, BF)
For Remark
Japan Inch Metric
1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used
2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3
3 02 B4 8.5 x 14 B4 (8K)
4 03 A4 8.5 x 11 A4
5 04 B5 5.5 x 8.5 B5 (16K)
6 05 A5 — A5
7 06 B6 — F4
8 07 8.5 x 14 — —
9 08 8.5 x 11 A4 —
10 09 Special Special Special
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-26
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(2) Data collection No. 4: RADF count
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
(3) Data collection No. 5: Page fill of each sec-
tion
It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of
5,000 print sheets of the latest 30 data for each of Y,
M, C and K.
This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the
dot area of pixels and the transfer paper area, and
is different from the print ratio when actually printed.
(4) Data collection No. 6: JAM date of time
series
With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible
to confirm originating jam code, total count, date of
occurrence, time of occurrence, tray, paper size and
magnification.
NO KRDS parameter (F0) Item Remark
1 00 No. of originals fed in ADF mode
2 01 No. of originals fed in RADF mode
3 02 No. of originals fed in RDH mode Not used
4 03 No. of originals fed in RRDH mode
5 04 No. of originals fed in LDH mode
6 05 No. of originals fed in CFF mode
7 06 No. of 1 sided SDF original fed
8 07 No. of mix originals fed in ADF mode
9 08 No. of mix originals fed in RADF mode
10 09 No. of originals fed in 2 in 1 mode Not used
11 0A No. of 1 sided z-folded original fed
12 0B No. of 2 sided z-folded original fed
13 0C No. of 2 sided SDF original fed Not used
14 0D —
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-27
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(5) Data collection No. 7: Jam count / No. 10.
JAM count of each section
NO KRDSParameter
(J0)
Jam code is shown on the LCD display when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
Section
1 00 J10-01 Bypass
2 01 J10-02
3 02 J10-03
4 03 J11-01 Tray 1
5 04 J12-01 Tray 2
6 05 J13-01 Tray 3
7 06 J14-01 LCT
8 07 J17-01 Paper feed9 08 J17-02
10 09 J17-03
11 0A J17-04
12 0B J17-05
13 0C J17-06
14 0D J17-07
15 0E J17-08
16 0F J17-09
17 10 J31-02 Reversed paper exit18 11 J32-08
19 12 J32-04
20 13 J32-01
21 14 J32-05
22 15 J32-07
23 16 J32-02
24 17 J32-03
25 18 J92-01 ADU
26 19 J93-01
27 1A J94-02
28 1B J19-01 Vertical conveyance
29 1C J19-02 LCT
30 1D J51-01 Main body
31 1E J71-01 FNS
32 1F J71-02 TU
33 20 J72-16 FNS
34 21 J72-17
35 22 J72-18
36 23 J72-19
37 24 J72-20
38 25 J72-21
39 26 J72-22
40 27 J72-23
41 28 J72-24
42 29 J72-25
43 2A J72-26
44 2B J72-28
45 2C J72-29
46 2D J72-30
47 2E J72-32 TU
48 2F J72-33
49 30 J72-34
50 31 J72-35 PI
51 32 J72-38 Not used
52 33 J72-39
53 34 J72-40
54 35 J72-41
55 36 J72-42
56 37 J72-43 PK
57 38 J72-44 Not used
58 39 J72-45
59 3A J72-46
60 3B J72-47
61 3C J72-48 FNS
62 3D J72-49 PI
63 3E J72-50
64 3F J72-51
65 40 J72-60 Not used
66 41 J72-61
67 42 J72-62
68 43 J72-63
69 44 J72-64
70 45 J72-80 PK
71 46 J72-81 FNS
72 47 J72-82
73 48 J72-83
74 49 J72-90
NO KRDSParameter
(J0)
Jam code is shown on the LCD display when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-28
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
75 4A J61-01 DF
76 4B J61-02
77 4C J61-03
78 4D J62-01
79 4E J62-02
80 4F J62-03
81 50 J62-04
82 51 J62-05
83 52 J62-06
84 53 J62-07
85 54 J17-10 LCT
86 55 — Not used
87 56
88 57
89 58
90 59
NO KRDSParameter
(J0)
Jam code is shown on the LCD display when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-29
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(6) Data collection No. 8-1: Count of each copy mode (1)
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
1 00 1-1 mode
2 01 1-2 mode
3 02 2-1 mode
4 03 2-2 mode
5 04 ADF 1-1 mode
6 05 ADF 1-2 mode
7 06 Mixed original mode
8 07 Tab original mode
9 08 Z-folded original mode
10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14 0D Enhance Mode: text/photo
15 0E Enhance Mode: Text
16 0F Enhance Mode: Photo
17 10 Enhance Mode: Map
18 11 Non STD size
19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23 16 Left binding
24 17 Right binding
25 18 Upper binding
26 19 Three-Folding
27 1A Stapling & Folding
28 1B Folding
29 1C Main tray: Group
30 1D Main tray: Sort
31 1E Main tray: Non sort
32 1F Subtray: Group (FACE DOWN)
33 20 Subtray: Group (FACE UP)
34 21 Subtray: Sort (FACE DOWN)
35 22 Subtray: Sort (FACE UP)
36 23 Subtray: Non sort (FACE DOWN)
37 24 Subtray: Non sort (FACE UP)
38 25 Cover sheet
39 26 Trimmer
40 27 Real size copy
41 28 Preset magnification E4
42 29 Preset magnification E3
43 2A Preset magnification E2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-30
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
44 2B Preset magnification E1
45 2C Preset magnification R4
46 2D Preset magnification R3
47 2E Preset magnification R2
48 2F Preset magnification R1
49 30 User lens mode 1
50 31 User lens mode 2
51 32 User lens mode 3
52 33 Zoom
53 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom
54 35 Maximum zoom
55 36 Minimum zoom
56 37 APS
57 38 AMS
58 39 AE (AES)
59 3A User density level 1 (Not used)
60 3B User density level 2 (Not used)
61 3C Interrupted copy
62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
63 3E Sheet insertion
64 3F Chapter control
65 40 Combination
66 41 Booklet copy
67 42 OHP interleave (copy) (Not used)
68 43 OHP interleave (blank) (Not used)
69 44 Image insert
70 45 Book copy
71 46 Program job
72 47 Non-image area erase
73 48 Reverse image
74 49 Auto repeat
75 4A Manual repeat
76 4B STD size repeat
77 4C Frame erasure
78 4D Fold erasure
79 4E Auto layout
80 4F All-image area (Not used)
81 50 Image Shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Overlay
84 53 Water mark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-31
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
remote power 1 is on (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
remote power 2 is on (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is ON Accumulation of time during which the
built-in controller operates (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Accumulation of time in the low power
mode (1 count for each minute)
98 61 Time during warm up time Accumulation of warm-up time (in min-
utes)
99 62 Time during front door open Accumulation of time during which the front
door is open (in minutes)
100 63 Ope. Time in 1side straight exit Accumulation of time from the start of
print to the end of print (in minutes)
Down time due to jam omitted
101 64 Ope. Time in 1side reverse exit
102 65 Operation time in 2 side print
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Accumulation of time during which ADF
operates (in minutes)
104 67 Morning Correction count (Not used)
105 68 Time during APS sensor ON Accumulation of time during which the
APS sensor is on (in minutes)
106 69 N of main tray used jobs
107 6A N of subtray used jobs
108 6B N of stapling & folding used jobs
109 6C N of folding used jobs
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred
111 6E N of ADF special error1 occurred Wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error2 occurred Next original information error
113 70 N of ADF special error3 occurred Error in size for which mixed paper is
not allowed
114 71 N of scanner scanned No. of scans in platen mode
115 72 N of electrode cleaned (Not used)
116 73 N of memory overflow
117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred (Not used)
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred (Not used)
119 76 N of AGC retry (Not used)
120 77 N of sub scan beam correct error (Not used)
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error (Not used)
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-32
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
122 79 N of distortion adjust error (Not used)
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error (Not used)
124 7B Compression memory overflow
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan)
126 7D Page memory overflow (print)
127 7E FNS alarm (tray/trimming)
128 7F FNS alarm (staple)
129 80 Scanner count
130 81 N of ADF special error4 occurred (Not used)
131 82 Store for HDD (Sync. With Copying)
(Not used)
132 83 Store for HDD (SRVmode Scan → HDD)
(Not used)
133 84 Store for PC (SRVmode Scan → PC)
(Not used)
134 85 Store for PC (SRVmode HDD → PC)
(Not used)
135 86 Recall from HDD (SRVmode HDD) (Not used)
136 87 Recall from PC (SRVmode PC) (Not used)
137 88 Image edit count by SRV
138 89 Wide paper count (A3W) or (11 x 17R)
139 8A Wide paper count (A4W) or (8.5 x 11W)
140 8B Wide paper count (A4WR) or (8.5 x 11RW)
141 8C Wide paper count (A5W) or (5.5 x 8.5W)
142 8D Wide paper count (Others)
143 8E Punch
144 8F Z-Folding (Not used)
145 90 —
146 91 MixPlex (1 side)
147 92 MixPlex (2 side)
148 93 ADF original-thin
149 94
150 95
151 96
152 97
153 98
154 99
155 9A
156 9B
157 9C
158 9D
159 9E
160 9F
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-33
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(7) Data collection No. 8-2: Count of each copy mode (2)
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
1 00 ACS
2 01 Full color
3 02 Monochrome
4 03 Mono color (Y)
5 04 Mono color (M)
6 05 Mono color (C)
7 06 Mono color (R)
8 07 Mono color (G)
9 08 Mono color (B)
10 09 DF thick paper
11 0A DF thin paper
12 0B Original type: Printed paper
13 0C Original type: Photo paper
14 0D Original type: Copied paper
15 0E Original type: Inkjet paper
16 0F Original type: Pencil
17 10 Original type: Newspaper
18 11 Screen: Line screen/Smooth tone
19 12 Screen: Line screen/High resolution
20 13 Screen: Dot screen/Smooth tone
21 14 Screen: Dot screen/High resolution
22 15 Screen: High compression
23 16 Gloss mode
24 17 Density shift
25 18 Background adjustment
26 19 Red adjust
27 1A Green adjust
28 1B Blue adjust
29 1C Hue adjustment
30 1D Saturation adjustment
31 1E Brightness adjustment
32 1F Color balance adjustment
33 20 Sharpness adjustment
34 21 Contrast adjustment
35 22 Image judge adjustment
36 23 Paper Type: Normal paper
37 24 Paper Type: Recycle paper
38 25 Paper Type: Color paper
39 26 Paper Type: High quality paper
40 27 Paper Type: Coated paper
41 28 Paper Type: Tab paper
42 29 Paper Type: Color specific paper
43 2A Paper Type: Exclusive paper A
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-34
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
44 2B Paper Type: Exclusive paper B
45 2C Paper Type: Exclusive paper C
46 2D Paper Type: Exclusive paper D
47 2E Paper Weight: 1
48 2F Paper Weight: 2
49 30 Paper Weight: 3
50 31 Paper Weight: 4
51 32 Paper Weight: 5
52 33 Paper Weight: 6
53 34 Multi page enlargement
54 35 Main Tray: Face up
55 36 N of no toner stop occurred (Y)
56 37 N of no toner stop occurred (M)
57 38 N of no toner stop occurred (C)
58 39 N of no toner stop occurred (K)
59 3A N of toner recovery box is full
60 3B N of color regist. auto. adj. Counts 1 per every correction operation
61 3C N of auto stability control Counts 1 per every correction operation
62 3D —
63 3E —
64 3F —
65 40 OFF mode time Sum of the OFF mode time (unit: minute)
66 41 ON time of heater (Main body) Sum of the time the heater is on (unit: minute)
67 42 ON time of heater (tray 4) Sum of the time the LCT heater is on (unit: minute)
68 43 Polygon motor operation time Sum of the time the polygon motor is on (unit: minute)
69 44 Develop motor ope. time (color) Sum of the time the developing motor
(color) operates (unit: minute)
70 45 Develop motor ope. time (black) Sum of the time the developing motor
(black) operates (unit: minute)
71 46 ON time of PCL (color) Sum of the time the PCL (color) is on
(unit: minute)
72 47 ON time of PCL (black) Sum of the time the PCL (black) is on
(unit: minute)
73 48 Operation time in Scanner motor Sum of the time the scanner motor oper-
ates (unit: minute)
74 49 Time while power (ADF) Sum of the time the 24V is applied to the
ADF (unit: minute)
75 4A —
76 4B —
77 4C —
78 4D Number of the executions of the toner
refresh Y (auto)
1 count for each execution
79 4E Number of the executions of the toner
refresh M (auto)
1 count for each execution
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-35
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
80 4F Number of the executions of the toner
refresh C (auto)
1 count for each execution
81 50 Number of the executions of the toner
refresh K (auto)
1 count for each execution
82 51 Number of the manual executions of the
toner refresh
1 count for each execution
83 52 Number of the executions of the filming
recovery mode
1 count for each execution
84 53 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper E
85 54 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper F
86 55 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper G
87 56 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper H
88 57 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper I
89 58 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper J
NO KRDSParameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-36
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(8) Data collection No. 9: SC occurrence count/
No. 11: Sectional SC occurrence count
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
1 00 SC10-10 Communicationabnormality
2 01 SC13-01 Paper feed motor abnormality3 02 SC13-02
4 03 SC18-01 Paper feed tray abnormality5 04 SC18-02
6 05 SC18-03
7 06 SC18-04
8 07 SC18-50 LT abnormality
9 08 SC18-51
10 09 SC18-60
11 0A SC18-61
12 0B SC18-70
13 0C SC18-71
14 0D SC20-10 Communicationabnormality15 0E SC20-11
16 0F SC20-12
17 10 SC21-01 PCL abnormality
18 11 SC21-02
19 12 SC21-03
20 13 SC21-04
21 14 SC23-01 Developing motor abnormality22 15 SC23-02
23 16 SC23-03
24 17 SC23-04
25 18 SC23-05 Drum motor abnormality26 19 SC23-06
27 1A SC23-07
28 1B SC23-08
29 1C SC23-09 Transfer belt section abnormality30 1D SC23-10
31 1E SC23-11 Toner supply abnormality
32 1F SC27-01 L-detection abnormality
33 20 SC27-02 L-detection abnormality34 21 SC27-03
35 22 SC27-04
36 23 SC28-01 High voltage abnormality37 24 SC28-02
38 25 SC28-03
39 26 SC28-04
40 27 SC29-01
41 28 SC29-02
42 29 SC29-03
43 2A SC29-04
44 2B SC29-06 Process abnormality45 2C SC29-07
46 2D SC29-08
47 2E SC29-09
48 2F SC29-10
49 30 SC29-11
50 31 SC29-12
51 32 SC29-13
52 33 SC29-14
53 34 SC29-15
54 35 SC29-16
55 36 SC29-17
56 37 SC29-18
57 38 SC29-19
58 39 SC29-20
59 3A SC29-21
60 3B SC29-22
61 3C SC29-23
62 3D SC30-01
63 3E SC30-02
64 3F SC30-10 Communicationabnormality
65 40 SC32-01 Fan abnormality
66 41 SC32-02
67 42 SC32-03
68 43 SC32-04
69 44 SC32-05
70 45 SC32-06
71 46 SC33-01 Motor abnormality72 47 SC33-02
73 48 SC33-03
74 49 SC33-04
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-37
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
75 4A SC34-01 High fixing temperature abnormality
76 4B SC34-02
77 4C SC34-03
78 4D SC34-04
79 4E SC34-05
80 4F SC34-06
81 50 SC34-07
82 51 SC34-08
83 52 SC35-01 Low fixing temperature abnormality
84 53 SC35-02
85 54 SC35-03
86 55 SC35-04
87 56 SC35-05
88 57 SC35-06
89 58 SC36-02 Fixing sensor abnormality90 59 SC36-04
91 5A SC36-05
92 5B SC36-06
93 5C SC36-07
94 5D SC36-08
95 5E SC36-09
96 5F SC36-10
97 60 SC36-11
98 61 SC36-12
99 62 SC38-02
100 63 SC38-03
101 64 SC39-01
102 65 SC41-01 Scanner abnormality
103 66 SC41-02 Write abnormality104 67 SC41-03
105 68 SC41-04
106 69 SC41-05
107 6A SC41-06 Scanner abnormality
108 6B SC41-07 Write abnormality109 6C SC41-08
110 6D SC41-09
111 6E SC41-10
112 6F SC41-11
113 70 SC42-01 Fan abnormality
114 71 SC42-02
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
115 72 SC45-01 Color registration abnormality116 73 SC45-03
117 74 SC45-07
118 75 SC45-08
119 76 SC45-09
120 77 SC45-10
121 78 SC45-11
122 79 SC45-12
123 7A SC45-20
124 7B SC46-01 Image processing abnormality
125 7C SC46-02
126 7D SC46-03
127 7E SC46-05
128 7F SC46-06
129 80 SC46-07
130 81 SC46-08
131 82 SC46-09
132 83 SC46-11
133 84 SC46-12
134 85 SC46-13
135 86 SC46-14
136 87 SC46-15
137 88 SC46-16
138 89 SC46-17
139 8A SC46-18
140 8B SC46-19
141 8C SC46-21
142 8D SC46-23
143 8E SC46-24
144 8F SC46-25
145 90 SC46-26
146 91 SC46-31
147 92 SC46-32
148 93 SC46-35
149 94 SC46-40
150 95 SC46-41
151 96 SC46-42
152 97 SC46-43
153 98 SC46-58
154 99 SC46-59
155 9A SC46-62
156 9B SC46-63
157 9C SC46-64
158 9D SC46-66
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-38
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
159 9E SC46-80 Image processing abnormality
160 9F SC46-81
161 A0 SC46-82
162 A1 SC46-83
163 A2 SC46-90
164 A3 SC46-91
165 A4 SC46-98
166 A5 SC46-99
167 A6 SC49-00 Communicationabnormality168 A7 SC49-01
169 A8 SC49-02
170 A9 SC50-01
171 AA SC50-02
172 AB SC50-03
173 AC SC50-04
174 AD SC50-05
175 AE SC50-10
176 AF SC50-11
177 B0 SC52-01 Fan abnormality
178 B1 SC52-02
179 B2 SC52-03
180 B3 SC56-02 Operation board abnormality181 B4 SC56-11
182 B5 SC56-12
183 B6 SC56-13
184 B7 SC60-01 DF abnormality
185 B8 SC61-01
186 B9 SC61-02
187 BA SC61-03
188 BB SC61-04
189 BC SC61-05
190 BD SC61-06
191 BE SC61-07
192 BF SC61-08
193 C0 SC61-09
194 C1 SC61-10
195 C2 SC70-01
196 C3 SC77-01
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
197 C4 SC77-02 FNS abnormality
198 C5 SC77-03
199 C6 SC77-04
200 C7 SC77-05
201 C8
202 C9 SC77-06
203 CA SC77-07
204 CB SC77-08
205 CC SC77-11
206 CD SC77-12
207 CE SC77-13
208 CF SC77-14
209 D0 SC77-21
210 D1 SC77-22
211 D2 SC77-25
212 D3 SC77-26
213 D4 SC77-31 TU abnormality
214 D5 SC77-32
215 D6 SC77-33
216 D7 SC77-34
217 D8 SC77-35
218 D9 SC77-36
219 DA SC37-37
220 DB SC77-41 PI abnormality
221 DC SC77-42
222 DD
223 DE SC77-43
224 E0 SC77-44 PK abnormality
225 E0 SC77-45 Not used
226 E1 SC77-46
227 E2 SC77-47 PK abnormality
228 E3 SC77-52 Not used
229 E4 SC77-53
230 E5 SC77-54 PK abnormality
231 E6 SC77-55 Not used
232 E7 SC77-56
233 E8 SC77-57
234 E9 SC77-81 FNS abnormality
235 EA SC77-91
236 EB SC77-92
237 EC SC77-98
238 ED SC77-99
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-39
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
239 EE SC80-01 Communication abnormality240 EF SC80-02
241 F0 SC80-03
242 F1 SC80-11 ISW abnormality
243 F2 SC80-21
244 F3 SC80-30
245 F4 SC80-31
246 F5 SC80-32
247 F6 SC80-40 Main body abnormality248 F7 SC89-01
249 F8 SC89-02
250 F9 SC89-03
251 FA SC89-04
252 FB SC32-07 Fan abnormality
253 FC —
254 FD
255 FE
256 FF
257 G0
258 G1
259 G2
260 G3
262 G4
263 G5
264 G6
265 G7
266 G8
267 G9
268 GA
269 GB
270 GC
271 GD
272 GE
NO KRDSParameter
(E0)
SC code Section
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-40
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.7 Parts counter
The following are conducted with respect to each
replacement part: display of copy count used, reset-
ting of count, setting of limit value, and new registra-
tion of replacement parts.
The copy count by parts that need to be replaced
includes the following:
• Count of special parts
• Count of each parts
6.7.1 Count of special parts
When a periodically replaced part is replaced, reset
the counter of the part that has been replaced.
Display the name, part number and the copy count
of a replacement part that has been registered, and
reset the count.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Parts counter] key.
3. "Parts counter menu screen"
Press the [1. Count of special parts] key.
4. "Parts counter (fixed) screen"
Press the arrow key to select a part that you
want to reset.
5. Press the [Count reset] key.
6. "Parts count reset screen"
Press the [YES] key when resetting the part
count. The part count is reset.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Parts counter
menu screen" with the part count not reset.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-41
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
B. Count of special parts list
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
1 00 Toner collection box 65AA-245 *1
2 01 Ozone filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1043
3 02 Deodorant filter (Rear side) 65AA1137
4 03 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1044
5 04 Dust-proof filter /2 (Rear side) 65AA-142
6 05 Charging dust proof filter 65AA-387
7 06 Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200 *2
8 07 Drum /Y 65AA-219
9 08 Drum cleaning blade /Y 65AA2003
10 09 Lubricant applying unit /Y 65AA-202
11 0A — —
12 0B Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200
13 0C Drum /M 65AA-219
14 0D Drum cleaning blade /M 65AA2003
15 0E Lubricant applying unit /M 65AA-202
16 0F — —
17 10 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200 *2
18 11 Drum /C 65AA-219
19 12 Drum cleaning blade /C 65AA2003
20 13 Lubricant applying unit /C 65AA-202
21 14 — —
22 15 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200 *1
23 16 Drum /K 65AA-219
24 17 Drum cleaning blade /K 65AA2003
25 18 Lubricant applying unit /K 65AA-202
26 19 — —
27 1A Charging corona /Y 65AA-250 *2
28 1B Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252
29 1C Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507
30 1D Charging corona /M 65AA-250
31 1E Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252
32 1F Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507
33 20 Charging corona /C 65AA-250
34 21 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252
35 22 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507
36 23 Charging corona /K 65AA-250 *1
37 24 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252
38 25 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507
39 26 Transfer belt unit Old type:
65AA-260
New type:
65LA-260
40 27 Transfer belt 65AA2642
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-42
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
41 28 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612 *2
42 29 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612
43 2A 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612
44 2B 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604 *1
45 2C 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611
46 2D Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287
47 2E Transfer belt cleaning
unit
Old type:
65AA-275
New type:
65LA-275
48 2F Belt cleaning brush unit Old type:
65AA-288
New type:
65LA-288
49 30 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293
50 31 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630
51 32 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501
52 33 Separation discharging
unit
65AA-452
53 34 Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573
54 35 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301
55 36 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302
56 37 Developer /Y (Page) Old type:
65AA3079
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079
*2
57 38 Developer /M (Page) 6Old type:
65AA3080
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080
58 39 Developer /C (Page) Old type:
65AA3081
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081
59 3A Developer /K (Page) Old type:
65AA3082
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082
*1
60 3B Developing unit /Y 65AA-300 *2
61 3C Developing unit /M 65AA-300
62 3D Developing unit /C 65AA-300
63 3E Developing unit /K 65AA-300 *1
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-43
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
64 3F Developer /Y (Distance) Old type:
65AA3079
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079
Displays developing sleeve travel distance
(in meters)
65 40 Developer /M (Distance) Old type:
65AA3080
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080
66 41 Developer /C (Distance) Old type:
65AA3081
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081
67 42 Developer /K (Distance) Old type:
65AA3082
New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082
68 43 — — —
69 44 FNS tray up/down motor 13QE-115 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit
1 count for each 1 paper exit in staple mode
70 45 FNS stapler /F 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of
the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the
stitch-and-fold modes
71 46 FNS stapler /R 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of
the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the
stitch-and-fold modes
72 47 FNS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count for each paper exit at even num-
ber of copies in the sort mode
73 48 FNS exit opening motor 12QR-361 1 count for starting the job of "large size"
(A4R/8.5 x 11R or larger) in the staple
mode, and 1 count for each paper exit
1 count for starting each of the stitch-
and-fold and folding jobs
74 49 FNS folding knife motor 13QJ-502 1 count for each copy exit in each of the
stitch-and-fold and folding and the three-
folding modes
75 4A Bypass gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each A4 / B5 / 8.5 x 11 / 16K
copy exit in the staple mode
76 4B Tri-folding gate SD 12QR-263 1 count for each copy exit in the three-
folding mode
77 4C Pl conveyance clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper
stand78 4D Pl feed roller /A /U 50BA-574
79 4E Pl feed roller /B /U 50BA-575
80 4F Pl reverse roller /U 13QN-443 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper
stand81 50 Pl torque limiter /U 13QN4073
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-44
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
82 51 Pl conveyance clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI lower
stand83 52 Pl feed roller /A /L 50BA-574
84 53 Pl feed roller /B /L 50BA-575
85 54 Pl reverse roller /L 13QN-443
86 55 Pl torque limiter /L 13QN4073
87 56 Trimmer blade 13LHK001/002 1 count for each cutter operation
88 57 PK punching unit (2 hole) 14EA/14EF 1 count for each punch operation
89 58 PK punching unit (3 hole) 14EB
90 59 PK punching unit (4 hole) 14EE/14EG
91 5A — — —
92 5B ADF paper feed roller 13YH4064 Original passage count in all modes
93 5C ADF feed roller 13YH4039
94 5D — —
95 5E ADF Dfeed prevention
roller
20AJ4015 Original passage count in all modes
96 5F ADF exit solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the
double side copy mode and the mixing
original mode
97 60 ADF feed clutch 13YH8059 Single side copy mode: 1 count for each
original
Double side copy mode: 3 counts for
each original
98 61 ADF reversal solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the
double side copy mode and the mixing
original mode
99 62 — — —
100 63 Exposure ON time 65AA8301 Accumulation of on-time (in: minute)
101 64 Sub power switch 65AA8603 1 count each time the sub power switch
turns off the power
102 65 Door SW 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is
opened
103 66 Toner supply door switch 13GG-802 1 count each time the toner supply door
is opened
104 67 Main power SW 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power
switch turns off the power
105 68 Pl regist clutch 13QN8202 1 count each time PI feeds a sheet
106 69 Punch motor 54008004 1 count for each punch operation
107 6A — — —
108 6B Paper exit roller /A 122H4825 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit
109 6C Intermediate conveyance
roller
13QE4531 1 count for each sheet in each of the
FNS flat stapling, stitch-and-fold, folding
and three-folding modes110 6D Stacking assist roller 20AK4210
111 6E — — —
112 6F Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365 *1
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-45
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
113 70 Registration cleaning
sheet
65AA462 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
114 71 Ball bearing /U 45407504 *1
115 72 Heat insulating sleeve /U 45405339
116 73 Intermediate convey. clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
1 counts in the double side copy mode
117 74 Intermediate convey. clutch /2 56AA8201
118 75 Intermediate convey. clutch /3 56AA8201
119 76 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-1) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1
120 77 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-2) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 2
121 78 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-3) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 3
122 79 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Bypass) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the bypass tray
123 7A Registration roller 65AA4601 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
124 7B Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251
125 7C Fixing upper lamp /1 65AA8303/
65AF8303
1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1
126 7D Fixing upper lamp /2 65AA8304/
65AF8304
*1
65AA: For Japan and inch area
65EA: For metric area127 7E Fixing lower lamp 65AA8305/
65AF8305
128 7F Fixing temp. sensor /3 65AA-553
129 80 Fixing temp. sensor /4 65AA-554
130 81 Paper feed roller (Tray-1) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1
131 82 Paper feed roller (Tray-2) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 2
132 83 Paper feed roller (Tray-3) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 3
133 84 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the bypass tray
134 85 ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the double
side copy mode (no count is made in the
single side copy mode)
135 86 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201
136 87 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201
137 88 Ball bearing /L 26NA5371 *1
138 89 Heat insulating sleeve /L 65AA5341
139 8A Fixing drive gear 65AA7727
140 8B Decurler roller 65AA4905 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-46
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
*1 Count in all color modes
25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit
in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in
the double side copy mode
= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in
the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the
double side copy mode
*2 Count only in full color or single color mode
25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit
in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in
the double side copy mode
= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in
the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the
double side copy mode
141 8C LCT paper feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the LCT142 8D LCT feed/Dfeed roller 55VA-483
143 8E LCT feed clutch 56AA8201
144 8F LCT pre-registration clutch 56AA8201
145 90 Paper feed clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 1146 91 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201
147 92 Paper feed clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 2148 93 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201
149 94 Paper feed clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the tray 3150 95 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201
151 96 Paper feed clutch
(Bypass)
56AA8202 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-
plied from the bypass tray
152 97 Transfer earth plate unit 65AA-456 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side copy mode
2 counts in the double side copy mode
153 98 Center fixing temp. sensor /U 65AA8801 *1
154 99 Center fixing temp. sensor /L 65AA8802
155 100 Paper exit guide roller /2
(New type only)
65AA4818
156 101 Paper exit roller
(New type only)
65LA4808
157 102 Paper exit roller /U
(New type only)
65LA5343
NO KRDS
Parameter
(F1)
Parts name P/N
(Parts No.)
Count conditions
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-47
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.7.2 Count of each parts
This is used when you want to control the part
counter.
Set the part name, part number and the limit value,
and display and reset the copy count.
Up to 30 data from No. 01 to No. 30 can be set. A
count is taken for each passage of paper, regard-
less of the paper size.
Reference:
• When the copy count is in excess of a limit
value, an asterisk [*] is shown to the left of No.
A. Setting of each replacement part and dis-
play of the copy count
(1) Procedure
B. Resetting of each replacement part
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Parts counter] key.
3. "Parts counter menu screen"
Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.
4. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the arrow key to select a number you
want to set or change.
5. Press one of the [Parts name setting], [P/N
setting] and [Limit setting] key.
6. Press an item you want to set or change out of
the [Parts name setting], [P/N setting] and
[Limit setting] key, and enter it with the alpha-
numeric keys.
• [Part name setting]: Enter a part name (8 digits
in alphanumeric)
• [P/N setting]: Enter a part number (9 digits in
alphanumeric)
• [Limit setting]: Limit value (8 digits in numeric)
7. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Parts counter] key.
3. "Parts counter menu screen"
Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.
4. "Count of each part screen"
Press the arrow key to select a number you
want to set or change.
5. Press the [COUNT RESET] key.
6. "Parts count reset screen"
Press the [YES] key when resetting a part
count. This resets the part counter.
Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Count of
each part" with the part count not reset.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-48
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
C. Relationship between each data No. and
KRDS parameter
NO PARTS NAME P/N COUNT LIMIT
1 Z4:00 Z3:00 G0:00 H0:00
2 Z4:01 Z3:01 G0:01 H0:01
3 Z4:02 Z3:02 G0:02 H0:02
4 Z4:03 Z3:03 G0:03 H0:03
5 Z4:04 Z3:04 G0:04 H0:04
6 Z4:05 Z3:05 G0:05 H0:05
7 Z4:06 Z3:06 G0:06 H0:06
8 Z4:07 Z3:07 G0:07 H0:07
9 Z4:08 Z3:08 G0:08 H0:08
10 Z4:09 Z3:09 G0:09 H0:09
11 Z4:0A Z3:0A G0:0A H0:0A
12 Z4:0B Z3:0B G0:0B H0:0B
13 Z4:0C Z3:0C G0:0C H0:0C
14 Z4:0D Z3:0D G0:0D H0:0D
15 Z4:0E Z3:0E G0:0E H0:0E
16 Z4:0F Z3:0F G0:0F H0:0F
17 Z4:10 Z3:10 G0:10 H0:10
18 Z4:11 Z3:11 G0:11 H0:11
19 Z4:12 Z3:12 G0:12 H0:12
20 Z4:13 Z3:13 G0:13 H0:13
21 Z4:14 Z3:14 G0:14 H0:14
22 Z4:15 Z3:15 G0:15 H0:15
23 Z4:16 Z3:16 G0:16 H0:16
24 Z4:17 Z3:17 G0:17 H0:17
25 Z4:18 Z3:18 G0:18 H0:18
26 Z4:19 Z3:19 G0:19 H0:19
27 Z4:1A Z3:1A G0:1A H0:1A
28 Z4:1B Z3:1B G0:1B H0:1B
29 Z4:1C Z3:1C G0:1C H0:1C
30 Z4:1D Z3:1D G0:1D H0:1D
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-49
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.8 Password setting
Set the following passwords.
• Key operator password (4 digits): Password
used to enter the key operator mode.
• EKC master key code (8 digits): Password
required when entering various EKC setting
modes.
• Weekly timer password (4 digits): Password
required when entering various weekly timer set-
ting modes.
Note:
• A password can be set only when the set-
ting for use of the weekly timer is set to
"Use" in the key operator mode.
A. Procedure
Note:
• Setting "0000" for the key operator password
and the weekly timer password allows you to
use each mode with no password.
6.9 Telephone number setting
Set the customer support center telephone and FAX
numbers that are used in an emergency for a ser-
vice call and shown on the basic screen for help.
A. Procedure
Note:
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure
to use hyphens to fill up the blanks.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [6. Password setting] key.
3. "Password setting mode screen"
Press the key of an item you want to set.
• Key operator password (4 digits)
• EKC master key code (8 digits)
• Weekly timer password (4 digits)
4. Enter a new password through the numeric
keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Telephone number setting] key.
3. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
Press either of the [Service centre Telephone
number (16 digits)] and [Service centre FAX
number (16)] keys that you want to set.
4. Enter a TEL or FAX number through the
numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-50
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
6.10 M/C serial number setting
Display and set the serial numbers of the main body
and options.
A. Procedure
Note:
• The serial number of the main body cannot be
changed.
6.11 Indication of ROM version
Display the ROM versions of the main body and the
option and a product number that discriminates a
new ROM from an old ROM.
A. Procedure
6.12 KRDS setting
See the "KRDS manual."
6.13 ISW
See chapter "Service tools."
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [8. M/C serial number setting] key.
3. "Serial number setting mode screen"
Press the key of an item you want to set and
enter a serial number through the alphanu-
meric keys.
4. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
5. To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [9. Indication of ROM version] key.
3. "Indication of ROM version screen"
Each ROM version and product number are
displayed.
Note:
• * varies according to the destination.
4. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to "25 mode menu screen."
Old type New type
Image control I 65AA 65LA
Printer control C 65AA 65LA
Operation O 65A* 65L*
Finisher N 20AK 20GA
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE
1-51
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6.14 Setting date input
Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis-
played on the LCD in the P function.
A. Procedure
6.15 Board change mode
When changing any of the following four types of
boards, be sure to set the serial number of the main
body in this setting.
• OPERATION (operation board /1)
• OVERALL CB (overall control board)
• NVRAM (memory board)
• PRINTER (printer control board)
Note:
• The number of boards that can be replaced at
the same time is restricted only to two boards.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [12.Setting date input] key.
3. "Setting date input screen"
Enter an installation date through the numeric
keys.
4. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
5. To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [13. Board change mode] key.
3. "Board change mode screen"
Select a key of the board that you have
replaced a part.
4. "Serial number input screen"
Enter the serial number of the main body
through the alphanumeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update the data.
To invalidate the setting that you have
changed, press the [CANCEL] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-52
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
7. 36 MODE
7.1 Setting method
This machine is provided with the 36 mode to make
various adjustment in this mode.
A. Procedure
7.2 Process adjustment
Make various adjustments around the process.
A. Procedure
1. With the main power switch (SW1) left ON,
turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2).
2. Turn ON the SW2 while pressing the numeric
buttons 3 and 6 at the same time. The "36
mode menu screen" is shown.
At this point, the machine enters the 36 mode
with the normal copy operation unavailable.
3. Press the item key on the liquid crystal display
(LCD) to show a setting screen of each item.
4. Confirm the details of input in the setting
screen of each item.
5. Turn OFF the SW2 to release the 36 mode.
6. New data will be effective after restarting.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment mode menu screen"
For the process adjustment, there are the fol-
lowing items provided:
[1. High voltage adjustment]
[2. Drum peculiarity adjustment]
[3. Sensor output adjustment]
[4. Exclusive paper setting]
[5. Recall standard data]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screen to the
"Process adjustment menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-53
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.2.1 High voltage adjustment
For the high voltage adjustment, the following items
are provided. However, be sure not to conduct a
high voltage adjustment in the field.
[1. 1st transfer manual adj.]
[2. 2nd transfer manual adj.]
[3. HV adjustment (Separation AC)]
[4. HV adjustment (Separation DC)]
[5. Pre-transfer guide HV check]
7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment
Conduct the blade setting, charging potential cor-
rection, gamma, developer charge, L-detection
adjustment and the initial drum rotation.
A. Procedure
(1) Blade setting mode
Perform this adjustment when changing the belt
cleaning blade or the transfer belt. In this mode,
apply toner onto the transfer belt then clean with the
belt cleaning blade. This prevents the damages of
the transfer belt and the belt cleaning blade.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
For the drum peculiarity adjustment, the follow-
ing items are provided:
[1. Blade setting mode]
[2. Automatic drum potential adj.]
[3. Automatic gamma adjustment]
[4. LD bias adjustment]
[5. Automatic developer charge]
[6. L-detect initial auto. adj.]
[7. Initial drum rotation]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press [1. Blade setting mode] key.
5. "Blade setting mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. This process completes
in about 15 seconds and complete message is
shown on the screen.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-54
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
(2) Automatic drum potential adjustment
Measure the charging potential of each drum of Y,
M, C and K to adjust automatically the developing
bias value and the charging voltage.
This adjustment is not necessary because of the
automatic gamma adjustment contain this adjust-
ment.
a. Procedure
(3) Automatic gamma adjustment
The gamma adjustment is performed automatically.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press [2. Automatic drum potential adjustment]
key.
5. "Automatic drum potential adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. This process completes
in about 20 seconds and the charging potential
is displayed for each line speed (1/1 speed, 1/
2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each color (Y,
M, C and K) on the screen, with an exit mes-
sage shown.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. Automatic gamma adjustment]
key.
5. "Automatic gamma adjustment 0 screen"
There are 8 kinds of the gamma adjustment (0
to 7). However, conduct "Gamma auto adjust-
ment 0" in the field.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the
Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjust-
ment, automatic drum potential adjustment,
and the gamma adjustment. The developing
bias value is shown for each line speed (1/1
speed, 1/2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each
color (Y, M, C and K) with a complete mes-
sage.
Press the [Start] key. This process completes
in about 2.5 minutes and the developing bias
value is displayed for each line speed (1/1
speed, 1/ 2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each
color (Y, M, C and K) on the screen with a com-
plete message.
Note:
• When an abnormality occurs, an error code
is displayed. Correct the error referring to
the following.
Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable
due to the abnormal gamma sensor
output. When an error occurs,
machine is controlled by using a
correction value previously used.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-55
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(4) LD bias adjustment
Perform this adjustment when replacing the write
unit.
Note:
• Do not perform this adjustment except when
replacing the write unit.
a. Procedure
1. Read the numeric value on the bar code
labeled [1] on the replacing write unit.
2. Enter the 36 mode.
3. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
4. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
5. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [4. LD bias adjustment] key.
8050fs1025[1]
6. "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1) screen"
For the LD bias adjustment, the following items
are provided. Press the arrow key to select the
color of the write unit you just replaced.
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/3)"
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/3)"
• "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/3)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/1)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/2)"
• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/3)"
7. Enter the numeric value on the bar code
labeled on the replacing write unit through the
numeric keys and press the [SET] key.
Note:
• Be sure to enter the same numeric value in
LS 1/1, LS 1/2, and LS 1/3.
8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-56
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(5) Automatic developer charge
In this mode, after discharging developer from the
developing unit manually, a new developer is auto-
matically charged.
Note:
• Do not open the upper cover of the develop-
ing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit caus-
ing image failure.
a. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
developer charging plate [3] provided inside
the toner supply section [2]. Remove 2 screws
[4] and then remove the developer charging
funnel /L [5].
[2]
[3] [5]
[4][1]
8050fs1002
3. Set the developer charging plate /L [2] to the
shoulder screws [1] provided above the devel-
oping unit of a color the developer of which is
changed.
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
8050fs1003
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-57
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
4. Set the developer charging funnel /L [2] to the
developer charging plate [1].
Note:
• Be sure to attach the tip of the developer
charging funnel /L [2] securely to the toner
supply opening [3].
5. Set the developer charging funnel /U [2] pack-
aged together with developer to the developer
charging funnel /L [1].
Note:
• The developer charge funnel /U [2] is pack-
aged together with each developer. So, be
sure to avoid its reuse.
6. Enter the 36 mode.
[1]
[3] [2] 8050fs1004
[1] [2] 8050fs1005
7. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
8. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
9. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [5. Automatic developer charge] key.
10. "Automatic developer charge Y screen"
Press the arrow key to select the color of
developer you want to charge.
For the automatic developer charge, the fol-
lowing items are provided:
• Automatic developer charge Y
• Automatic developer charge M
• Automatic developer charge C
• Automatic developer charge K
11. Press the [Start] key to introduce a new devel-
oper into the developer charging funnel /U.
12.Make sure that the developer has been
charged successfully before pressing the
[CANCEL] key.
13.When charging another developer, repeat
steps 3 to 11.
14. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
15. Return the installed parts back to their original
positions.
Note:
• After completion of this adjustment, be sure
to perform the L-detect initial auto. adjust-
ment. If printing is started without perform-
ing the L-detect initial auto. adjustment, a
proper image density cannot be obtained,
thus resulting in the change of developer
again.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-58
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(6) L-detect initial automatic adjustment
Be sure to conduct this adjustment after a new
developer is charged.
Note:
• Do not print without conducting the L-detect
initial auto. adjustment. Otherwise, a proper
image density cannot be obtained, thus
resulting in the change of developer again.
a. Procedure
(7) Initial drum rotation
When remove the drum cartridge, be sure to con-
duct this operation to securely set the drum cou-
pling.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [6. L-detect initial auto. adjustment]
key.
5. "L-detect initial auto. adj. ALL screen"
Press the arrow key to select the color of a
developer that has been newly charged, and
then press the [Start] key.
For the L-detect initial auto. adj., the following
items are provided:
• L-detect initial auto. adj. All: Conduct all colors
of Y, M,C and K.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. YMC: Conduct Y, M
and C only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. K: Conduct K only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. Y: Conduct Y only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. M: Conduct M only.
• L-detect initial auto. adj. C: Conduct C only.
6. A message "Completed" is displayed.
7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"
Press the [7. Initial drum rotation] key.
5. "Initial drum rotation screen"
Press the [Start] key. This process completes
in about 10 seconds and complete message is
shown on the screen.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-59
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
7.2.3 Sensor output check
For the sensor output check, the following items are
provided; however, do not conduct them in the field:
[1. Surface potential sensor output]
[2. Max. density sensor output]
[3. Gamma sensor output]
7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting
This setting is used when the user cannot obtain the
satisfactory results of transfer, separation or fixing
with the standard setting due to a special paper
being used.
This setting is applicable when [Exclusive paper A
to J] is selected in the key operator mode [Paper
type/ Special paper size set].
In default, the following paper data is entered for
each destination area.
• For Japan: 80 g/m2 color specified paper
• For inch area: 105 g/m2 color specified paper
• For metric area: 90 g/m2 color specified paper
Note:
• When setting data, be sure to follow the
instructions given by Konica Minolta Technol-
ogy Support Section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [4. Exclusive paper setting] key.
4. "User paper setting menu screen"
For the user paper setting menu, the following
items are provided which correspond to the
setting key of the same name in the key opera-
tor mode.
[1. Exclusive paper A setting]
[2. Exclusive paper B setting]
[3. Exclusive paper C setting]
[4. Exclusive paper D setting]
[5. Exclusive paper E setting]
[6. Exclusive paper F setting]
[7. Exclusive paper G setting]
[8. Exclusive paper H setting]
[9. Exclusive paper I setting]
[10. Exclusive paper J setting]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-60
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
5. For setting, press the key of an item you want
to set. Set the following 12 types of setting for
each exclusive paper A to J.
• 2nd transfer offset Side 1
Change the 2nd transfer current for 1-sided
mode.
+ direction: decrease current value
- direction: increase current value
• 2nd transfer offset Side 2
Change the 2nd transfer current for 2-sided
mode.
+ direction: decrease current value
- direction: increase current value
• Separation AC offset Side 1
Change the separation AC current for 1-sided
mode.
+ direction: increase current value up
- direction: decrease current value down
• Separation AC offset Side 2
Change the separation AC current for 2-sided
copy mode.
+ direction: increase current value up
- direction: decrease current value down
• Separation DC offset Side 1
Change the separation DC current for 1-sided
copy mode.
+ direction: increase current value up
- direction: decrease current value down
• Separation DC offset Side 2
Change the separation DC current for 2-sided
copy mode.
+ direction: increase current value up
- direction: decrease current value down
• Fixing (U) roller temp (idle) *1
Change the fixing upper roller control tempera-
ture while in the idling.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Fixing (U) roller temp (print) *1
Change the fixing upper roller control tempera-
ture while in the printing.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Fixing (L) roller temp (idle) *1
Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-
ture while in the idling.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Fixing (L) roller temp (print) *1
Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-
ture while in the printing.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Fixing (U and L) roller temp. difference
Change the control temperature difference
between fixing upper and lower rollers from
print start to 20th print.
Setting range: 0 (1°C) to 255 (256°C)
• Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width <
261 mm
Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller
edge heater when printing paper less than 261
mm width (main scan direction). If it is lowered,
the paper edge crease is improved, however,
do not lower more than 10°C from the default
(215°C). Fixing related SC may occur.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width >=
261 mm
Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller
edge heater when printing paper 261 mm or
more width (main scan direction). If it is low-
ered, the paper edge crease is improved, how-
ever, do not lower more than 10°C from the
default (235°C). Fixing related SC may occur.
Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)
• Line speed
Select from 1/1, 1/2 and 1/3.
• CPM down
Widen paper intervals without changing the line
speed and make the print speed 1/2 to prevent
tacking.
• LCT fan
ON/OFF setting of LCT paper feed assist fan.
*1 For safety reasons, there is a temperature
limit. The temperature limit changes accord-
ing to other setting values.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "User paper setting menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-61
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.2.5 Recall standard data
Reset the adjusted set values of process adjust-
ment to the standard data. (factory default data)
Note:
• Data for automatic drum potential, automatic
gamma, L-detect initial auto. and exclusive
paper setting adjustment cannot be reset to
the standard data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.
3. "Process adjustment menu screen"
Press the [5. Recall standard data] key.
4. "Recall standard data: Process adjustment
screen"
Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or the [PRE-
VIOUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Process
adjustment menu screen" without recalling the
standard data.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-62
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.3 Image adjustment
Conduct various image adjustments.
A. Procedure
7.3.1 Magnification adjustment
Adjust various magnifications.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
For the image adjustment, the following items
are provided:
[1. Magnification adjustment]
[2. Timing adjustment]
[3. RADF adjustment]
[4. Centring adjustment]
[5. Non-image area erase check]
[6. Recall standard data]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Image adjustment menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
For the magnification adjustment, the following
items are provided:
[1. Printer vertical mag.adj.]
[2. Printer horizontal mag.adj.]
[3. Scanner vertical mag.adj.]
[4. Belt line speed adjustment]
[5. Fixing line speed adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Magnification adjustment menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-63
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment
Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-
tem.
This adjustment changes the line speed of the reg-
istration roller, drum, transfer belt and the fixing.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-
ment, the following two methods are avail-
able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment
is made.
(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment
Used when the vertical magnification has
been changed due to the wear of the regis-
tration roller or the heat shrinkage of
paper.
(2) Belt line speed adjustment
Used when the vertical magnification has
been changed due to causes other than
the above.
• In default, the printer vertical magnification
adjustment on side 2 is not reflected to the
image. When adjusting the vertical magnifica-
tion on side 2, use the memory switch in the
key operator mode to turn ON side 2 drum
clock adjustment mode. However, since the
line speed is switched for each image creation
process on side 1 and side 2, the print speed
is reduced to about 1/4.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Printer vertical mag. adj.] key.
5. "Printer vertical mag. adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Measure the vertical magnification with a scale.
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Printer vertical magnification adjustment
screen"
For the printer vertical magnification adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUSTMENT]
key to select an item you want to adjust.
• "Printer vertical mag. adjustment": Side 1 and
side 2 are adjusted at the same time.
Setting range: -300 to +300, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 1 offset (ADU)": Tray 1 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 2 offset (ADU)": Tray 2 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 3 offset (ADU)": Tray 3 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2
adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Back tray 4 offset": LCT side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
205.7 1
8050fs1006
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-64
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(2) Printer horizontal magnification adjustment
Adjust the horizontal magnification of the printer
system.
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnifica-
tion in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer horizontal magnification
adjustment] key.
5. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment
screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Measure the horizontal magnification with a
scale.
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within ± 1 mm against 190 mm
190 8050fs1007
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment
screen"
For the printer horizontal magnification adjust-
ment, the following items are provided. Press
the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS
ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want
to adjust.
• "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment":
Side 1 and side 2 are adjusted at the same
time.
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 1 offset (ADU)": Tray 1 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 2 offset (ADU)": Tray 2 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 3 offset (ADU)": Tray 3 side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2
adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
• "Tray 4 offset (ADU)": LCT side 2 adjustment
Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-65
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(3) Scanner vertical magnification adjustment
Adjust the vertical magnification of the scanner sys-
tem.
This adjustment changes the scan speed.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
(4) Belt line speed adjustment
Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-
tem.
This adjustment charges line speed of the transfer
belt.
Note:
• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-
ment, the following two methods are avail-
able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment
is made.
(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment
Used when the vertical magnification has
been changed due to the wear of the regis-
tration roller or the heat shrinkage of
paper.
(2) Belt line speed adjustment
Used when the vertical magnification has
been changed due to causes other than
the above.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. Scanner vertical mag. adj.] key.
5. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Measure the vertical magnification with a
scale.
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within ± 1 mm against 200 mm
8. When the value is not within to the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -40 to +40, 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
200 8050fs1008
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [4. Belt line speed adjustment] key.
5. "Belt line speed adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-66
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
(5) Fixing line speed adjustment
When replacing the fixing roller /U, /L and transfer
belt, use this adjustment method to adjust the fixing
roller line speed.
These parts are made from rubber. Accordingly,
every parts has different diameter and thickness,
they must be adjusted for each one.
When the fixing line speed is faster than the transfer
belt, the vertical magnification gets large, thus
resulting in a transfer jitter. When it is slower than
the transfer belt, the trailing edge of the image gets
soiled or the toner scattering occurs.
Note:
• When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper
for fixing speed adjustment" (P/N 65AA-991*).
Otherwise, the fixing line speed cannot be
accurately adjusted.
• Be sure to conduct this adjustment after
checking to see if the key operator mode
memory switch [No. 52: Time lag to switch
tray] is set to "Short."
When the switch is set to "Standard," change
it to "Short" before conducting this adjust-
ment. After completion of the adjustment, be
sure to bring it back to "Standard." When con-
ducting this adjustment with the switch set to
"Standard," 8 sheets of test pattern may not
be output.
a. Procedure
7. Measure the vertical magnification with a
scale.
• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm
8. If the specification is not satisfied, press the C
button while pressing the P button.
9. "Belt line speed adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%
10.Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
screen."
205.7 1
8050fs1006
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.
4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"
Press the [5. Fixing line speed adjustment]
key.
5. "Set the cyan density screen"
Press the [DENSITY] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-67
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
6. With the fixing adjustment paper set to the
bypass tray, press the START button to output
a test pattern.
Based on a cyan half-tone, a test pattern is
output.
Note:
• When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper
for fixing speed adjustment." Otherwise, it
cannot be accurately adjusted.
7. Compare the fixing adjustment density patches
(upper and lower limit samples of density that
are packed with the "paper for fixing speed
adjustment") with the cyan density of the out-
putted paper, and check to see if the cyan den-
sity of the output paper is within the limit of the
fixing density standard patches.
Note:
• An accurate adjustment is available only
when the density is correctly set.
8. When it is not within the limit, press the C but-
ton while pressing the P button.
9. "Set the cyan density screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: 0 to 255
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the density ges inside
the limit.
11. "Set the cyan density screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
12. "Push [Sample] and print 8 sheets screen"
Press the [8 SAMPLES] key.
13.With 8 sheets of the fixing adjustment paper
set to the bypass tray, press the START button
to output a test pattern.
Note:
• Be sure to conduct this operation with the
copy count set to 1.
14. The fixing roller line speed varies automatically
at intervals of about 25 seconds to output 8
sheets of test pattern based on a cyanic half
tone.
15.With a pen, write serial numbers from 1 to 8 on
the output sheets in order of the paper exit
(bottom to top).
16. Comparing the output image on the first sheet
with the remaining 7 output sheets, find the
next greatest number in which the distance
between the magenta line at the lead edge and
the first black line at the trail edge (10 lines at
intervals of 1 mm) becomes greater than 1 mm
longer.
Note:
• The image does not stretch gradually for
each output sheet. It suddenly stretches at a
certain sheet. Therefore, be sure to measure
each sheet in order of output.
17. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
18. "Set the cyan density screen"
Enter the number of the output sheet that
stretches 1 mm through the numeric keys and
press the [SET] key.
19. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Magnification adjustment menu
screen."
8050fs1009
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-68
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.3.2 Timing adjustment
Adjust various timings.
A. Procedure
(1) Printer lead edge timing adjustment
Adjust the lead edge timing.
This adjustment changes the paper restart timing
from the registration roller.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Be sure the printer vertical magnification has
been adjusted.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
For the timing adjustment, the following items
are provided:
[1. Printer lead edge timing adj.]
[2. Printer registration loop adj.]
[3. Printer pre-registration adj.]
[4. Printer erasure amount adj.]
[5. Scanner re-start timing adj.]
[6. RADF registration loop adj.]
[7. Writing unit skew initial adj.]
[8. Auto. color registration adj.]
[9. Color registration manual adj.]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Timing adjustment menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Printer lead edge timing adj.] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-69
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
(2) Printer registration loop adjustment
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration
roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or
paper jamming in the registration section.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
5. "Lead edge timing (Tray 1) screen"
For the printer lead edge timing adjustment,
the following items are provided. Press the
[NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS
ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want
to adjust.
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 1)"
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 2)"
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 3)"
• "Lead edge timing (Bypass)"
• "Lead edge timing (Tray 4)"
• "Lead edge timing (ADU)"
• "Tray large size normal paper offset"
• "Tray large size thick paper offset"
• "Tray small size normal paper offset"
• "Tray small size thick paper offset"
• "Bypass large size normal paper offset"
• "Bypass large size thick paper offset"
• "Bypass small size normal paper offset"
• "Bypass small size thick paper offset"
• "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)"
Note:
• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
paper feed direction
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the
paper feed direction
• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
8. Set the copy setting according to the item
adjusted and press the START button to output
a test pattern (No. 16).
9. Measure the lead edge timing with a scale.
• Standard value: 20 mm ± 0.5 mm
10.When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
11. "Printer lead edge timing screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -60 to +60, 1 step = 0.1 mm
12. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is
obtained.
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer registration loop adj.] key.
20
8050fs1010
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-70
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(3) Printer pre-registration adjustment
Adjust the paper loop amount in each tray and the
ADU pre-registration roller section to remove paper
skew and wrinkle, or paper jamming in the pre-reg-
istration section.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
5. "Printer registration loop adjustment screen
(Tray 1)"
For the printer registration loop adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 2 L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 2 S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 3 L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 3 S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 4 L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 4 S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU L)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU S)"
• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Thick)"
Note:
• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
paper feed direction
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the
paper feed direction
• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
8. Set the copy according to the item that has
been adjusted and press the START button to
output a test pattern (No. 16).
9. If the printer registration loop amount is not
appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button.
10. "Printer registration loop adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -99 to +99, 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is
obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Printer pre-registration adj.] key.
5. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen (Tray 1)"
For the printer pre-registration adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 1)"
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 2)"
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 3)"
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 4)"
• "Printer pre-registration adj. (ADU)"
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
8. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
9. When the printer pre-registration amount is not
appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-71
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
(4) Printer erasure amount adjustment
Conduct an erasure amount adjustment.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
(5) Scanner re-start timing adjustment
Adjust re-start timing of original scanning.
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading
while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Make sure that the printer timing adjustment
has been completed.
a. Procedure
10. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -99 (large) to +99 (small),
1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Printer erasure amount adj.] key.
5. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the START
button with a test chart set to the original glass.
7. Check the printer erasure amount.
• Standard value: 3 mm or less
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -20 to +40, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Scanner re-start timing adj.] key.
5. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Check the scanner re-start timing.
• Standard value: 3 mm or less
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -10 to +20, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-72
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
(6) RADF registration loop adjustment
Adjust the original loop amount in the RADF regis-
tration roller section to remove paper skew and
wrinkle, or paper jamming in the registration sec-
tion.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
(7) Writing unit skew initial adjustment
Note:
• This adjustment is inhibited in the field.
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [6. RADF registration loop adj.] key.
5. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-
ton with a test chart set to the original glass.
7. If the RADF registration loop amount is not
appropriate, press the C button while pressing
the P button.
8. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -7 to +7, 1 step = 0.5 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value is
obtained.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-73
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(8) Auto. color registration adjustment
Make this adjustment when there is a color registra-
tion error. The main scan, sub-scan, horizontal
magnification and the skew of color registration
error are automatically adjusted.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• This auto. color registration adjustment has a
larger correction area than that of the color
registration auto correction in the user mode.
So, be sure to perform this adjustment when a
SC45-20 occurs.
a. Procedure
(9) Color registration manual adjustment (par-
tial horizontal adjustment)
With respect to the main scan, entire horizontal
magnification, partial horizontal magnification, sub-
scan, inclination and the scan inclination, the regis-
tration error amount of Y, M and C compared based
on K is shown on the operation panel. The partial
horizontal magnification that cannot be corrected
automatically is manually adjusted.
Note:
• Be sure that the printer vertical and horizontal
magnifications have been complete.
• Make sure that the auto. color registration
adjustment has been completed.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [8. Auto. color registration adj.] key.
5. "Color registration adj. screen"
Press the [Start] key.
6. The color registration adjustment starts and a
message "Complete" is shown in about 2 min-
utes.
When the error message appears, perform an
error correction referring to the below.
• Error 1: It does not converge within the stan-
dard value.
The patch density may be too light.
Check around the drum unit and per-
form the gamma automatic adjustment
(0). Then perform this adjustment.
• Error 2: The difference of the color registration
is too much.
• Error 3: The other error
SC other than the color registration
automatic adjustment may occur.
Restart the main body in the normal
mode to check for SC code.
7. "Color registration adj. screen"
When pressing the [LIST] key, the main scan,
sub-scan, horizontal magnification and the
skew of Y, M and C compared based on K after
adjustment are shown.
8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [9. Color registration manual adj.]
key.
5. "Color registration manual adj. screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-74
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button to output a test pattern.
Place the test pattern [1] outputted securely
against the original positioning plate /L [2] and
the original positioning plate /R [3] to set it to
the original glass, and close the DF or platen
cover.
Note:
• When setting the test pattern to the original
glass, be sure to take check of the setting
direction (with printing face down) and posi-
tion.
• Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C,
K) in the [Test pattern density setting] of 36
mode is set to 255. If not, it results in an
error.
7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. "Color registration manual adj. screen"
Press the [SCAN] key to scan the test pattern.
8050fs1011
[1]
[3]
[2]
9. The amount of error of the "MainScan" (main
scan), "Mag(ALL)" (entire horizontal magnifica-
tion), "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal magnifi-
cation), "SubScan" (sub-scan), "Incline"
(inclination) and the "ScanBend" (scan incline)
of Y, M and C are compared based on K and
result are shown at "Rest" section on the oper-
ation panel (unit is pixel).
10.Make sure that "OK" is displayed for all the items.
When any item is not within the standard, an
error code is displayed for each cause together
with an NG. Make an error correction referring
to the below:
When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan",
"Mag(ALL)", "SubScan" or "Incline," perform
the auto. color registration adjustment again.
• Error 1: A chart pattern cannot be detected.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is
upside down.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 3: A chart pattern cannot be detected.
A different type of chart.
• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible.
Software bugged.
• Error 5: Not within the standard value.
Re-adjust it.
• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.
Check the installation of memory board.
• Error 7: Memory other than those specified is
accessed.
Software bugged.
• Error 8: Memory related error.
Software bugged.
• Error 9: Program error.
Software bugged.
• Error 10: The chart is skew.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 11: Image header information read error.
Software bugged.
• Error 12: An argument set error.
Software bugged.
• Error 13: A measurement error.
Improper positioning of the chart, or a
defective chart.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-75
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
11. When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan",
"Mag(ALL)" or "Mag(PART)," open the toner
supply section and loosen 2 screws [1] pro-
vided near the developing unit of a color from
which an "NG" is displayed. Then, slide the
adjustment plate [2] up and down to adjust the
partial horizontal magnification. Moving the
adjustment plate [2] upward reduces the partial
horizontal magnification data (minus) and mov-
ing the plate downward increases it (plus).
• Adjustment target
Move the adjustment plate [2] by referring to
the "Rest" of "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal
magnification) (unit: pixel) displayed at the
operation panel. The scale of the adjustment
plate [2] changes about 0.5 pixel per notch.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment menu screen."
13. Conduct the color registration adjustment
referring to (8) Auto. color registration adjust-
ment.
14. Repeat steps 4 to 13 until "OK" is displayed.
[1]
[2]
8050fs1012
15. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-76
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.3.3 RADF adjustment
Conduct the original size adjustment, original stop
position adjustment and the sensor adjustment of
the RADF.
A. Procedure
(1) RADF original size adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the RADF original
size is not properly detected.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"
For the RADF adjustment, the following items
are provided:
[1. RADF original size adjustment]
[2. RADF orig. stop position adj.]
[3. RADF sensor adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"RADF adjustment menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. RADF original size adjustment]
key.
5. "RADF original size adjustment (A4) or (8.5 x
11) screen"
With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
press the [Start] key.
6. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"
press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
7. "RADF original size adjustment (A5R) or (5.5 x
8.5R) screen"
With the A5R (for metric machine) or 5.5 x
8.5R (for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
press the [Start] key.
8. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"
press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.
9. "RADF original size adjustment (A4R) or (8.5 x
11R) screen"
With the A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R
(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,
press the [Start] key.
10. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"
press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
11. Make sure that the RADF original size is prop-
erly detected.
12. Press the C button while pressing P button.
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "RADF adjustment menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-77
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(2) RADF original stop position adjustment
Conduct the original stop position leading edge tim-
ing (leading edge timing) adjustment of the RADF.
Note:
• Make sure that the printer lead edge timing
adjustment and the scanner re-start timing
adjustment have been completed.
a. Procedure
(3) RADF sensor adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when malfunction occurs
in the reflective type sensors.
a. Procedure1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. RADF orig. stop position] key.
5. "Front plain paper/thick paper screen"
For the RADF orig. stop position adj., the fol-
lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
[Normal & Thick paper (Front side)]
[Thin paper (Front side)]
[Normal & Thick paper (Back side)]
[Thin paper (Back side)]
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. With the original setting set to the copy mode
according to an item you want to adjust, set the
test chart to the RADF. And select the A3
paper and press the START button.
8. Check the RADF leading edge timing.
• Standard value: 3 mm or less
9. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -14 to +14, 1 step = 0.5 mm
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.
4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF sensor adjustment] key.
5. "RADF sensor adjustment screen"
Close the RADF and press the [Start] key.
The sensitivity of the RADF sensors are auto-
matically adjusted.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-78
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.3.4 Centring adjustment
Adjust the mis-centering of images vertical to the
paper feed direction.
A. Procedure
(1) Printer centring adjustment
This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim-
ing.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Be sure that the printer horizontal magnifica-
tion has been completed.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"
For the centering adjustment, the following
items are provided:
[1. Printer centring adjustment]
[2. Scanner centring adjustment]
[3. RADF centring adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Centring adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Printer centring adjustment] key.
5. "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1) screen"
For the printer centering adjustment, the fol-
lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 2)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 3)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Bypass)"
• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 4)"
• "Printer centring adj. (ADU)"
• "Large size offset (Tray 1)"
• "Small size offset (Tray 1)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 1)"
• "Large size offset (Tray 2)"
• "Small size offset (Tray 2)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 2)"
• "Large size offset (Tray 3)"
• "Small size offset (Tray 3)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 3)"
• "Large size offset (Bypass)"
• "Small size offset (Bypass)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Bypass)"
• "Large size offset (Tray 4)"
• "Small size offset (Tray 4)"
• "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 normal paper offset (ADU)"
• "8.5 x 5.5 thick paper offset (ADU)"
Note:
• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the
paper feed direction
• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the
paper feed direction
• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-79
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
(2) Scanner centring adjustment
Adjust the centring when scanning the platen origi-
nal.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Make sure that the printer centering adjust-
ment has been completed.
a. Procedure
(3) RADF centring adjustment
Adjusts the centring when scanning the RADF origi-
nal.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
Note:
• Make sure that the printer centering and scan-
ner centring adjustment has been completed.
a. Procedure
7. Select the paper size and the type of paper
according to an item you want to adjust, and
press the START button to output a test pat-
tern (No. 16).
8. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed
direction and check the amount of error of the
lines on both sides.
• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm
9. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -40 to +40, 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Scanner centring adjustment]
key.
5. "Scanner (platen) centring adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed
direction and check the amount of error of the
lines on both sides.
• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -30 to +30, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.
4. "Centring adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. RADF centring adjustment] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-80
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.3.5 Non-image area erase check
When installing this machine or when moving the
installation site, check to see if the erasure function
on the outside of the original of the copy-applied
functions operates correctly at this installation site.
Preparations made in advance:
• Open fully the RADF or platen cover.
• There should not be anything on the original
glass.
• Clean the original glass.
A. Procedure
5. "RADF centring adjustment (Front) screen"
For the RADF centering adjustment, the follow-
ing items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "RADF centring adjustment (Front)"
• "RADF centring adjustment (Back)"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed
direction and check the amount of error of the
lines on both sides.
• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -30 to +30, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10.Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Centring adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Non-image area erase check]
key.
4. "Non-image area erase check screen"
Press the [Start] key.
5. Make sure that a message "Normal adjustment
selected..." is shown on the operation panel.
When a message "Does not function satisfac-
torily..." is shown, refer to "B. Error message
and Handling," to conduct the non-image area
erase check again.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image adjustment menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-81
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
B. Error message and Handling
If the error is detected while perform the "non-image
area erase check" mode, following error message
will be displayed on the operation panel.
(1) Error message 1
Adjust for Moderate Brightness.
The Non-image area erase function may not oper-
ate correctly with dark (density) originals.
Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns
of Service Manual.
Handling 1
When the "non-image area erase" function is not
used very frequently, or when copy originals that
have a dark background are not copied very fre-
quently in the "non-image area erase," the copier
can be used in the current installation location.
However, when copy originals that have a dark
background are frequently copied, install the copier
in a location or in a direction where less external
light get in (darker) than the present installation
location, and check the "non-image area erase
check mode" again.
(2) Error message 2
Adjust for Extreme Brightness.
In many case, the non-image area erase function
will not operate correctly.
Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns
of Service Manual.
Handling 2
When the "non-image area erase" function is not
used very frequently, the copier can be used in the
current installation location. However, the outside-
original erasure function is frequently used, install
the copier in a location or in a direction where less
external light get in (darker) than the present instal-
lation location, and check the "non-image area
erase check mode" again. At this time, when there
is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light
installed directly above this machine, reconsider the
installation location or direction, or take some mea-
sures to shield the light source and check the "non-
image area erase check mode" again.
7.3.6 Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of image adjustment to
the standard data. (factory default data)
Note:
• Data for the printer vertical magnification,
RADF registration loop, auto. color registra-
tion, color registration manual, RADF original
size, RADF original stop position and RADF
sensor adjustment cannot be reset to stan-
dard data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.
3. "Image adjustment menu screen"
Press the [5. Recall standard data] key.
4. "Recall standard data (image adjustment data)
screen"
Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-
OUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Image
adjustment menu screen" without recalling the
standard data.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-82
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.4 Image quality adjustment
Conduct various image quality adjustments.
A. Procedure
7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment
Conduct the gradation correction of the scanner.
When color reproduction is a poor condition, usually
conduct the printer gamma correction of the pro-
cess adjustment.
When changing the CCD unit, exposure lamp (L1),
original glass or each scanner mirror, conduct this
adjustment.
Note:
• Scanner gamma has been adjusted for each
machine. Please be noted that the scanner
gamma data is rewritten to the mean value if
the [Adj. data reset] key in the "Scanner
gamma adjustment screen" is pressed.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
For the image quality adjustment, the following
items are provided:
[1. Scanner gamma adjustment]
[2. Printer gamma adjustment]
[3. Sharpness adjustment]
[4. Contrast adjustment]
[5. Image judge adjustment]
[6. ACS adjustment]
[7. Density adjustment]
[8. Tone adjustment]
[9. Recall standard data]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screen to the
"Image quality mode menu screen."
1. After replacing a part, place a test chart on the
original glass, select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and
press the START button.
Note:
• For the start button, be sure to press the
hard button, not the soft key on the LCD.
2. Check for the foggy background or color bal-
ance.
3. If there is abnormality, enter the 36 mode.
4. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
5. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Scanner gamma adjustment] key.
6. "Scanner gamma adjustment screen"
Press the [Adj. data reset] key.
Press the [YES] key when rewriting the scan-
ner gamma mean value. Press the [NO] to
return to the "Scanner gamma adjustment
screen" without rewriting.
7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-83
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment
When the color reproduction is in poor condition,
conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation.
This adjustment is not reflected on the output from
the IP.
A. Procedure
(1) Printer gamma offset adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduc-
tion varies with copy modes to correct the gradation
in a high light density section and adjust the density
in the background.
Note:
• For the printer gamma offset adjustment,
adjustment methods of 0 to 5 are available for
each screen type. It is possible to divide the
gradation in 256 into 6 parts of 0 to 5 and
adjust the entire ranges from "0: Low density
section" to "5: High density section."
• In default, adjustment is limited only to "0 (low
density section)." When setting DIPSW 28-4 to
1, adjustment can be made on the entire
ranges of 0 to 5.
• Be sure not make the adjustment of "Printer
gamma offset adjustment (ED-8) (0 to 5)."
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
4. For the printer gamma adjustment, the follow-
ing items are provided:
[1. Printer gamma offset adj.]
[2. Printer gamma sensor adj.]
[3. Printer screen gradation adj.]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of adjustment screen to the "Printer
gamma adjustment menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Printer gamma offset adj.] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-84
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
5. "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0) screen"
For the printer gamma offset adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0 to 5)"
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS150) (0 to 5)"
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS200) (0 to 5)"
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS150) (0 to 5)"
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-8) (0 to 5)"
• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-2) (0 to 5)"
The following shows the copy mode to which
each adjustment is reflected.
(LS200): Line screen/High resolution
(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone
(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution
(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone
(ED-8):Text section to be used together with
the screens above.
(ED-2): High compression
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and
press the START button to print a test pattern.
8. Check the test pattern that has been outputted.
• Make sure that the high light density starting
section of C and K is uniform, and even
between the gray reference lines [1].
9. When they are not even, press the C button
while pressing the P button.
8050fs1015
Y
K
C
M
[1]
10. "Printer gamma offset adjustment screen"
Press the key of a color (C or K) you want to
adjust, enter a numeric value through the
numeric keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
Note:
• There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]
provided for each line speed. Be sure to use
the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered
by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into
keys [1/2] and [1/3].
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is
obtained.
12. Take notice of the gray gradation pattern [1]
created in C, M and Y, make sure that the gray
balance at the square marks line [2] and [3] is
the same.
8050fs1016
Y
K
C
M
[1]
[3][2][4][5][6]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-85
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
(2) Printer gamma sensor adjustment
When a poor color reproduction results even after
the automatic gamma adjustment of the process
adjustment, conduct this adjustment to correct gra-
dation.
The printer gamma correction that is carried out
automatically and periodically uses a gamma sen-
sor to read patterns on the transfer belt. So, there is
a possibility of the gamma sensor not being accu-
rately adjusted due to the change in characteristic
of the gamma sensor. This adjustment use the
scanner to correct the gamma sensor for accurate
printer gamma adjustment.
This adjustment can be shown in the key operator
mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.
a. Procedure
13.When the gray balance is not the same, press
the key of a color (Y or M) you want to adjust,
enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
Note:
• There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]
provided for each line speed. Be sure to use
the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered
by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into
keys [1/2] and [1/3].
• How to match the gray balance
Take notice of the gray patches [4] made up of
49 colors of C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M
gets darker as going right to left. And Y gets
darker as going down from up. However, C is
fixed. The patch [5] at the center is the same
color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned
at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same
color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches,
select a gray of the same gray balance as the
gray [6].
e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is
more suitable than the patch [5] at the center:
Adjust M and Y in the positive direction.
When a patch on the upper left side is more
suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust
M and Y in the negative direction.
14. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
15. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and
press the START button to print a test pattern.
16. Repeat steps 13 to 15 until you can get a satis-
factory result.
17. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma sensor adj.] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-86
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
5. "Printer gamma sensor adj. (LS200) screen"
For the printer gamma sensor adjustment, the
following items are provided. Press the [NEXT
ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-
MENT] key to select an item you want to
adjust.
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS200)"
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS150)"
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS200)"
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS150)"
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (CONTONE)"
• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (ED)"
The following shows the copy mode to which
each adjustment is reflected:
(LS200): Line screen/High resolution
(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone
(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution
(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone
(CONTONE): Text section to be used
together with the screens
above.
(ED): High compression
Note:
• A screen in which the screen selection is
turned off by the key operator mode-memory
switch is not displayed.
• When any one of the screen adjustments is
made, be sure to conduct the CONTONE
adjustment at the same time.
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
(for inch machine) paper set in the bypass tray,
press the START button to output a test pat-
tern.
8. "Please load output paper... screen"
After completion of the test pattern output, the
display returns automatically to the adjustment
screen.
The outputted test pattern [1] pressed securely
against the original positioning plate /L [3] and
the original positioning plate /R [4], set it to the
original glass.
Note:
• Make sure to set it with the green triangular
mark [2] on the left side.
(with printing face down)
9. With 10 sheets of copy paper (white) placed on
the test chart, close the RADF or platen cover.
Note:
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise,
the printer gradation cannot be corrected
properly.
10. Press the [Start] key.
Note:
• Start cannot be made when paper is not set
in the bypass tray.
11. When the chart is scanned with no problem
found, the gamma sensor is adjusted, the
printer gamma correction is made and a mes-
sage "Complete" is displayed.
8050fs1017
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-87
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
(3) Printer screen gradation adjustment
Adjust a tone jump (in which gradation is not contin-
uous).
a. Procedure
12. If any trouble should be found, an error code is
displayed for each cause. Repair the error
referring to the below.
• Error 1: Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is
upside down.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 3: A chart pattern cannot be detected.
A different type of chart.
• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible.
Software bugged.
• Error 5: Not within the standard value.
Re-adjust it.
• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.
Check the installation of memory
board.
• Error 7: Memory other than those specified is
accessed.
Software bugged.
• Error 8: Memory related error.
Software bugged.
• Error 9: Program error—Software bugged.
• Error 10: The chart is skew.
Improper positioning of the chart.
• Error 11: Image header information read error.
Software bugged.
• Error 12: RGB data abnormality.
Chart is wrong, or software is bugged.
• Error 13: Argument set error.
Software bugged.
• Error 31: Sensor value abnormality - Re-adjust
it.
• Error 51: Regression calculation abnormality -
Re-adjust it.
• Error 52: Array number overflow - Software
bugged.
• Error 53: Regression order abnormality - Soft-
ware bugged.
• Error 54: Selected screen information abnor-
mality - Software bugged.
• Error 55: Color information abnormality - Soft-
ware bugged.
13. "Printer gamma sensor adj. screen"
Press the [Adj. data reset] key if you want to
return to the factory default data.
Press the [YES] key to reset the adjusted
printer gamma sensor data and return to the
factory default data.
Press the [NO] key to return to the "Printer
gamma sensor adj. screen" without data reset.
14. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.
4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"
Press the [3. Printer screen gradation adj.] key.
5. "Printer screen gradation adj. (Y) screen"
For the printer screen gradation adjustment,
the following items are provided.
"Printer screen gradation adj. (Y)"
"Printer screen gradation adj. (M)"
"Printer screen gradation adj. (C)"
"Printer screen gradation adj. (K)"
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. Set the A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray
and press the START button to output a test
pattern.
8. Five sheets of test pattern are automatically
outputted. Check them to see if there is a tone
jump found in them.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-88
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment
Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried
out when moire reproduced.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the sharpness adjustment in the user mode.
A. Procedure
9. When a tone jump is found in them, press the
C button while pressing the P button.
10. "Printer screen gradation adj."
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE-
VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a color in
which a tone jump has occurred.
11. Enter one less numeric value than the current
and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -3 to +1
12.Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the tone jump disap-
pears.
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Sharpness adjustment] key.
4. "Sharpness adjustment menu screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
7. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (soft/less moire) to +5 (sharp/
more moire)
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until it becomes suitable.
9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-89
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.4.4 Contrast adjustment
Adjust the contrast.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the contrast adjustment in the user mode.
A. Procedure
7.4.5 Image judge adjustment
Adjust the threshold value of the original image
judgement.
A. Procedure
(1) Dot detect adjustment
Adjust the dot discrimination threshold value of the
original image.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Contrast adjustment] key.
4. "Contrast adjustment menu screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
7. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (contrast increased) to +5
(contrast reduced)
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until it becomes suitable.
9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen"
For the image judge adjustment, the following
items are provided:
[1. Dot detect adjustment]
[2. Color text adjustment]
[3. Dot/Text area adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Image judge adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"
Press the [1. Dot detect adjustment] key.
5. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-90
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(2) Color text adjustment
Adjust the color text discrimination threshold value
of the original image.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the color text adjustment in the user mode.
a. Procedure
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. A dot detection pattern is outputted.
This output pattern shows how the original
image is discriminated as an image.
• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot.
• White section: Discriminated as a picture.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text.
• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text.
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"
For the dot detection adjustment, the following
items are provided:
[Dot detect adjustment R]
[Dot detect adjustment G]
[Dot detect adjustment B]
10. Select a color you want to adjust as necessary,
enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced) to +5 (dot
area increased)
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until it becomes suitable.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image judge adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"
Press the [2. Color text adjustment] key.
5. "Color text screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. A color text detection pattern is outputted.
This output pattern shows how the original
image is discriminated as an image.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text.
• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text.
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Color text screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (color text area reduced) to +5
(color text area increased)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until it becomes suitable.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-91
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(3) Dot/Text area adjustment
Adjust the dot discrimination and text discrimination
threshold values of the original image.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the letter adjustment in the user mode.
a. Procedure
7.4.6 ACS adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the ACS (Auto color
selection) does not function properly.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.
4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Dot/Text adjustment] key.
5. "Dot/Text adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-
ton with a test chart set to the original glass.
7. A dot and text detection pattern is outputted.
This output pattern shows how the original
image is discriminated as an image.
• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot.
• White section: Discriminated as a picture.
• Black section: Discriminated as a black text.
• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text.
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Dot/Text area adjustment screen"
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced and text
area increased) to +5 (dot area increased and
text area reduced)
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until it becomes suitable.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"
Press the [6. ACS adjustment] key.
4. "Set the chart and push [SCAN] screen"
With an original in which the ACS does not
function properly set to the original glass,
press the [SCAN] key.
5. In the "JUDGE," the result of the ACS is shown
as "COLOR" or "MONOCHROME."
6. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (MONOCHROME) to +5
(COLOR)
7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 until it becomes suitable.
8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-92
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.4.7 Density adjustment
Adjust the AE (AES) density, copy density and the
background density.
A. Procedure
(1) AE (AES) adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when you want to change
the center value selected by the AE (Auto density
selection) in the user mode.
a. Procedure
(2) Copy density adjustment
Adjust the copy density.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the density shift function in the user mode.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
For the density adjustment, the following items
are provided:
[1. AE (AES) adjustment]
[2. Copy density adjustment]
[3. Background adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screens to the
"Density adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. AE (AES) adjustment] key.
5. With a chart in which you want to change the
AE density set to the original glass, press the
[SCAN] key.
6. A numeric value is shown in the "RESULT."
7. When the adjustment result is other than 0,
enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key (e.g.: if the
adjustment result is 2, input -2).
• Setting range: -5 to +5
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the adjustment result
becomes 0.
9. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Density adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Copy density adjustment] key.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-93
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(3) Background adjustment
Adjust the copy background density.
The background adjustment in the user mode only
supports the batch adjustment. It is not possible to
adjust the background for each color mode or origi-
nal mode.
a. Procedure5. "Copy density adjustment screen"
For the copy density adjustment, the following
items are provided. Press the arrow key to
select an item you want to adjust.
• "Text/Photo (Full color)"
• "Photo (Full color)"
• "Text (Full color)"
• "Map (Full color)"
• "Text/Photo (Mono color)"
• "Photo (Mono color)"
• "Text (Mono color)"
• "Map (Mono color)"
• "Text/Photo (Monochrome)"
• "Photo (Monochrome)"
• "Text (Monochrome)"
• "Map (Monochrome)"
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then
select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test
chart set to the original glass, press the START
button.
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until it becomes suitable.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Density adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.
4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Background adjustment] key.
5. "Background adjustment screen"
For the background adjustment, the following
items are provided. Press the arrow key to
select an item you want to adjust.
• "Text/Photo (Full color)"
• "Photo (Full color)"
• "Text (Full color)"
• "Map (Full color)"
• "Text/Photo (Mono color)"
• "Photo (Mono color)"
• "Text (Mono color)"
• "Map (Mono color)"
• "Text/Photo (Monochrome)"
• "Photo (Monochrome)"
• "Text (Monochrome)"
• "Map (Monochrome)"
6. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then
select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test
chart set to the original glass, press the START
button.
8. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until it becomes suitable.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Density adjustment mode menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-94
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.4.8 Tone adjustment
Conduct the tone adjustment of red, green or blue.
Use this adjustment for changing the center value
for the tone adjustment in the user mode.
A. Procedure
(1) Red adjustment
Adjust the density of red.
This adjustment is not reflected to the IP.
a. Procedure
(2) Green adjustment
Adjust the density of green.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.
4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"
For the tone adjustment, the following items
are provided:
[1. Red adjustment]
[2. Green adjustment]
[3. Blue adjustment]
5. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screen to the
"Image quality mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.
4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Red adjustment] key.
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality adjustment menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.
4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Green adjustment] key.
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-95
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
(3) Blue adjustment
Adjust the density of blue.
a. Procedure
7.4.9 Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of image quality
adjustment to the standard data. (factory default
data)
Note:
• Data for the scanner gamma adjustment and
the printer gamma sensor adjustment cannot
be reset to standard data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.
4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Blue adjustment] key.
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the
START button with a test chart set to the origi-
nal glass.
7. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -5 (lighter) to +5 (darker)
9. Repeat steps 6 to 8 until it becomes suitable.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Image quality mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.
3. "Image quality mode menu screen"
Press the [9. Recall standard data] key.
4. "Recall standard data: Image quality adj.
screen"
Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-
dard date. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-
OUS SCREEN] key returns to the [Image
quality mode menu screen] without recalling
the standard data.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-96
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
7.5 Running test mode
Conduct a test while in the continuous copy opera-
tion.
Select [4. Running test mode] in the 36 mode menu
screen to show the running mode menu screen.
For this adjustment, the following items can be
selected:
A. Intermittent copy mode
After completion of the copy operation for the set
copy count, the copier changes into the copy ready
state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the
same operation.
B. Paperless running mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation
is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
copy operation. In the same manner as the intermit-
tent copy mode, after completion of the copy opera-
tion for the set copy count, the copier changes into
the copy ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before
resuming the same operation.
C. Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation
is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
copy operation.
D. Paperless endless mode
The copier operates with the copy count infinitely
set automatically. In the same manner as the paper-
less mode, without detecting paper or jam, the copy
operation is made nearly at the same timing as the
normal copy operation.
E. Running mode
The copy operation is made in the paperless end-
less mode plus the scanner each-time scan and the
auto paper feed tray switching.
7.5.1 Setting method
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Running test mode] key.
3. "Running test mode menu screen"
Press the mode key of one of the modes 1 to
5.
4. "Basic screen"
Press the [Start] key.
5. After confirmation of the copy operation, press
the STOP button and turn OFF the sub power
switch (SW2).
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-97
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
7.6 Test pattern output mode
Output various test patterns to separate abnormali-
ties. Select [5. Test pattern output mode] in the 36
mode screen to show "Test pattern output mode
screen."
Note:
• As for modes specifically not given in the Ser-
vice Manual, be sure not to output test pat-
terns.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Test pattern output mode] key.
3. "Test pattern output mode screen"
After entering an output pattern number
through the numeric keys, press the [SET] key.
4. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. "Basic screen"
Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the
START button to output a test pattern.
6. When outputting another test pattern, repeat
steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with
the P button being pressed at the same time.
7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to
the "36 mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-98
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
No.1 Overall halftone
[Check Items]
• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
When there are image stripes or uneven density found, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit and transfer belt unit.
• When the density is set to 0 (white)
When there is image foggy back ground, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.
• When the density is set at 255 (Y, M, C, K)
When the density is light, check the printer system for any abnormality.
[Recommended check point]: Write unit
* For information about setting the density, see "7.7 Test pattern density setting."
Test Pattern
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
8050fs1019
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-99
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
No.11 Beam check
[Check Items 1]
• For development and analysis of the write unit
[Check Items 2]
• Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and sub-
scanning directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, and 2nd transfer unit
[Check Items 3]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the
test pattern in the feed direction.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Transfer/separation corona unit
Test Pattern
[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern
[2]
[1]
8050fs1020
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-100
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern
[Check Items]
Judge from this test pattern which of the scanner system and the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include horizontal magnification, vertical magnification, skew, and leading
edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible
on the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test Pattern
[1] Edge of paper
30mm 237mm
190mm
20m
m190m
m190m
m
280m
m
280mm
205.7
mm
[1]
[1]
8050fs1021
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-101
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
No.80 Line screen resolution priority evaluation pattern
While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line
screen high resolution is selected on the screen.
[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.
[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.
Test Pattern
a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color
8050fs1120
[1]
[2]
a
b
c
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-102
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
No.81 Line screen gradation priority evaluation pattern
While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line
screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.
[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.
[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.
Test Pattern
a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color
8050fs1120
[1]
[2]
a
b
c
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-103
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
No.82 Dot screen resolution priority evaluation pattern
While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot
screen high resolution is selected on the screen.
[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.
[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.
Test Pattern
a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color
8050fs1120
[1]
[2]
a
b
c
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-104
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
No.83 Dot screen gradation priority evaluation pattern
While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot
screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.
[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.
[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.
Test Pattern
a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color
8050fs1120
[1]
[2]
a
b
c
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-105
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
No.84 Character area evaluation pattern
While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of CONTONE used in the character area when the
line screen (smooth tone/high resolution) or the dot screen (smooth tone/high resolution) is selected on
the screen.
[Check item 1]
• Check to see if the density increases in incremental step from the lower density side and if the density
in the high density section of each color is dark enough.
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.
[Check item 2]
• For development and analysis.
Test Pattern
8050fs1121
[1]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-106
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7.7 Test pattern density setting
Set the density of the test pattern.
A. Procedure
7.8 Finisher adjustment
Adjusting the FNS, PI, PK, TU.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [6. Test pattern density setting] key.
3. "Test pattern density setting-Y screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE-
VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select one of
the colors: "Y, M, C and K" that you want to
adjust.
4. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: 0 (lighter) to 255 (darker)
5. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. "Basic screen"
Select the paper size and press the START
button to output a test pattern.
7. When outputting another test pattern, repeat
steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with
the P button being pressed at the same time.
8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to
the "36 mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
[1. Stitch & Fold stopper adj.]
[2. Fold stopper adjustment]
[3. Cover sheet tray size adj.]
[4. Trimming stopper adjustment]
[5. Punch adjustment]
[6. Three-Fold position adj.]
[7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
from each of the adjustment screen to the "Fin-
isher adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-107
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS-
215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Adjusting the stapling position when stitch and fold
mode.
A. Procedure
7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-
606 only)
Adjusting the fold position when stitch and fold or
folding mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Stitch and Fold stopper adj.] key.
4. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. (A3) screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-
ton.
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.
6. Check the paper center and stapling position.
• Standard value: ± 1 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Fold stopper adjustment] key.
4. "Fold stopper adjustment (A3) screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button.
6. Check the paper center and folding position.
• Standard value: ± 1 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-108
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110
only)
This adjustment should be performed when the
cover sheet tray size cannot be detected properly
and when centring adjustment for cover sheet tray
is performed.
A. Procedure
7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/
TMG-3 only)
Adjusting the trimming amount.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [3. Cover sheet tray size adj.] key.
4. Set a A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R
(for inch machine) paper on the cover sheet
tray (upper/lower) [1] and press the [Start] key.
A complete message appears on the screen.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment menu screen."
8050fs1022
[1]
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [4. Trimming stopper adjustment]
key.
4. "Trimming stopper adjustment (A3) screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-
ton.
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.
6. Check the trimming amount.
• Standard value: 2.5 to 4.5 mm
Note:
• Setting a trimming amount of 2.5 mm or
less may cause a trimming error.
7. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment menu mode
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-109
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507
only)
This adjusts the punch vertical positions, punch hor-
izontal positions, and punch registration loop
amount.
A. Procedure
(1) Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK-
120/PK-5/PK-507 only)
Adjusting the punch vertical position.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
3. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
Punch adjustment includes the following items:
[1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.]
[2. Punch kit horizontal pos. adj.]
[5. Punch registration loop adj.]
4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.
5. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
each adjustment screen to the "Finisher
adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.] key.
5. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. (A3) screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button.
7. Check the punch vertical position.
8. When the value is not appropriate, press the C
button while pressing down the P button.
9. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the value is appro-
priate.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-110
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
(2) Punch kit horizontal position adjustment
(PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only)
Adjusting the punch horizontal position.
a. Procedure
(3) Punch registration loop adjustment
Adjusting the registration loop amount for the
reversed paper exit, the ADU paper exit (straight
exit) and cover sheet upper/lower.
a. Procedure1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [2. Punch kit Horizontal pos. adj.]
key.
5. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
6. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button.
7. Check the position of punch holes.
• Specification (Length between the edge of
paper and the center of punch hole): 10.5 mm
(2 holes /4 holes/swedish 4 holes), 9.5 mm (3
holes/inch 2 holes)
8. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
9. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the value is obtained.
12. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.
4. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [5. Punch registration loop adj.] key.
5. Press [1. Punch registration loop adj. (main
body)] key. or [2. Punch registration loop adj.
(PI)] key.
6. "Punch registration loop adj. menu screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select the item to
be adjusted.
The screen changes as follows; reverse →ADU or upper tray → lower tray.
7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
8. Press the START button to make a copy.
9. Check the punch registration loop amount.
10.When the value is not appropriate, press the C
button while pressing the P button.
11. "Punch registration loop adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -20 to +20, 1 step = 0.8 mm
12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the value is appropri-
ate.
13. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Punch registration loop adj. menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 36 MODE
1-111
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-
606 only)
Adjusting the folding positions during the three-
folded copy.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [6. Three-fold position adj.] key.
4. "Three-Fold adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,
and press the START button.
6. Check the three-folded position "a."
7. When the value is not within the standard,
press the C button while pressing the P button.
8050fs1023
a
b
c
Folded
positions
Standard value Specification
A4R 8.5 x 11R
a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm
b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
8. "Three-Fold adjustment screen"
Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-
OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired
paper size.
9. Enter a numeric value through the numeric
keys and press the [SET] key.
• Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value is
obtained.
Note:
• See "9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS" to adjust
the folded positions "b" and "c."
11. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
36 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-112
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment
Adjusting the pitch of the 2 positions staple.
A. Procedure
7.9 List output mode
Output a variety of data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.
3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.] key.
4. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.
5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2
sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-
ton.
For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-
nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.
6. Check the pitch of the 2 positions staple.
7. When changing the dimension A, press the C
button while pressing the P button.
8. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value with numeric keys and press the
[SET] key.
• Setting range: 120 to 160, 1 step: 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the dimension A is
appropriate.
10. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu
screen."
A
8050fs1024
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. "36 mode menu screen"
Press the [8. List output mode] key.
3. "List output mode menu screen"
List output mode items are as follows:
[1. Machine management list 1]
[2. Adjustment data list]
[3. Page fill data list]
[4. Machine management list 2]
[5. Parameter list]
[6. Memory dump list]
[7. Font pattern]
Note:
• Setting DPSW 30-1 to 1, [4. Machine manage-
ment list 2] and later appear.
4. Press the key of an item you want to output.
5. Select A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper and press the
START button.
6. Press the C button while pressing the P button.
7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return
to the "36 mode menu screen."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-113
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
8. 47 MODE
8.1 47 mode/multi mode settingmethod
A. 47 Mode
This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/
output check function) to check and adjust the vari-
ous signals and loads.
B. Operation method for 47 mode
(1) Starting 47 mode
a. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2).
b. Turn on the SW2 while holding down 4 and 7
of the numeric keys.
c. The 47 mode is activated if the moment "I/O
check mode" is displayed in the message
display area at the center of the screen.
"47 mode menu screen"
(2) Input check method
Follow the following procedure.
a. Procedure
(3) Output check method
Follow the following procedure.
a. Procedure
(4) Exiting from the 47 mode
Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.
[1] Input/Output check code
[2] Multi code
[3] Input check
[4] Output check
1. Enter the 47 mode.
2. "47 mode menu screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric keys.
*1
3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.
4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys. *1
8050fs1001[1]
[2]
[3] [4]
5. Input check result will appear in the input
check result display area.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 to perform the other signal
input check.
*1 See "8.5 Input check list".
1. Enter the 47 mode.
2. "47 mode menu screen"
Enter the output check code with the numeric keys.
*2
3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.
4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.* 2
5. Press the [Start] key to perform the output
check.
6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output
check.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 to check other signal out-
put check.
*2 See "8.6 Output check list".
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-114
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
8.2 Adjustment data display
Lists the adjustment values of the machine (factory-
set values and current values).
No adjustment value can be changed in this mode.
A. Procedure
Note:
• Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.
8.3 Hard disk check
Perform this operation if you want to check the HDD
total capacity, the HDD remaining capacity, and the
error code related to HDD.
A. Procedure
Note:
• The operation can not be canceled during the
HDD bad sectors check and recovery (the
[STOP] button or the [Change Mode] key are
disabled).
1. Enter the 47 mode.
2. "47 mode menu screen"
Press "94" with the numeric keys. Check that
"94-00" appears in the message display area.
3. Press the [Start] key.
4. Press the [STOP] key at the lower right corner
of the screen.
5. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2) to exit
from the 47 mode.
1. Enter the 47 mode.
2. "47 mode menu screen"
Press "99" with the numeric keys. Check that
"99-00" appears in the message display area.
3. Press the P button.
4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric
keys. Check that "99-xx" (xx represents the
input number) appears in the message display
area.
01: HDD total capacity check
02: HDD remaining capacity check
03: HDD bad sectors check and recovery
5. Press the [Start] key.
At checking the total capacity: the total capac-
ity is displayed
At checking the remaining capacity: the
remaining capacity is displayed
At checking and recovering the bad sectors:
During the operation-"NOW" appears
The operation succeeded-"OK" appears
The operation failed-"NG" appears
Press the [Start] key to perform the HDD bad
sectors check and recovery again when "NG"
appears.
6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output
check.
7. Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-115
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
• The hard disk is vulnerable to vibrations and
physical shocks. Be sure to remove the hard
disk when you move the main body.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-116
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
8.4 Input check list
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
High voltage, analog signal
TEMP/HUM 00 0 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside
humidity)
0 to 255
TEMP/HUM 1 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside
temperature)
— 2 — — —
TDB 3 Temp detection board 0 to 255
TLD Y 01 4 Remaining toner detection sensor /Y Toner No toner
TLD M 5 Remaining toner detection sensor /M
TLD C 6 Remaining toner detection sensor /C
TLD K 7 Remaining toner detection sensor /K
PS53 8 Waste toner door sensor Box No box
PS52 9 Waste toner full sensor FULL EMPTY
HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)
2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)
4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y)
5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)
6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)
7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)
HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K) One or more color is
abnormal
Normal
5 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K)
6 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K)
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K) Abnormal Normal
8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y)
9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)
10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)
11 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
12 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)
HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation)
PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor 0 to 255
6 Gamma sensor
11 Gamma sensor
DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y
DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M
DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C
DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-117
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
High voltage, analog signal
HV2 7 4 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) Abnormal Normal
5
6
7
HV2 08 0 High voltage unit/2 (2nd transfer) Abnormal Normal
1
2
3
4
HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) Abnormal Normal
1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M)
2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K)
Paper feed, conveyance
PS31 11 0 No paper sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS37 1 No paper sensor /2
PS43 2 No paper sensor /3
PS47 3 No paper sensor /BP
PS108 4 No paper sensor (LT-211, C-208)
PS32 12 0 Remaining paper sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS38 1 Remaining paper sensor /2
PS44 2 Remaining paper sensor /3
PS102 to
105
3 Remaining paper sensor /1 to /4
(LT-211, C-208)
0 to 7
PS33 13 0 Paper size /S1 Paper No paper
PS34 1 Paper size /L1
PS39 2 Paper size /S2
PS40 3 Paper size /L2
PS45 4 Paper size /S3
PS46 5 Paper size /L3
PS48 6 Paper size /SBP
PS49 7 Paper size /LBP
VR1 14 0 Paper sizeVR /1 0 to 255
VR2 1 Paper sizeVR /2
VR3 2 Paper sizeVR /3
VR4 3 Paper sizeVR /BP
PS30 16 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Not at upper limitPS36 1 Tray upper limit sensor /2
PS42 2 Tray upper limit sensor /3
PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP
PS109 4 Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208) Upper:1, lower:2, middle:0
— 17 0 Tray set detection /1 Yes No
— 1 Tray set detection /2
— 2 Tray set detection /3
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-118
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Paper feed, conveyance
PS29 19 0 Pre-registration sensor /1 Paper No paper
PS35 1 Pre-registration sensor /2
PS41 2 Pre-registration sensor /3
PS26 3 Bypass conveyance sensor
PS106 4 Feed sensor (LT-211, C-208)
PS107 20 0 Paper feed sensor (LT-211, C-208) Paper No paper
PS23 1 ADU pre-registration sensor
PS20 2 ADU conveyance sensor
PS27 3 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1
PS28 4 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
— 5 — — —
PS22 6 Registration sensor Paper No paper
PS50 7 Vertical conveyance sensor
PS13 8 Paper exit sensor
PS19 9 Reverse paper exit sensor
PS21 10 ADU paper reverse sensor
PS12 11 Paper exit full sensor Full Other than full
PS30 23 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Other than upper limit
PS36 1 Tray upper limit sensor /2
PS42 2 Tray upper limit sensor /3
PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP
4
PS101,
PS109
5 Lower limit sensor (LT-211, C-208)
Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208)
Upper limit:1, lower limit:2, middle:06
PS24 24 0 2nd transfer HP sensor Home position
Other than home position1
2
PS18 25 0 Front door open/close sensor Open Close
PS51 1 Vertical conveyance door open/close
sensor
PS54 2 Toner supply door open/close sensor
PS14 3 Toner supply unit open/close sensor
— 4 Fixing unit set detection Installed Not installed
PS100 5 Top cover open/close sensor1 (LT-211, C-208) Open Close
PS115 6 Front door open/close sensor (LT-211, C-208)
SW100 7 Tray down switch (LT-211, C-208) ON OFF
M41 28 0 Paper feed motor Abnormal Normal
Light PS1 30 0 Scanner HP sensor Home position
Other than home position
PS3 1 APS detection sensor /S Paper No paper
PS4 2 APS detection sensor /L
PS2 3 APS timing sensor OPEN CLOSE
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-119
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
Light M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal rotation
detection)
Abnormal Normal
M4 1 Polygon motor /M (abnormal rotation
detection)
M5 2 Polygon motor /C (abnormal rotation
detection)
M6 3 Polygon motor /K (abnormal rotation
detection)
M3, M4,
M5, M6
4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K
(abnormal rotation detection)
One or more colors are abnormal
Normal
M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
Abnormal Normal
M4 6 Polygon motor /M (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M5 7 Polygon motor /C (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M6 8 Polygon motor /K (abnormal tempera-
ture detection)
M3, M4,
M5, M6
9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K
(abnormal temperature detection)
One or more colors are abnormal
Normal
INDX SB Y 33 0 Index sensor /Y Abnormal Normal
INDX SB M 1 Index sensor /M
INDX SB C 2 Index sensor /C
INDX SB B 3 Index sensor /K
INDX SB
Y, M, C, K
4 Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K One or more colors are abnormal
Normal
5
PS5, PS6, PS7 35 0 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color
Edgeundetected
PS5 1 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge detected
EdgeundetectedPS6 2 Laser correction HP sensor /M
PS7 3 Laser correction HP sensor /C
PS5, PS6, PS7 4 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color
Edgeundetected
PS5 5 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge detected
EdgeundetectedPS6 6 Laser correction HP sensor /M
PS7 7 Laser correction HP sensor /C
PS5, PS6, PS7 8 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color
Edgeundetected
PS5 9 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge detected
Edgeundetected
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-120
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Light PS6 35 10 Laser correction HP sensor /M Edge detected
Edge undetectedPS7 11 Laser correction HP sensor /C
PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F 0 to 255
PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R
LDB Y 37 1 Laser drive board /Y 0 to 255
LDB M 2 Laser drive board /M
LDB C 3 Laser drive board /C
LDB K 4 Laser drive board /K
PS1 38 5 Scanner HP sensor Home position
Other than home position
Main body PS60,
PS61
41 0 Encoder sensor /Y1, /Y2 Abnormal Normal
1
2
PS62,
PS63
3 Encoder sensor /M1, /M2
4
5
PS64,
PS65
6 Encoder sensor /C1, /C2
7
8
PS66,
PS67
9 Encoder sensor /K1, /K2
10
11
PS69,
PS68
12 Encoder sensor /belt 1, /belt 2
13
14
PS15 15 1st transfer HP sensor Home position
Other than home position16
17
18
M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan Abnormal Normal
M42 2 DCPS cooling fan
M10 3 Fixing cooling fan /1
M48 4 Charger intake fan
M47 5 Drum unit fan
M43, M44,
M45, M46
6 Writing intake fan /1, /2, Writing
exhaust fan /1, /2
M24 7 IP cooling fan
M28, M27,
M26
8 Paper exit fan /F, /M, /R
M12, M13 9 Drum cooling fan /1, /2
M11 10 Transfer belt cooling fan
M25 11 ICP cooling fan
M61, M62,
M63
12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-121
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
Main body DCPS1 43 0 DC power supply unit /1 (12VDC) Abnormal Normal
DCPS2 1 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
2 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
3 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
4 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)
C (T) 5 Total counter Yes No
C (K) 6 Checking to see if the key counter-
equipped machine is provided with a
key counter or not.
Yes No
TH1 45 0 Fixing temperature sensor /1 0 to 255
TH3 1 Fixing temperature sensor /3
TH2 2 Fixing temperature sensor /2
TH4 3 Fixing temperature sensor /4
TH1 4 Fixing temperature sensor /1
TH1 5 Fixing temperature sensor /1
TH2 6 Fixing temperature sensor /2
— 7 TH1 correction temperature
— 8 TH2 correction temperature
— 9 TH1 correction temperature
M29 47 0 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal
1
2
PS16 3 Fixing pressure release sensor Home position
Other than home position4
5
M29 9 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal
10
11
PS15 48 0 1st transfer HP sensor Home position
Other than home position1
2
3
PRCB 49 Printer control board
(drum motor control)
Displays abnormal code
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-122
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Intrinsic functions
M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y Abnormal Normal
1
2
M21 3 Developing motor /M
4
5
M22 6 Developing motor /C
7
8
M23 9 Developing motor /K
10
11
TDS Y 12 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
0 to 255
TDS M 13 Toner density sensor /M output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS C 14 Toner density sensor /C output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
TDS K 15 Toner density sensor /K output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
PCL Y 51 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y Abnormal Normal
PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M
PCL C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C
PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K
TDS Y 54 0 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
0 to 255
1
2
TDS M 3 Toner density sensor /M output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
4
5
TDS C 6 Toner density sensor /C output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
7
8
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-123
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Intrinsic functions
TDS K 54 9 Toner density sensor /K output value (a
value reduced when the peak voltage
is set to 128 while in the L detection
adjustment)
0 to 255
10
11
— 57 0 FS Connected Unconnected
— 1 LT-211, C-208
— 2 DF-319, AFR-20
TDS Y 58 0 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /Y
0 to 255
TDS M 1 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /M
TDS C 2 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /C
TDS K 3 Control voltage for the correction of the
toner density /K
PS17 59 3 Fixing paper exit sensor Paper No paper
DF-319,AFR-20
PS304 60 1 No paper sensor Paper No paper
PS301 2 Registration sensor
PS302 3 Timing sensor
PS305 4 Reverse sensor
PS306 5 Paper exit sensor
PS303 6 Paper feed cover sensor Open Close
PS308 7 Paper feed tray sensor
PS307 8 Paper exit cover sensor
RS1 9 DF-319, AFR-20 open/close sensor
FS PS701 76 0 Sub-tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
PS702 1 Tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than upper limit
PS703 2 Tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than lower limit
PS704 3 FNS entrance sensor No paper Paper
PS705 4 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper
PS706 5 Main tray paper exit sensor
PS707 6 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than standby position
Standby position
PS708 7 Alignment HP sensor /U Home position
Other than home position
PS709 8 Paper exit belt HP sensor Other than home position
Homeposition
PS713 9 Stapler rotation HP sensor Home position
Other than home positionPS711 10 Stapler movement HP sensor
PS712 11 Paper exit opening HP sensor Other than close position
Closeposition
PS714 12 Clincher rotation HP sensor Home position
Other than home position
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-124
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
FS PS715 76 13 Counter reset sensor Paper No paper
PS718 14 Shift HP sensor Other than home position
Homeposition
PS720 15 Stacker no paper sensor Paper No paper
SW702 16 Staple switch /R No staple Staple
PS730 17 Stapler HP sensor /R Other than home position
Homeposition
SW701 18 Cartridge switch /R No cartridge Cartridge
M710 19 Clincher motor /R Other than start Start
— 20 — — —
PS732 21 Clincher HP sensor /R Other than home position
Homeposition
PS719 22 Sub-tray full sensor Full Other than full
MS701 23 FNS interlock switch Front door opened
Front door closed
SW704 24 Staple switch /F No staple Staple
PS731 25 Stapler HP sensor /F Other than home position
Homeposition
SW703 26 Cartridge switch /F No cartridge Cartridge
M715 27 Clincher motor /F Other than start Start
— 28 — — —
PS733 29 Clincher HP sensor /F Other than home position
Homeposition
M707 30 Paper exit roller motor lock detection Other than control speed
Control speed
— 31 FNS connection detection Connected Unconnected
PS722 32 Folding knife HP sensor Home position
Other than home positionPS723 33 Stopper HP sensor
PS724 34 Alignment HP sensor /L Other than home position
Homeposition
PS725 35 Folding exit sensor Paper No paper
PS726 36 Folding passage sensor
PS729 37 Folding full sensor Full Other than full
— 38 — — —
M720 39 Folding conveyance motor Other than control speed
Control speed
— 40 — — —
— 41 — — —
— 42 — — —
— 43 — — —
PI-110 M203 44 PI conveyance motor Other than control speed
Control speed
— 45 DIPSW0 Other than single operation
Single operation
— 46 — — —
— 47 — — —
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-125
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
PI-110 — 76 48 — — —
— 49 — — —
— 50 — — —
— 51 — — —
PS201 52 PI passage sensor /U Paper No paper
PS206 53 PI passage sensor /L
— 54 — — —
— 55 — — —
— 56 — — —
— 57 — — —
— 58 — — —
FS — 59 Folding connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 60 — — —
PS716 61 Gate HP sensor
PI-110 — 62 — — —
— 63 — — —
PS202 64 No sheet sensor /U No paper Paper
PS203 65 Sheet set sensor /U
PS205 66 Tray lower limit sensor /U Lower limit Other than lower limit
PS204 67 Tray upper limit sensor /U Upper limit Other than upper limit
— 68 Sheet feeder manual start/clear switch Switch OFF
Switch ON
— 69 Sheet feeder manual punch button
switch
— 70 Sheet feeder manual function selection
button switch
MS201 71 PI interlock switch Open Close
PS207 72 No sheet sensor /L No paper Paper
PS208 73 Sheet set sensor /L
PS210 74 Tray lower limit sensor /L Lower limit Other than lower limit
PS209 75 Tray upper limit sensor /L Upper limit Other than upper limit
— 76 — — —
PS212 77 Sheet size sensor /L
— 78 — — —
— 79 PI connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 80 — — —
— 81 — — —
— 82 — — —
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-126
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
PK-120,PK-5,
PK-507
PS801 76 83 Punch HP sensor Other than home position
Homeposition
— 84 — — —
— 85 — — —
PS802 86 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
PS804 87 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set
— 88 Rocking End face detection 1 No paper Paper
89 Rocking End face detection 2
90 Rocking End face detection 3
91 Rocking End face detection 4
92 Rocking End face detection 5
PS803 93 Rocking Punch movement home posi-
tion
Homeposition
Other than home position
— 94 Connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 95 — — —
TU-109, TMG-3
PS101 77 0 Cutting entrance detection Paper No paper
PS102 1 Cutting conveyance detection
PS103 2 Cutting end stopper HP detection Home position
Other than home positionPS104 3 Cutting clear HP detection
PS105 4 Cutting press HP detectin Other than home position
Homeposition
PS106 5 Cutting knife upper limit HP detection Home position
Other than home position
PS108 6 Cutting booklet discharge Paper No paper
PS110 7 Holder board of upper limit detection Other than upper limit
Upper limit
PS111 8 Holder board of lower limit detection Lower limit Other than lower limit
PS112 9 Pusher HP Home position
Other than home position
PS114 10 Cutting stacker cover detection 24V Open Close
MS2 11 Cutting front door detection 24V
— 12 Cutting conveyance M lock signal
under operation
Locked Unlocked
— 13 — — —
— 14 — — —
— 15 — — —
PS107 16 Cutting end scraps box set detection Not set Other than set
PS109 17 Cutting end scraps box full detection Other than full Full
PS113 18 Cutting stucker full detection No paper Paper
— 19 TU connection detection Unconnected Connected
— 20 — — —
— 21 — — —
— 22 — — —
— 23 — — —
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source
001 000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-127
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
8.5 Output check list
Note:
• Do not output items which cannot be set or
changed in the field and codes which are not
described in the output check list."
• Do not output items with "x" in the "Cannot be
set or change in the field" column. These
items are only for the developping/manufuct-
ing process.
Outputs of them may damage the machine.
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
High voltage, analog signal
L1 00 0 Exposure lamp
M53, MC14 01 0 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /Y
1 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /Y
2 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /Y
M53, MC15 3 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /M
4 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /M
5 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /M
M53, MC16 6 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /C
7 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /C
8 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /C
M53, MC17 9 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner
bottle clutch /K
10 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner
bottle clutch /K
11 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),
toner bottle clutch /K
HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) x
1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M) x
2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C) x
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K) x
4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y: for
current measurement)
x
5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M: for
current measurement)
x
6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C: for
current measurement)
x
7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K: for
current measurement)
x
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-128
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
High voltage, analog signal
HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y) x
1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M) x
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C) x
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y, /
M, /C, /K)
x
5
6
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x
8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y: for
current measurement)
x
9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M:
for current measurement)
x
L1 10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C:
for current measurement)
x
11 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for
current measurement at color mode)
x
12 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for
current measurement at color mode)
x
HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) x
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation, meas-
urement)
x
PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor
6 Gamma sensor (for individual check) x
DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y
DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M
DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C
DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K
HV2 07 4 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning+output) x
5 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-output) x
6 High voltage unit /2 (belt clean-
ing+output: for individual check)
x
7 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-out-
put: for individual check)
x
08 0 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer
output1)
x
1 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer
output2)
x
2 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer
output1: for current measurement)
x
3 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer
output2: for current measurement)
x
4 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer
output3: for cleaning consideration)*
x
5 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) x
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-129
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
High voltage, analog signal
HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) x
1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M) x
2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C) x
3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K) x
— 15 1 Counter reset
— 2 Job memory clear
— 98 KRDS setup
Paper feed, conveyance
SD7 20 0 Pick up solenoid /1
SD8 1 Pick up solenoid /2
SD9 2 Pick up solenoid /3
SD5 4 Pick up solenoid /BP
SD100 5 Paper feed solenoid (LT-211, C-208)
MC7 21 0 Paper feed clutch /1
MC9 1 Paper feed clutch /2
MC11 2 Paper feed clutch /3
MC6 4 Paper feed clutch /BP
MC101 5 Paper feed clutch (LT-211, C-208)
MC8 22 0 Pre-registration clutch /1
MC10 1 Pre-registration clutch /2
MC12 2 Pre-registration clutch /3
MC102 5 Pre-registration clutch (LT-211, C-208)
M40 23 0 Tray up drive motor /1
M39 1 Tray up drive motor /2
M38 2 Tray up drive motor /3
M35 3 Tray up drive motor /BP (down)
4 Tray up drive motor /BP (up)
M100 5 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: down)
6 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: up)
M34 24 0 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(continuous rotation)
1 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(pressure)
2 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
(release)
M30 25 0 Registration motor (1/3 speed)
1 Registration motor (1/2 speed)
2 Registration motor (1/1speed)
3 Registration motor (paper feed line
speed)
4 Registration motor (hard timer on: 1/1
speed)
M31 26 0 Loop roller motor (1/3 speed)
1 Loop roller motor (1/2 speed)
2 Loop roller motor (1/1speed)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-130
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Paper feed, conveyance
M31 26 3 Loop roller motor (paper feed line
speed)
M33 27 0 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/3
speed)
1 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/2
speed)
2 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/1
speed)
3 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:3
times speed)
4 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
3 speed)
5 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
2 speed)
6 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/
1 speed)
7 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:3
times speed)
M41 28 0 Paper feed motor
M101 1 Paper feed motor (LT-211, C-208)
MC13 29 0 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1
MC4 1 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2
MC5 2 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3
SD1 3 Transfer belt separating claw
M136, M137 5 Paper feed assist fan /F, /R (LT-211, C-208)
SD6 6 ADU lock solenoid
M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (1/1 rotation)
M4 1 Polygon motor /M (1/1 rotation)
M5 2 Polygon motor /C (1/1 rotation)
M6 3 Polygon motor /K (1/1 rotation)
M3, M4,
M5, M6
4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (1/1 rota-
tion)
M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M4 6 Polygon motor /M (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M5 7 Polygon motor /C (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M6 8 Polygon motor /K (rotates at nonvola-
tile setting)
M3, M4,
M5, M6
9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (rotates at
nonvolatile setting)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-131
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Paper feed, conveyance
LDB Y 33 0 Laser drive board /Y
LDB M 1 Laser drive board /M
LDB C 2 Laser drive board /C
LDB K 3 Laser drive board /K
LDB Y, M,
C, K
4 Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K
— 34 Shading correction
PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F
PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R
— 37 0 LD alarm level detection all colors
91 LD alarm level clear (Y)
92 LD alarm level clear (M)
93 LD alarm level clear (C)
94 LD alarm level clear (K)
95 LD alarm level clear (all colors)
M1 38 0 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 1:
continuous)
1 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 2:
continuous)
2 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 3:
continuous)
3 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 4:
continuous)
4 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 5:
continuous)
5 Scanner motor (HP search)
6 Scanner motor(moves to the back
scan position)
7 Scanner motor (back scan ACS oper-
ation+scan operation: one operation)
Main body ACDB 40 0 AC drive board (RL1 (main relay)ON)
1 AC drive board (HTR1, 2 (HTR1, 2
(heater /1, /2) OFF)
M14 41 0 Drum motor /Y (1/3 speed)
1 Drum motor /Y (1/2 speed)
2 Drum motor /Y (1/1speed)
M15 3 Drum motor /M (1/3 speed)
4 Drum motor /M (1/2 speed)
5 Drum motor /M (1/1speed)
M16 6 Drum motor /C (1/3 speed)
7 Drum motor /C (1/2 speed)
8 Drum motor /C (1/1speed)
M17 9 Drum motor /K (1/3 speed)
10 Drum motor /K (1/2 speed)
11 Drum motor /K (1/1speed)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-132
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Main body M18 41 12 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed)
13 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed)
14 Transfer belt motor (1/1speed)
15 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed: for nip
measurement)
x
M18 16 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed: for nip
measurement)
x
17 Transfer belt motor (1/1 speed: for nip
measurement)
x
M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan
M25 1 IPB cooling fan
M42 2 DCPS cooling fan
M10, M36,
M37
3 Fixing cooling fan /1, /3, /2
M48 4 Charger intake fan
M47 5 Drum unit fan
M43, M44,
M45, M46
6 Writing intake fan /1, /2,
Writing exhaust fan /1, /2
M24 7 IP cooling fan
M26, M27,
M28
8 Paper exit fan /R, /M, /F
M12 9 Drum cooling fan /1
M13 10 Drum cooling fan /2
M11 11 Transfer belt cooling fan
M61, M62,
M63
12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
T (C) 43 1 Total counter
T (BK) 2 Black counter
T (K) 6 Key counter
DCPS2 44 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC
breaking)
L2, L3, L4 45 0 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
Fixing lower lamp1
2
3
L2 4 Fixing upper lamp /1
L3 5 Fixing upper lamp /2
L4 6 Fixing lower lamp
L2, L3, L4 7 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
Fixing lower lamp8
9
10
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-133
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
Main body M29 47 0 Fixing motor (1/3 speed)
1 Fixing motor (1/2 speed)
2 Fixing motor (1/1speed)
3 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: release
operation on, full-time rotation)
4 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves
to the pressure position)
5 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves
to the release position)
9 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/3 speed)
10 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/2 speed)
11 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-
tion: 1/1 speed)
M29, L2,
L3, L4
13 Fixing motor, Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,
fixing lower lamp (fixing roller pres-
sure+all heater lamps on)
M54 15 Web motor
M19 48 0 1st transfer pressure/release motor
(full-time rotation)
1 1st transfer pressure/release motor
(stops at the release position)
2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops
at black and white pressure position)
3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops
at color mode pressure position)
M18 49 0 Transfer belt motor (for checking photo-
sensitive material control 1: 1/1 speed)
x
1 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-
ing photosensitive material control 2: 1/2 speed)
x
2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-
ing photosensitive material control 3: 1/3 speed)
x
3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-
ing photosensitive material control 4: 1/1 speed)
x
4 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-
ing photosensitive material control 5: 1/2 speed)
x
5 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-
ing photosensitive material control 6: 1/3 speed)
x
Intrinsic functions
M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y (1/1speed)
1 Developing motor /Y (1/2 speed)
2 Developing motor /Y (1/3 speed)
M21 3 Developing motor /M (1/1speed)
4 Developing motor /M (1/2 speed)
5 Developing motor /M (1/3 speed)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-134
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
Intrinsic functions
M22 50 6 Developing motor /C (1/1speed)
7 Developing motor /C (1/2 speed)
8 Developing motor /C (1/3 speed)
M23 9 Developing motor /K (1/1speed)
10 Developing motor /K (1/2 speed)
11 Developing motor /K (1/3 speed)
PCL Y 51 0 Pre-charging lamp /Y
PLC M 1 Pre-charging lamp /M
PCL C 2 Pre-charging lamp /C
PCL K 3 Pre-charging lamp /K
PCL Y 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y (turns on the
control signal)
PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M (turns on the
control signal)
PLC C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C (turns on the
control signal)
PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K (turns on the
control signal)
— 52 0 L detection reference for all colors x
— 1 L detection reference for colors (Y, M, C) x
— 2 L detection reference for K x
— 3 L detection reference for Y x
— 4 L detection reference for M x
— 5 L detection reference for C x
M49 54 0 Toner supply motor /Y (high speed)
1 Toner supply motor /Y (low speed)
2 Toner supply motor /Y (setting value)
M50 3 Toner supply motor /M (high speed)
4 Toner supply motor /M (low speed)
5 Toner supply motor /M (setting value)
M51 6 Toner supply motor /C (high speed)
7 Toner supply motor /C (low speed)
8 Toner supply motor /C (setting value)
M52 9 Toner supply motor /K (high speed)
10 Toner supply motor /K (low speed)
11 Toner supply motor /K (setting value)
MC14 12 Toner bottle clutch /Y
MC15 13 Toner bottle clutch /M
MC16 14 Toner bottle clutch /C
MC17 15 Toner bottle clutch /K
SD2 55 0 Color registration shutter solenoid
SD3 1 Gamma sensor shutter solenoid
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-135
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
Intrinsic functions
— 56 0 Indicator lamp (PAT1 on)
1 Indicator lamp (PAT2 on)
2 Indicator lamp (PAT3 on)
3 Indicator lamp (PAT4 on)
— 57 0 FS connection check
— 1 LT-211, C-208 connection check
— 2 DF-319, AFR-20 connection check
TDS Y 58 0 Toner density sensor /Y
TDS M 1 Toner density sensor /M
TDS C 2 Toner density sensor /C
TDS K 3 Toner density sensor /K
DF-319, AFR-20
M301 60 1 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 300
mm/sec)
2 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 400
mm/sec)
3 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 900
mm/sec)
4 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 300
mm/sec)
5 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 400
mm/sec)
6 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 900
mm/sec)
M302 7 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
300 mm/sec)
8 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
400 mm/sec)
9 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:
900 mm/sec)
10 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
300 mm/sec)
11 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
400 mm/sec)
12 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:
900 mm/sec)
M303 13 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 300
mm/sec)
14 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 400
mm/sec)
15 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 900
mm/sec)
16 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 300
mm/sec)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-136
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
DF-319, AFR-20
M303 60 17 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 400
mm/sec)
18 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 900
mm/sec)
SD302 19 Reverse solenoid
SD301 20 Paper exit solenoid
MC301 21 Registration clutch
FS M701 75 1 FNS conveyance motor
M702 2 Shift motor (HP search)
3 Shift motor (moves to the shift position)
4 Shift motor (rotation)
M703 5 Tray up/down motor (HP search)
6 Tray up/down motor (down)
7 Tray up/down motor (up)
M705 8 Alignment motor /U (HP search)
M707 9 Paper exit roller motor (HP search)
10 Paper exit roller motor (reverse rota-
tion)
M708 11 Paper exit opening motor (HP search)
M708 12 Paper exit opening motor (moves to
opening)
M709 13 Stapler motor /R (initianl operation)
14 Stapler motor /R (stapling)
M714 15 Stapler motor /F (initianl operation)
16 Stapler motor /F (stapling)
M711 17 Stapler movement motor (HP search)
18 Stapler movement motor (movement
by size)
M713 19 Stacker entrance motor
M718 20 Stopper motor (HP search)
M716 21 Alignment motor /L
M719 23 Folding knife motor
M720 24 Folding conveyance motor
SD704 31 Paper exit opening solenoid
SD705 32 Bypass gate solenoid
M705 33 Alignment motor /U (open)
34 Alignment motor /U (close)
35 Alignment motor /U (rocking)
M716 36 Alignment motor /L (open)
37 Alignment motor /L (close)
38 Alignment motor /L (rocking)
M718 39 Stopper motor (moves to the A4R position)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 47 MODE
1-137
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
TU-109, TMG-3
M101 75 55 Conveyance motor
M102 56 Cutter motor (normal rotation)
57 Cutter motor (reverse rotation)
M103 58 Stopper motor (HP search)
M104 59 Stopper release motor (HP search)
60 Stopper release motor (release)
61 Stopper release motor (set)
M105 62 Press motor (HP search)
63 Press motor (press)
PI-110 MC202 64 Conveyance clutch /L
M202 65 Tray up/down motor /L (down)
66 Tray up/down motor /L (up)
SD202 67 Sheet feed solenoid /L
PK-120, PK-5, PK-507
M801 78 Punch motor
M802 79 Punch shift motor (HP search)
PI-110 MC201 83 Conveyance clutch /U
M201 84 Tray up/down motor (down)
85 Tray up/down motor (up)
SD201 86 Sheet feed solenoid /U
M203 87 PI conveyance motor
FS M712 88 Gate drive motor (HP search)
89 Gate drive motor (stacker direction
switching)
90 Gate drive motor (straight direction
switching)
M721 91 Sub-tray paper exit motor
M704 92 Clincher rotation motor (HP search)
93 Clincher rotation motor (skew shift)
M706 94 Stapler rotation motor (HP search)
95 Stapler rotation motor (skew shift)
SD706 96 Three-folding gate solenoid
— 99 FNS paperless running mode
ADU SD4 80 Reverse/exit solenoid
MC2 81 0 ADU conveyance clutch /1
MC1 1 ADU conveyance clutch /2
MC3 2 ADU pre-registration clutch
M32 84 0 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/3 speed)
1 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/2 speed)
2 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
1/1 speed)
3 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
paper feed line speed)
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
47 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-138
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
ADU M32 84 4 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:
3 times speed)
5 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/3 speed)
6 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/2 speed)
7 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
1/1 speed)
8 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:
paper feed line speed)
9 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:3
times speed)
Others — 94 0 Adjustment data display
— 1 Illuminate all LEDs on the operation
board
— 2 Message display
— 97 1 E-RDH (DRAM) capacity display
— 98 2 E-RDH (DRAM) check
— 99 3 HDD bad sectors check and recovery
Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or
changed in the field
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-139
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
Caution:
• Make sure the power cord of the copier is
unplugged from the power outlet
9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pres-sure adjustment
Perform the paper feed roller/BP pressure adjust-
ment when the no feed jam occurs at the bypass
feed.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Install the piled plate [3] on the paper feed roller/
BP [2] with 2 screws [1].
3. Replace the ADU.
4. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 if the no feed jam continues
to occur at the paper feed.
Note:
• The weight plate (P/N:13FG4062*) is a supply
part. It should be purchased separately.
• Up to 4 plates can be used at a time.
• Perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount
adjustment (bypass)" when the weight plate is
added.
[1] [3] [2]
8050fs1050
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-140
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.2 Paper feed height (upperlimit) adjustment (bypass)
Perform the paper feed height (upper limit) adjust-
ment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge of the
fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled
paper.
Note:
• This adjustment affects the pick-up move-
ment amount. When the adjustment is com-
plete, perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount
adjustment (bypass)".
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Remove 6 screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2].
[1][2]
[1]
8050fs1051
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-141
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the
tray upper limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].
Note:
• Take note of the original scale.
(1) If it is not within the standard value:
Adjust the vertical position of the sensor mounting
bracket to make the height of the entrance guide
upper surface and the up/down plate upper surface
to be within the standard value.
• When raising the height of the up/down plate:
lower the sensor mounting bracket.
• When lowering height of the up/down plate:
lower the sensor mounting bracket.
(2) If any problem occurs:
• When the edge of the fed paper is folded: raise
the position of the sensor mounting bracket.
• When paper with a concave curl is fed: raise the
position of the sensor mounting bracket.
• When paper with a convex curl is fed: lower the
position of the sensor mounting bracket.
1. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.
2. Replace the ADU.
3. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of
PS25 again if the problem continues to occur.
[2]
[1]
8050fs1052
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-142
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.3 Pick-up movement amountadjustment (bypass)
Perform the pick-up movement amount adjustment
when a no feed jam occurs frequently.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Remove 6 screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2].
3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the
pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].
Note:
• Take note of the original scale.
4. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.
5. Replace the ADU.
6. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-
ation.
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of SD5
again if the no feed jam continues to occur.
[1][2]
[1]
8050fs1053
[2]
[1]
8050fs1054
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-143
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-centering adjustment
Perform this adjustment when the mis-centering
occurs even after "Printer-centering adjustment" in
the 36 mode, has been performed.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray.
2. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the up/down plate [1].
3. Move the guide plate and adjust the center posi-
tion.
4. Tighten 3 screws [2].
5. Print the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the output in half vertically and check
whether the mis-centering [3] of the center of
image [2] against the center of paper [1] is
within the standard value.
Standard value: ± 3 mm or less
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the mis-centering
amount is within the standard value.
8050fs1055
[2][1]
[3]
8050fs1056
[2]
[1]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-144
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheetfeed pressure adjustment
Perform the sheet feed pressure adjustment when
the no feed jam or the double feed jam occurs at the
paper feed. The sheet feed pressure is affected by
the paper type and the operating environment (the
no feed jam is likely in the low temperature environ-
ment and the double feed is likely in the high tem-
perature environment). Excess adjustment may
reverse the symptom.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray [1].
2. Remove 4 screws [2] and remove the paper
feed unit cover [3].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
8050fs1057
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-145
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
3. Unplug the connector [1].
4. Remove a screw [2] and loosen a hold-down
shaft screw [3].
5. Slide the paper feed unit [4] toward the rear side
and lift it up. Then, unplug the connector [5] and
remove the paper feed unit [4].
6. Change the hook position of the spring [1] at the
bottom of the paper feed unit.
Weak[2]: Double feed jam is corrected.
Strong [3]: No feed jam is corrected.
7. Replace the paper feed unit and the paper feed
tray.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
8050fs1058
8050fs1059
[1]
[2] [3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-146
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.6 FNS adjustment of thebypass conveyance guideplate magnet
A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door.
2. Check whether the stopper piece [4] of the
bypass conveyance guide plate is in contact
with the bypass conveyance guide plate /L [5]
when the magnet [2] for the bypass conveyance
guide plate [1] is attached to the front panel [3].
If not, perform the following adjustment.
3. Loosen the magnet screw [1].
4. Push the bypass conveyance guide plate [2]
toward the arrow until the stopper piece [4]
comes into contact with the conveyance guide
plate /L [4].
5. Attach the magnet [5] to the front panel [6].
Then, tighten the magnet screw [1].
6. Close the finisher door.
8050fs1075
[1]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[4]
8050fs1076
[2]
[6][5]
[1]
[3]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-147
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.7 FNS adjustment of thebypass gate
A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door.
2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].
3. Remove 2 rail stopper screws [2]. Then, pull out
the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid FNS from falling, make sure to place
a support [3] under the stacker unit.
4. Open the bypass conveyance guide plate [1].
5. Visually check whether the clearance between
the bypass gate [2] and the bypass conveyance
plate [3] is within the standard value when the
bypass gate solenoid (SD705) is off.
Standard value: A = 3.2 ± 0.5 mm
If not, perform the following adjustment.
8050fs1077[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
8050fs1078
A=3.2
0.5m
m
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-148
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6. Remove the rear cover.
7. Unplug all connectors [2] from the FNS control
board (FNSCB) [1] and remove the wiring har-
ness from the clamp [3].
8. Remove 5 screws [4]. Then, remove the FNSCB
[1] with the bracket [5].
9. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the bypass gate sole-
noid (SD705) [1] and adjust the position of SD
705 [1] based on the mark [5] to make the clear-
ance between the bypass gate [3] and the
bypass conveyance plate [4] to be within the
standard value when SD705 [1] is off.
Standard value: A = 3.2 ± 0.5 mm
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8050fs1079
[4]
[2] [3]
[5]
[1]
8050fs1080
A=3.2 0.5mm
[5]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-149
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.8 FNS adjustment of the shiftposition
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Top cover or optional PI (if installed)
• Top cover /2
2. Turn on the main body, and then drive the shift
motor (M702) in the 47 mode (code 75-2/75-3).
3. Check whether the edge of the actuator [5] for
the slide gear is placed in the notched hole [3] at
the slide stay [2] for the shift unit [1] for both the
HP search (home position) and the shift posi-
tion.
If not, perform the following adjustment.
4. Loosen the bracket screw [2] for the shift HP
sensor (PS718) and adjust the position of the
bracket [4] based on the mark [3].
5. Tighten the bracket screw [2] when the adjust-
ment is complete.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8050fs1081
[5][3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
8050fs1082
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-150
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.9 FNS adjustment of the paperexit opening solenoid
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Top cover /1 or optional PI (if installed)
• Top cover /2
• Rear cover
2. Turn on the main body, and then turn on the
paper exit opening solenoid (SD704) in the 47
mode (code 75-31).
3. Check whether the clearance between the
plunger [2] on the solenoid and the stopper [3]
on the bracket is within the standard value when
SD704 [1] is on.
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm
If not, perform the following adjustment.
4. Remove 2 solenoid bracket screws [1] and
remove the solenoid [2] with the bracket [3].
8050fs1083
A=6.5 0.5mm
[1]
[2]
8050fs1084
[1]
[3]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-151
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
5. Loosen 2 solenoid screws [1], adjust the posi-
tion of the solenoid [2], and then tighten the
screws.
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm
6. Replace the solenoid bracket [1] and tighten the
solenoid bracket screws [5] at the position
where the paper exit guide [2] is in contact with
the stopper (rubber) [4] on the paper exit guide
stay [3].
Note:
• There should be the gap of 1 mm or more
between the paper exit guide [2] and the paper
exit guide stay [3].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8050fs1085
[2]
[1]
A=6.5 0.5mm
8050fs1086
1mm
[1] [5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-152
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.10 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of paper exit arm
A. Procedure
1. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
2. Check whether the upper face of the paper exit
belt arm [4] is located at the center of 2 marks
[5] when the edge of the actuator [2] for the belt
detection gear [1] is placed in the notched hole
[3] at the rear panel.
If not, perform the adjustment.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
8050fs1087
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-153
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
4. Remove a screw [2] for the belt detection gear
[1]. Place the paper eject belt arm at the speci-
fied position. Then, fix the detection gear [1] at
the specified position.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8050fs1088
[1]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-154
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.11 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of alignment plate /U
A. Procedure
1. Turn on the main body. Once the finisher com-
pletes its initial operation, turn off the main body.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
4. Check whether the actuator [2] for the alignment
HP sensor /U (PS708) [1] is aligned with the
home position.
5. Check whether the clearance A for the align-
ment plate /U [1] is within the standard value.
Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)
If not, perform the following adjustment.
8050fs1089
[1]
[2]
8050fs1090
[1] PS708
A=340.6 mm
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-155
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6. Loosen 2 screws [1]. Align the rear side of the
alignment plate /U [2] with the long line at the
center of the marking lines [3]. Then, adjust the
front side of the alignment plate /U [4] to be
within the standard value based on the rear
side.
8050fs1091
[1] [3]
[2]
[1] [2][4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-156
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.12 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of alignment plate /L(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
1. Check whether "Adjustment of the position of
FNS alignment plate /U" has been completed.
2. Turn on the main body. In the 47 mode, use one
of the following codes to drive a motor and turn
off the main body.
• Code 75-8: alignment motor /U (M705) home
position search
• Code 75-21: alignment motor /L (M716) home
position search
• Code 75-39: stopper motor (M718) moves to the
A4R or larger position
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
5. Remove the stapler unit cover.
6. Check whether the actuator for the alignment
HP sensor /U (PS708) is aligned with the home
position.
7. Check whether the actuator [3] for the alignment
HP sensor /L (PS724) for the alignment plate /L
[1] is aligned with the home position.
8050fs1092
[1]
[2]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-157
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
8. Place a sheet larger than A4R in the stacker
section and check the position of the alignment
plate /U (rear) [1] and alignment plate /L (rear)
[2] by placing a sheet [3]. Check whether the
space A between the alignment plate /L (rear)
[2] and the alignment plate /L (front) [4] is within
the standard value.
Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)
If not, perform the following adjustment.
9. Loosen 2 screws [1] and adjust the position of
the alignment plate /L [2] to be within the stan-
dard value.
8050fs1093
[3][1]
[2][4]
A=340.6 mm
8050fs1094
[1][1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-158
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.13 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position (flat stapling)
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause the teeth to
skip between the belt and gear).
A. Procedure
1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it
is performed within the standard value.
• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at
rear) [1]: A = 8.5 ± 3 mm
• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at
front) [2]: B=8.5 ± 3 mm
• Standard value for the flat stapling [3]: C= B=8.5
± 3 mm
(In the flat stapling, the paper edge and the line [4]
connecting 2 staples must become parallel)
If not, perform the following adjustment.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
4. Remove the stapler unit cover.
8050fs1095
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
A=8.5 3mm
B=8.5 3mm
C=8.5 3mm
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-159
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
5. Loosen the adjustment screws [3] for the
clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2] and adjust
the position of the flat-stapling stopper [5] based
on the mark [4].
6. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it
is performed within the standard value.
8050fs1096
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[4] [3]
[5]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-160
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.14 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position in a verticaldirection
A. Type of cartridge
Note:
• The adjustment method of the FNS stapler
upper and lower positions varies according to
the form of the cartridge.
• The adjustment of a cartridge for the new type
can be made by using a stapler positioning jig
(129 X JG 011) for the old type and the old car-
tridge.
[1] New cartridge
[2] Reinforcing board
[3] Old cartridge
B. Procedure (New type)
Note:
• Be sure to avoid the manual horizontal move-
ment of the stapler unit. (This may cause the
jumping of the belt and the gear teeth)
1. Conduct an actual stapling operation and check
to see if any poor clinch occurs.
• No buckled stapling [1] is allowed.
• Floating stapling [2] must be less than the stipu-
lated value (L = 1 mm).
• The height of the belt staple-needle [3] must be
less than the stipulated value (L = 0.7 mm).
When any defect is found, conduct the following
adjustments.
Note:
• When the clincher or stapler is replaced or
removed, make adjustments after reinstalling
it.
[3] [2] [1]
8050fs1122
8050fs1123
[1]
[2]
[3]
L=1mm
L=0.7mm
LL
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-161
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
2. Open the door of the finisher and pull out the
stacker unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper fixing screw of the
stacker unit and pull further out the stacker unit.
Note:
• To prevent the finisher from falling down, be
sure to place a support beneath the unit that
has been pulled out.
4. Remove the stapler unit cover.
5. Remove the cartridge.
6. Loosen the fixing screws [3], 4 each, of the
clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2].
8050fs1124
[1] [2]
[3]
[2][1]
[3] [3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-162
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
7. Attach the stapler positioning jig [1] to the car-
tridge set section.
Note:
• Be sure to push the stapler positioning jig
until it gets locked.
8050fs1125
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-163
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
8. Rotate the stapler gear [1] in the lower direction
and adjust the clincher position so that the 2
pins [2] of the stapler positioning jig get
smoothly into the positioning holes [4] of the
clincher [3]. And then rotate the gear [1] in the
lower direction to set the pin securely into the
positioning hole.
Note:
• When fitting forcibly the pin of the stapler
positioning jig, this may result in the pin
being hard to draw out. Be sure to rotate the
stapler gear with care.
9. Tighten up each of 4 clincher fixing screws.
10. Rotate the stapler gear in the upper direction to
remove the jig.
11. Bring the cartridge back to the original position.
12. Check the stapling operations.
[4]
[2]
[1] [3]
8050fs1126
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-164
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
C. Procedure (Old type)
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause the teeth to
skip between the belt and gear).
1. Perform a stapling operation to check for the
clinch failure.
• Buckled staple-needles [1]
• Floating stapling [2] (standard value: L = 1 mm or
less)
• Height of belt staple-needle [3] (standard value:
L = 0.7 mm or less)
If there is a failure, perform the following adjust-
ment.
Note:
• Adjust the clincher or stapler if it is replaced
or removed.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
4. Remove the stapler unit cover.
5. Remove the cartridge [1], open the cover [2],
and then remove the staple sheet [3] by sliding
it.
8050fs1097
[1]
[2]
[3]
L=1mm
L=0.7mm
LL
8050fs1098[2]
[3]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-165
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-
ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into
the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then
close the cover [5].
7. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler.
8. Loosen 4 screws [3] for the clincher /F [1] and
the clincher /R [2].
8050fs1099
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
8050fs1100
[1] [2]
[3]
[2][1]
[3] [3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-166
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2
guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2]
into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].
Note:
• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be
hooked on the clincher.
8050fs1101
[2]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-167
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
10. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler downward.
Adjust the position of the clincher [4] for the
plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be inserted
into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly. Rotate the
gear [1] downward further. Then, place the plate
[2] onto the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the
jig into the clincher unit [4].
11. Tighten 4 screws for each clincher.
12. Remove the jig by rotating the gear for the sta-
pler upward.
Note:
• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the
clincher when removing the stapler position-
ing jig.
13. Remove the cartridge and plate. Then, replace
the staple sheet removed at the step 5. Replace
the cartridge.
14. Check the operation of the stapler.
8050fs1102[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-168
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.15 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position (flat stapling)(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip
between the belt and gear).
1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether
the paper edge and the line [2] connecting 2 sta-
ples [1] becomes parallel [3] and the discrep-
ancy L is within the standard value.
Standard value: discrepancy L = 1 mm or less
If the discrepancy is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
2. Check whether "adjustment of the position of
FNS alignment plate /U" and "adjustment of the
position of alignment plate /L" has been com-
plete.
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
5. Remove the stapler unit cover.
6. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the alignment plate /L
[1].
8050fs1103
L
[1]
[2]
[3]
8050fs1104[2]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-169
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7. Adjust the position based on the mark [3] to
make the upper edge [1] and lower edge [2] of
paper to be horizontal.
8. Tighten the 3 screws, then perform a stapling
operation to check whether the stitch-and-fold
position is within the standard value.
8050fs1105[3]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-170
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.16 FNS adjustment of the angleof the folding stopper (onlyfor FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
Note:
• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal
direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip
between the belt and gear).
• Never loosen the screw [1] that must not be
removed.
A. Procedure
1. Perform a folding operation with A3 paper to
check whether the discrepancy at the folding
edge is within the standard value.
Standard value: A = 1 mm or less
If the discrepancy is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
2. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
4. Remove the stapler unit cover.
8050fs1106
[1]
8050fs1107
A
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-171
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
5. Loosen 5 screws [2] for the folding stopper [1]
and adjust the angle based on the mark [3].
Note:
• Never loosen the screw [4] that must not be
removed.
6. Tighten the 5 screws [2], then perform the fold-
ing to check whether the discrepancy is within
the standard value.
8050fs1108
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-172
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.17 FNS adjustment of the fold-ing force (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
1. Perform the followings to change the pressure
of the folding roller.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove the stacker unit cover.
5. Change the positions of each 2 pressure
springs [3] at front [1] and rear [2].
Note:
• The 4 pressure springs [3] must be hooked on
the hook holes with same symbol.
8050fs1109[3]
[1]
[3]
[2]
C
AA
B
C
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-173
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
2
9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-holding position (only forFS-215/FN-9/FS-606)
A. Procedure
1. Check whether "adjustment of the angle of the
folding stopper" has been completed.
2. Perform a three-folding operation to check
whether the three-folding position is within the
specification.
If it is not within the specification, perform the
following adjustment.
3. Turn on the main body, adjust the first folding
position (standard value a) in "Finisher adjust-
ment" ⇒ "Three-holding position adjustment" in
the 36 mode. Then, perform the three-folding for
confirmation.
4. Once the first folding line is adjusted within the
specification, open the finisher door and pull out
the stacker unit.
5. Open the three-folding guide plate [1], loosen 2
three-folding stopper screws [2], and then adjust
the position of the three-folding stopper [4]
based on the mark [3].
6. Tighten the 2 screws [2], then perform the three-
folding to check whether the three-folding posi-
tion is within the standard value.
Folding
position
Standard value Specification
A4R 8.5 x 11R
a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm
b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
8050fs1110
a
b
c
8050fs1111
[1][2]
[4]
[2]
[3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-174
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.19 FNS adjustment of the sta-pler drive belt position
A. Procedure
Note:
• This adjustment is performed only if the posi-
tion between the drive belt and the gear is dis-
placed during another adjustment by mistake.
1. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker
unit.
2. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker
unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.
Note:
• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure
to place a support under the stacker unit.
3. Remove the following parts.
• Rear cover
• Stapler unit cover
4. Insert the stacker unit.
5. Loosen 2 screws (M3) [2] for the staple slide
pulley /B [1] from the rear side with the hexago-
nal wrench [3].
6. Move the stapler and clincher simultaneously
toward center until they contacts with the bear-
ing.
Note:
• Make sure to move them simultaneously. The
flat-stapling stopper may be damaged at the
metal frame of the stapler if they are moved
individually.
8050fs1112
[1] [3]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-175
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7. Remove the cartridge [1] for the stapler /R, open
the cover [2], and then remove the staple sheet
[3] by sliding it.
8. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-
ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into
the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then
close the cover [5].
9. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler /R.
8050fs1113
[1]
[2]
[3]
8050fs1114
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-176
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
10. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2
guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2]
into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].
Note:
• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be
hooked on the clincher.
11. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler /R downward.
Adjust the horizontal position of the clincher [4]
for the plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be
inserted into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly.
Then, adjust the horizontal position of the sta-
pler /R and the clincher /R. Then, rotate the gear
[1] downward further. Place the plate [2] onto
the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the jig into
the clincher unit [4].
Note:
• Do not loosen the screws for the clincher at
this time.
• The stapler /R and the clincher /R must be
finely adjusted if the position is not matched.
8050fs1115
[2]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
8050fs1116[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-177
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
12. Insert the stacker with the jig attached (with the
plate and the jig joined). Then, tighten 2 screws
for the staple slide pulley /B from the rear side.
13. Pull out the stacker unit. Then, remove the jig by
rotating the gear for the stapler upward.
Note:
• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the
clincher when removing the stapler position-
ing jig.
14. Remove the cartridge for the stapler /R and
plate. Replace the staple sheet removed at the
step 7 and replace the cartridge. Then check fol-
lowing 3 stapling operations.
• 1-staple (at rear)
• 1-staple (at front)
• 2-staple
15. Replace the rear cover and the stapler cover.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-178
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.20 TU adjustment of the sheetcutting parallelism
A. Procedure
1. Measure the length between the folding face [1]
and trimming surface [2] and calculate the paral-
lelism. Then, check whether it is within the stan-
dard value.
Standard value: parallelism = A-B = ± 1 mm or
less
If not, perform the following adjustment.
2. Open the front door [1].
3. Push up the pressure release lever [2].
4. Loosen the screw [3]. Then adjust the convey-
ance guide plate [5] based on the mark [4].
5. Tighten the screw [3].
8050fs1117
[1] [2]
A
B
8050fs1118
[2]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-179
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.21 LCT tray mis-centeringadjustment
Perform this adjustment when the positioning cor-
rection cannot be done (the mis-centering amount
exceeds the automatic adjustment range of ± 5 mm)
even if "Printer centring adjustment (tray 4)" in the
36 mode, has been performed.
A. Procedure
1. Print the test pattern No.16 to check the mis-
centering amount.
2. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
3. Open the top cover [2].
4. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the top of LCT. Then,
slide the guide plate/front [4] and the guide
plate/rear [5] in the same direction at the same
amount.
8050fs1064
[3] [5][4] [3]
[2]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-180
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
5. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the center positioning
bracket [1] at the bottom of LCT. Then, slide the
guide plate in the same direction at the same
amount with step 4
6. Tighten the 2 screws [2].
7. Replace the LCT and print the test pattern
No.16 again.
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 until the mis-centering
amount becomes within the automatic adjust-
ment range.
8050fs1065
[2]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-181
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.22 LCT skew adjustment
Perform the LCT skew adjustment when the paper
skew is different with paper supplied from the other
tray in such case as LCT is placed on the inclined
surface. However, it has just a little effect because
all paper is corrected at the second paper feed sec-
tion.
A. When all printouts are skewed:
1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous
copy mode to check the skew amount.
2. Open the front door of the LCT.
3. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the positioning bracket
[1] at the bottom of the LCT.
4. Adjust the position of the positioning bracket [2].
5. Tighten the 2 screws [2].
8050fs1066
[2][1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-182
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
B. When some printouts are skewed:
1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous
copy mode to check the skew amount.
2. Open the top cover [1].
3. Loosen 6 screws [2] at the top of LCT to loosen
the guide plate/front [3], the guide plate/rear [4],
and the guide plate/right side [5].
4. Tighten the 6 screws at the position where each
guide plate is in contact with paper.
Reference:
• The size indicator on the guide plate is
approximately 2 mm wider than the actual
standard size paper. It may cause the skew for
some paper. The skew amount is reduced if
paper is fixed with each guide plate in tight.
8050fs1067
[2] [4][3] [2]
[1]
[5]
[2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-183
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
1
9.23 LCT paper feed roller pres-sure adjustment
Perform the LCT paper feed roller pressure adjust-
ment when the no feed jam occurs at the paper feed
(when coated paper is being used).
Note:
• The piled plate kit (P/N: SE95-4330) is a sup-
ply part. It should be purchased separately.
A. Procedure
1. Open the top cover [1].
2. Remove the spring [2].
3. Install the piled plate holder [4] on the paper
feed roller [3] with 2 screws [5].
Note:
• The piled plate kit is accompanied with the 5
piled plates [6]. However, the number of the
piled plates [6] should be adjusted while
checking no feed condition. (When the piled
plates are too heavy, this may result in double
feeding.)
The piled plates [6] can be removed by loos-
ening the 2 screws [7].
4. Replace the spring [2].
5. Close the top cover.
6. Perform the continuous copy to check the paper
feed.
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if the no feed jam continues
to occur at the paper feed.
8050fs1068
[2][7]
[6]
[4][5]
[3]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-184
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.24 LCT up/down plate horizon-tal adjustment
Perform the LCT up/down plate horizontal adjust-
ment when the paper feed jam occurs frequently or
the up/down wire is replaced.
A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2].
3. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the front and rear side.
4. Position the mark [5] to make the up/down plate
to be horizontal with 2 adjusting screws [4] at
the front and rear side.
5. Tighten the 4 screws [3].
8050fs1069
[2]
[1] [5][3][4]
[1][5] [3] [4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-185
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.25 LCT sheet feed pressureadjustment
Perform the LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment
when a no feed jam or a double feed jam occurs at
the paper feed.
The sheet feed pressure is affected by the paper
type and the operating environment (the no feed
jam is likely in the low temperature environment and
the double feed is likely in the high temperature
environment).
A. Procedure
1. Remove LCT from the main body.
2. Check the adjusting spring mechanism [2] from
the top left side of the LCT (paper exit side) [1].
3. Change the spring hook position [2] depending
on the symptom.
• The load of the spring changes approximately
10% for a change in its position.
Note:
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.
For example, a no feed jam becomes a double
feed jam.
Weak: Double feed jam is corrected.
Strong: No feed jam is corrected.
8050fs1070
[2] [1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-186
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.26 LCT paper feed height(upper limit) adjustment
Perform the LCT paper feed height (upper limit)
adjustment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge
of the fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled
paper. The adjustment is performed by changing
the vertical position of the upper limit sensor
(PS109).
A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2].
3. Measure the height of the entrance guide upper
surface [3] and up/down plate upper surface [4]
with a scale to check whether it is within the
standard value.
Standard value: 2 to 5 mm
Perform the following adjustment if it is not within
the standard value or the edge of the fed paper is
folded even if it is within the standard value.
Note:
• This adjustment affects the pick-up release
amount.
When the adjustment is complete, perform
"9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjust-
ment".
4. Remove the sprint [6] from the paper feed unit
[5].
5. Remove 4 screws [7].
6. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [8]
toward right.
8050fs1071
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-187
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
7. Loosen a screw [1].
8. Move the sensor mounting bracket [2] vertically
to make the height of the entrance guide upper
surface and the up/down plate upper surface to
be within the standard value.
If it is not within the standard value and the
height of the up/down plate has to be raised:
• When paper with a convex curl is fed:
Lower the position of the sensor mounting
bracket
If it is not within the standard value and the
height of the up/down plate has to be lowered:
• When the edge of the fed paper is folded:
• When paper with a concave curl is fed:
Raise the position of the sensor mounting
bracket
9. When the adjustment is complete, tighten a
screw [1].
8050fs1072
[2][1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-188
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
9.27 LCT pick-up release amountadjustment
Perform the LCT pick-up release amount adjust-
ment when a no feed jam occurs frequently. The
adjustment is performed by changing the horizontal
position of the paper feed solenoid (SD100).
A. Procedure
1. Lift up the up/down plate [1].
2. Open the top cover [2].
3. Remove the sprint [4] from the paper feed unit
[3].
4. Remove 4 screws [5].
5. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [6]
toward right.
8050fs1073
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-189
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
6. Pull the moving section of SD100 (paper feed
solenoid) [1] and measure the distance between
the paper feed roller [2] and the upper surface of
the up/down plate [3] to check whether it is
within the standard value.
Standard value: 0.5 to 2.5 mm
Perform the following adjustment if it is not
within the standard value.
7. Loosen a screw [4].
Note:
• Before starting the operation, note the origi-
nal position of the solenoid.
8. Move the paper feed solenoid (SD100) [1] hori-
zontally to make the distance between the
paper feed roller and the upper surface of the
up/down plate to be within the standard value.
9. Tighten the screw [4] for the paper feed sole-
noid.
8050fs1074
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
1-190
I A
DJU
ST
ME
NT
Blank page
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW
2-1
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
2
II SERVICE TOOL
1. Description of the ISW
ISW (In-system Writer) is an operation to rewrite the
control program stored in the flash ROM on a vari-
ety of control boards in the digital copier without
removing the boards from the main body of the
copier. ISW allows you to update the version of the
control program without replacing the board or to
install the latest program when replacing the board.
[ISWTrns (PC software)] is provided to execute
ISW, which rewrite the program by connecting a PC
to the digital copier. The software rewrites the con-
trol program stored in the flash ROM in the copier
main body directly.
This chapter only describes the set up procedure on
the main body for executing ISW. See the "ISW (In-
System Writer) Service Manual" for information on
operating the ISWTrns.
Note:
• When rewrite control program for new type,
be sure to use the ISWTrns Ver. 3.51 or the
above.
• When upgrading ISWTrns, be sure to uninstall
the current ISWTrns before installing the new
version. Installing it by overwriting may result
in the installation of the USB driver unavail-
able.
• It is required to install the USB driver for
ISWTrns to perform ISW via USB on this
machine. See the installation procedure for
the "2. USB ISW".
• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to
turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] -
[Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and
press the OK button.
• From "machine" list box of ISWTrns, be sure
to select "8050" for old type and "bizhub
C500" for new type.
1.1 Setup
1.1.1 Board used for the ISW
ISWTrns supports the following boards for rewriting
the control program in 8050.
• Overall control board (OACB)
• Printer controller board (PRCB)
• Operation board/1 (OB1)
• RADF control board (DFCB)
• FNS control board (FNSCB)
• See IP Service Manual for the printer controller.
ROM replacement is needed for boards other than
the above.
1.1.2 Data flow
The following shows the ISW data flow.
Note:
• The control program on other boards cannot
be written until that for the overall control
board (OACB) is written.
1.1.3 ISW transfer type
The copier supports three ISW transfer modes as
follows.
A. Power ON mode
The power ON mode is used if no program is
installed on the overall control board (OACB) or it is
faulty.
If no program is installed on OACB, the OACB pro-
gram becomes possible to be written at power ON.
No display appears on the operation panel and the
timer LED flashes even if the operation board con-
trol program is installed because the OACB controls
the power for the operation board.
PC OACB OB1
PRCB DFCB
FNSCB
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-2
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
B. HELP + CHECK mode
The HELP + CHECK mode is started when the sub
power switch (SW2) is pressed while pressing
"HELP" and "CHECK button." This mode is
designed specifically for ISW to be started when the
overall control program is installed but the operation
board control program is not installed because the
25 mode cannot be started in such case.
C. 25 mode
The 25 mode is available only if both the overall
control program and the operation board control
program are installed.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW
2-3
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer
A. When writing a new program (because
replacing a board or failed to rewrite the
program)
B. When updating the version of the program
Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition
Overall control board
Flashing timer LEDNo display on the operation panel
Power ON mode Overall control program is not installed or faulty
Operation board /1 Error code display HELP + CHECK mode
The overall control program is installed
but the operation board program is not
installed or faulty
Others Error code display 25 mode Both the overall control program and the operation board program is installed
Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition
Overall control board
Normal 25 mode All program has been installed
Operation board /1 Normal 25 mode
Others Normal 25 mode
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-4
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
1.1.5 Setup procedure
A. Connecting a PC
a. Procedure
Note:
• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to
turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] -
[Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and
press the OK button.
B. Power on mode
a. Procedure
C. HELP + CHECK mode
a. Procedure
1. Loosen 4 screws [1] and remove the side
cover/2 [2].
2. Connect either of IEEE1284 port [1] or USB
(Type B) port [2] to the PC via a cable.
[1]
[1][2] 8050fs2012
8050fs2040
[1]
[2]
1. Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2).
2. Check the timer LED is flushing.
The control program becomes possible to be
written in this state.
3. Execute the operation according to the proce-
dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
Service Manual."
Note:
• Do not turn OFF the copier while writing the
ISW data is being rewritten.
4. The operation screen appears if it is completed
successfully.
If it is terminated abnormally, see "E. The rela-
tionship between ISW resulting operation and
the operational LEDs."
1. Turn ON the copie while pressing "HELP" and
"CHECK button."
2. "ISW write mode select menu screen"
Press 1 (PC) with the numeric keys.
ISW WRITE MODE SELECT MENU
1.PC
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 9.EXIT
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW
2-5
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
3. "ISW device select menu screen"
Select 3 (OPERATION CONTROL) with the
numeric keys.
Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0
(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen.
Note:
• Rewrite programs other than 3 (OPERATION
CONTROL) in the 25 mode because this
mode does not support them.
4. "Operation control - item select menu screen"
Select an item from 1 - 5 to rewrite it individu-
ally or select 6 (ALL) to rewrite all items at a
time.
Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0
(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen.
5. "ISW start screen"
Select 1 (YES) to start ISW.
Select 2 (NO) to cancel.
ISW DEVICE SELECT MENU [MODE:PC]
1. GRAPHIC CONTROL
2. PRINTER CONTROL
3. OPERATION CONTROL
4. ADF
5. VIF
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT
OPERATION CONTROL - ITEM SELECT MENU [MODE:PC]
1. 01
2. 02
3. 03
4. 04
5. 05
6. ALL
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT
OPERATION CONTROL - 01 [MODE:PC]
ISW START OK?
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 1. YES 2. NO
6. "ISW executing screen"
Execute the operation according to the proce-
dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
Service Manual."
"Result screen" appears once ISW is com-
plete.
7. "Result screen"
• The operation is completed successfully
"NORMAL END" appears.
• The operation is terminated abnormally
"ABNORMAL END" appears.
Check the error code on the screen if the
rewriting is terminated abnormally.
8. Select 0 (CONTINUE) to continue ISW or
select 9 (EXIT) to exit.
"PLEASE TURN OFF A POWER SUPPLY"
appears when pressing 9, then turn OFF the
sub power switch (SW2).
EXECUTING
*** NORMAL END ***
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT
*** ABNORMAL END ***
INPUT DEVICE ERROR
(ERROR CODE : XX)
PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-6
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
b. Error code
• Resulting operations
(1) The program is not operating normally. Turn
OFF and ON the sub power switch (SW2) and
then start ISW again.
(2) Check the ISW transfer data file.
(3) Check the connection of the communication
cable from the input device (PC).
(4) Check I/F between the overall control board
and the operation board.
(5) The flash ROM on the overall control board is faulty.
Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs, the
flash ROM on the overall control board may be faulty
or it may have reached its life. Replace the overall
control board.
Error code Causes No. of resulting
operation
01 Error in the instruction against the ISW processing unit (1)
1F Program error (1)
41 Input data format error (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
42 Model name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
43 Board name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)
81 Input device error such as the input time out (at ISW for the operation
board program)
(3)
C1 Flash ROM erasing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)
C2 Flash ROM writing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)
C3 ROM check sum error (at ISW for the overall control program) (8)
C4 Output device error such as the input time out (6)
E1 Erase error (9)
E2 Write error (9)
E3 Communication error (4)
E9 I/F communication parameter error between the overall control board
and the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(4)
EA I/F command sequence error between the overall control board and the
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(4)
EB I/F communication timeout error between the overall control board and
the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(4)
F0 Flash ROM error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F1 Flash ROM verify error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F2 Flash ROM write error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F3 Flash ROM erase error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)
F8 I/F receive checksum error between the overall control board and the
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(7)
F9 I/F receive header code error between the overall control board and the
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(7)
FA I/F receive parity error between the overall control board and the opera-
tion board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(7)
FB I/F receive framing error between the overall control board and the oper-
ation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(7)
FC I/F receive overflow error between the overall control board and the
operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)
(4)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW
2-7
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
(6) An error is detected from the board on which
you want to rewrite the program. Check the
board on which you want to execute ISW.
(7) The flash ROM on the operation board/1 is
faulty.
Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs,
the flash ROM on the operation board/1 may be
faulty or it may have reached its life. Replace
the operation board/1.
(8) The checksum calculated after the program is
written does not become equal to the ROM
checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the
same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file
may not be downloaded properly.
(9) It cannot write/erase data to/from area on which
ISW is executed.
The flash ROM may be faulty or have reached
its life. Replace the object board.
The checksum calculated after the program is
written does not become equal to the ROM
checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the
same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file
may not be downloaded properly.
Note:
• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-
gram on the overall control board, the opera-
tion panel cannot be displayed even if the sub
power switch is ON because the program con-
trolling the whole components has been lost.
Execute ISW in the power ON mode if such is
the case.
• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-
gram on the operation board/1, it cannot be
started in the 25 mode because the error code
is displayed. Execute ISW in the HELP +
CHECK mode if such is the case.
D. 25 mode
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. "25 mode menu screen"
Press the [11 ISW] key.
3. "ISW mode menu screen"
Select a program for which ISW is executed.
4. Pressing the [Start] key, cause the machine to
be data waiting condition.
Note:
• See "C. HELP + CHECK mode" since select-
ing "Operation panel" switches to the HELP
+ CHECK mode.
5. Execute the operation according to the proce-
dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)
Service Manual."
Note:
• Do not turn OFF the copier while rewriting
the ISW data is being written.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-8
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
E. The relationship between ISW operation and
the operational LEDs
The following shows the display of the operation
panel in the power ON mode with ISW executed.
No. Operation Timer LED Power save LED
1 CPU initialization OFF OFF
2 During memory check OFF OFF
3 Memory check error (waiting data from PC) Blink OFF
4 ISW processing (receiving data) OFF Blink
5 ISW processing (writing to flash ROM) OFF Blink
6 Transfer data error Blink Blink
7 Flash ROM write error Blink Steady lit
8 Memory check successful and reboot OFF OFF
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 USB ISW
2-9
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
2. USB ISW
2.1 What is the USB ISW?
The ISW RNs tool for transfer can be installed in the PC by using the setup disk. However, the USB driver
(KCAUSB.SYS) is required to be installed by the plug-and-play of the Windows after connecting the PC and
the copier with the USB cable.
The installation of the USB driver is required only when the PC is connected to the copier for the first time.
(No installation is required on and after the second connection.)
A. USB driver installation procedure (Windows 2000/XP)
When the PC and the copier are connected with the USB cable, the USB driver is automatically installed by
the plug-and-play.
However, this may cause the USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) of the Windows to be installed. Accordingly, the
USB driver should be set by following the procedure given below:
1. Select "Install from a list or specific location [Advanced]" in the display shown below, and then click
[Next].
2. Select "Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that I can choose a specific driver" in the
"Install Hardware Device Drivers" screen, and then click [Next].
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
USB ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-10
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
3. Select the USB driver in the driver selection screen, and then click [Next] for installation.
• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)
4. When the "Completing the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to finish the
installation.
5. In the "Device Manager" screen, check to see if the installation of the USB driver is carried out correctly.
• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-11
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
3. INTERNET ISW
3.1 What is the Internet ISW?
The Internet ISW is the system to perform ISW, by indicating ISW using the Internet mail (E-mail) or
browser to let copier automatically acquire the subject program from program server and rewrite its own
program.
With this Internet ISW, you can update copier's programs just by transmitting E-mail with simple keyword
described, without visiting customer's office. With the Web function, you can perform the ISW on customer
site, without carrying the actual programs with you.
3.2 Operating environment
To use the Internet ISW function, the following conditions must be satisfied.
A. The copier is connected to a built in network where programs can be downloaded from the
Internet using ftp or http protocol. *1
B. The Internet ISW does not function in copier under the following conditions.
(1) The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
(2) The sub power switch (SW2) is OFF.
(3) The copier is shut OFF by the auto shut off function.
*1 Programs can be downloaded using Firewall.
Note:
• The Internet ISW does not function even if the copier receives the Internet ISW designating mail,
as long as it is in any of the above conditions. The Internet ISW starts when the above condi-
tions are released.
However, the mails are able to have period of validity.
• The Internet ISW continues to function in the condition of a paper jam or SC occurs, or in the
low power mode.
3.3 Main features
With the Internet ISW, the following functions are available.
A. Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system *2
By sending simple keywords to a copier by E-Mail, the programs in the copier are rewritten automatically.
The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows. *3
(1) Overall control board (I)
(2) Printer control board (C)
(3) Operation board /1 (O)
(4) RADF control board (F)
(5) FNS control board (N)
*2 To use the function, the E-Mail remote notification system must be setup separately.
*3 The available boards are different depending on the copier models.
B. Internet ISW using Web utility
By accessing copier main body's homepage via PC web browser, programs in the copier are rewritten
automatically. To use the function, a Web terminal that is networked to the copier is necessary. *4
*4 In case it is connected to a LAN, it can only be used within the LAN.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-12
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
3.4 Initial setting
To use the Internet ISW, the related settings such as network parameter, program server address, firewall
address must be performed in the copier main body beforehand.
Also, to use the [3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system], the related settings such as
account registration must be set on the mail server separately.
For the details, please refer to "4. Mail remote notification system".
3.4.1 Setting on Control panel
First, set the copier's IP address on the control panel, to network the copier. If it has already been set, go
to "3.4.2 Setting on Web browser".
a. Procedure
1. Select "Key operator mode" on the control panel.
2. Select "[1] System initial setting".
3. Select "[3] IP address setting".
4. Enter [IP address], [Subnet mask] and [Gateway address]. *5
5. Reboot the copier.
*5 Copier's IP address, etc. are usually assigned by the system administrator.
For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator.
3.4.2 Setting on Web browser
Next, set the program server, etc. from the Web browser. To use the Web browser, prepare a networked
PC *6.
*6 Prepare a PC by borrowing customer's PC or carrying laptop PC, for example.
(Considerations)
• In any setting item, space cannot be set.
• If there is a mistake in input process on the Web browser, be sure to correct it according to error mes-
sage displayed. If the mistake is left without correction, program download error may occur.
• Web's layout may change without prior notice.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-13
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
2
a. Procedure
1. Start the Web browser. *7
2. Specify the copier's IP address that you have entered at "3.4.1 Setting on Control panel".
If you access the copier's http address, the [Main page] as the top figure on next page appears.
*7 If proxy is set on the web browser, it may not be able to access the copier's http address (web page).
For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator. As Web browser, Internet
Explorer or Netscape is recommended.
Do not perform setting from two or more browsers concurrently.
Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copier Web Utility Main Page
3. On the [Main page], click the [Environment setup], to display [Login to Environment setup] page.
Login window to Environment setting
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-14
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
2
4. On [Login to Environment setup] page, enter the key operator password (the same password as key
operator mode password) and click Apply. The environment setup list appears. Then click [Extension
for maintenance].
Environment setup screen
5. On [Login to Extension for maintenance] page, enter the password (the same password as mode
change menu password) and click Apply. The environment setting list appears. Then click [Internet
ISW].
Login window to Extension for maintenance Extension for maintenance screen
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-15
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
6. Click [Initial Setting].
Internet ISW main screen
7. Set proxy server.
When you don't use proxy server (firewall), go to Step 9.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-16
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
*8 Types 2, 3 and 4 are not guaranteed.
When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Next]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.
8. Set the program server. (Proxy server is used)
Enableproxy Select [no] if you do not use proxy
Select [Use ftp proxy] if you use ftp proxy
Select [Use http proxy] if you use http proxy
Proxy server Type *8 If you selected [Use ftp proxy] for [Use of proxy], select the type of proxy
from the following.
Type1 [USER USER@HOST]
Type2 [OPEN HOSTNAME]
Type3 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→SITE HOSTNAME]
Type4 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→USER USER@HOST]
Proxy server IP Address If you use proxy server, enter the IP address of the proxy server.
Port Number If you use proxy server, set the port No. that is used by the proxy server.
User name on the proxy
server
If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set an
account name for the proxy server.
Password for the proxy
server
If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set a pass-
word for the proxy server.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-17
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.
9. Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)
Program server address Enter the address of the server where programs to download are
stored. Select the protocol you use from the drop down list at the left
and enter the following address in the test box at the right.
In case of ftp, it is the relative path from the home directory.
Example: ftp://210.226.5.5/EUR/8050/
User name on the program
server
Enter the account name of the program server.
Password for the program
server
Enter the program server password.
Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)
If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-
out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.
Protocol Select a protocol to receive programs.
Program server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server where programs to download are
stored.
Target directory For http, enter path that follows the host domain. For ftp, enter the rela-
tive path from the home directory.
Example: EUR/8050/
User name on the program
server
Enter the account name of the program server.
Password for the Program
server
Enter the program server password.
Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)
If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-
out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-18
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.
If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-
sage in red.
10. Perform the download test.
This test downloads "test.dat" from the program server set in the initial setting, to ensure all items
have been set appropriately. If the download test fails, check the setting items again according to the
error message.
When the test finished successfully, the communication speed and estimated download time are displayed
as shown below. Draw upon the data to decide [Reception timeout].
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-19
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
If the download test fails, response error code sent from the server is displayed as follows. There may be
input errors. Check the initial setting again.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-20
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system
3.5.1 Function
Customer engineer sends an E-mail with simple keyword description. Then, the copier that received the
mail downloads specified program from the program server and rewrites its program.
This function is executed by a different command (keyword) from the list print acquisition function of the [E-
Mail remote notification system].
A. The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows.
(1) Overall control board: I0
(2) Printer control board: C0
(3) Operation board /1: O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5
(4) RADF control board: F0
(5) FNS control board: N0
B. You can acquire version information of programs to be rewritten.
C. You can find out how to use [Internet ISW] by mail.
To use the above functions, it is necessary to send the copier E-mail with the specified simple keyword
(command) description. The following are the commands and the options.
When no file name is specified, the following files are acquired from the program server address set
beforehand.
Command Option Description
ISW Subject board name Specifies name of a board to ISW. (must be entered)
The specifiable boards are as follows.
[I0, C0, O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5, F0, N0]
The available boards are different depending on mod-
els. File name can be specified with "=" as [Subject
board name=File name].
Timeout Specifies period of validity of mail.
(From 5 to 1,440 minutes. Unit is minute. If none is
specified, timeout takes place at 90 minutes.)
When the time from mail transmission by CE to mail
reception at copier exceeds the specified period, ISW is
not performed due to expiration.
ISWHELP — Returns a help mail with the above command use
descriptions.
I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin
O1 bootO1.bin
O2 bootO2.bin
O3 bootO3.bin
O4 bootO4.bin
O5 bootO5.bin
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-21
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail
The following is an example of transmitting an E-mail with the aforementioned command to a copier.
You can use either upper and lower case characters when typing a command (option) in E-mail. *9
When transmitting an E-mail to a copier, take care of the following.
• The ISW-designated mail has the period of validity. Therefore, set the date of mailer and time zone of
the copier *10 accurately.
• One mail can be described with only one ISW command. If two or more commands are described, the
second and later ones are ignored.
• Any mail software can be used. For example, mobile device mail, browser mail and so on.
• With the mail software in use, transmit mails in text mode.
(Commands in mails in HTML mode cannot be handled correctly.)
• Place at least one space or TAB *11 between command and option, and option and option described
in mails.
• Type every command in mails only with alphanumeric one-byte characters (ASCII characters). If other
characters *12 are typed, an error mail with [Command not found] is returned.
• Type every command in mails from the line head. Line head starting with a space or TAB is ignored.
• Do not attach files or others to the mails transmitted to copiers.
Depending on the size of files, such mails may be handled as illegal mails and copier may refuse to
receive.
• Do not type signatures in the mails transmitted to copiers. If auto signature addition is set on the mail
software, turn off the setting. Signatures may be handled as commands and error mails may be
returned from the copier.
*9 Case sensitivity is on for the file name. Take care when typing.
*10 Set in the E-mail transmission setting for [E-mail transmission setting].
*11 Linefeed is not available.
*12 Two-byte characters also cause errors. Take care not to use them.
(1) Transmitting ISW command
The transmission mail must have the following descriptions.
• In Subject, type a CE password that has been entered in the mail reception setting.
For the details, please refer to the "4. E-Mail remote notification system".
• In To, type mail address of a copier.
• In Body, type a command.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-22
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
An example of I0 ISW:
An example of return mail (ISW start) *13
When the copier allows the ISW, it moves into the ISW mode, displaying [Remote ISW executing] on the
operation panel. The copier cannot be used while it is in the ISW mode. *14 Then, a mail like the following
is returned from the copier.
*13 The return mail is in English regardless of the language selected for the copier's main body operation
panel display.
*14 During the ISW, sub power switch (SW2) of the copier does not function. The copier cannot be shut-
down.
Password for authentication
Command
Copier's mail address
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-23
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
An example of return mail (ISW complete)
When ISW completes and copier reboots automatically, a mail like the following is returned from the
copier. You can confirm that the ROM version is upgraded.
However, if transmission of the above two kinds of return mails fails, the mails are not retransmitted.
When specifying a file name
When specifying a file name for ISW command, type the name with "=" following the subject board name.
In this case, "65FAI012UGH0.bin" must exist in the program server address that has been set in the Inter-
net ISW setting.
Transmission mail
ISW I0 = 65FAI012UGH0.bin 30
When transmission mail exceeds the period of validity
On ISW command, period of validity (timeout) can be changed set for every mail. (Default: 90 minutes) If
period from the mail transmission to mail reception at copier (duration) is longer than the timeout period,
ISW is not performed by that mail.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-24
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
Transmission mail
Return mail
5 minutes is set for timeout
Timeout took place as 6 minutes had passed.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-25
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
(2) Transmitting ISWHELP command
Manual that shows how to use command is returned by mail.
It is useful if you forget how to use command and options.
Transmission mail
ISWHelp
Return mail
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-26
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility
3.6.1 Function
Using the copier's web utility, just by clicking on the browser *15, customer engineer can let the copier
automatically download programs from the program server and rewrite its own programs.
The boards of which programs can be rewritten are the same as those of [Internet ISW using E-mail
remote notification system].
*15 Usually, it is not possible to access company-inside copier from outside exceeding firewall.
3.6.2 How to use
A. Going to Internet ISW page
The same as instructed in "3.4 Initial Setting", go to the [Internet ISW] page on the Web browser.
Internet ISW main screen
Next to each board name, the program version is displayed.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-27
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
B. Performing ISW
From the [ISW] items, select a board to ISW and check the box. When specifying a name of file to down-
load, type the name in the text box of [File name]. When no file name is specified, the following files are
acquired from the program server address set beforehand.
When the above input completes, click [ISW].
C. Starting ISW
When ISW starts, the following screen appears. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item
according to the message in red.
ISW execution screen
When ISW completes successfully, the copier automatically reboots.
If you click [Check status], you can check the current ISW status.
If you click [Cancel], you can stop the ISW only while program is being downloaded
I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin
O1 bootO1.bin
O2 bootO2.bin
O3 bootO3.bin
O4 bootO4.bin
O5 bootO5.bin
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-28
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
D. Checking ISW status
ISW status check screen
This screen shows the current performance or error. The display items are as follows.
• ISW is downloading
• ISW is writing
• Finished *16
• ISW was cancelled due to transferring problem
• ISW was cancelled due to transferring overtime
• ISW was cancelled due to writing problem to flash memory
*16 Copier reboots after ISW completes normally. Do not click [Refresh] on the browser.
E. Ending ISW
When ISW completes and copier reboots, ensure that the program version is upgraded on the [Internet
ISW main screen].
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-29
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
1
3.7 Precautions for use
3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator
When performing the Internet ISW, be sure to contact the copier's administrator or the like and get his/her
agreement beforehand.
Perform ISW in condition that the copier is not being used.
If the copier is being used (a job is being processed), the Internet ISW is not performed.
3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting
While ISW rewriting is in progress *17, the operation panel and sub power switch (SW2) are locked. How-
ever, if the main power goes down due to power failure or other, the copier becomes unable to start up. *18
This is only the problem on rewriting the overall control board and the operation board /1. Even if errors
occur on rewriting other boards, the boards can be overwritten again with the Internet ISW.
If the copier becomes unable to start for the above reason, go to the copier's site and rewrite the program
using the ISWTrns.
<How to recover> Overall control board: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) and then perform ISW.
Operation board /1: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) while pressing HELP and
CHECK button and then perform ISW.
For the details, please refer to "1. ISW"
*17 Rewriting takes maximum 10 minute.
*18 No problem is cased by power failure during program downloading process.
3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs
It is not possible with the Internet ISW to ISW several programs concurrently. Always perform ISW one by
one. If several programs must be rewritten at the same time, perform ISW from board of higher priority. *19
When rewriting several programs, SC may occur during rewriting intervals between programs.
However, such SC will clear when all the subject programs are rewritten.
*19 In case of the Internet ISW using the E-mail remote notification system, the sequence of transmitted
ISW designating mails and mails received by copier may change. Transmit multiple mails while
ensuring reception of completion mail or putting enough intervals.
3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode
If ISW fails due to errors in program download, data check, and so on, the copier recovers into normal
mode. Only in low power mode, the copier reboots when ISW fails.
Priority 1 RADF control board (F), FNS control board (N)
Priority 2 Printer control board (C), Operation board /1 (O)
Priority 3 Overall control board (I)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-30
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW
3.8.1 What is a proxy server?
It is a server that receives request (HTTP or FTP etc.) from a client inside the firewall, and represents the
client. With this server, access to outside the firewall is enabled.
3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server
Following are the lists of commands of each authentication type:
All the 4 types below are supported in the Internet ISW.
3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server
The following shows the brief description of each authentication type and the list of commands being used.
A. Type 1: USER user@host
This type does not require an authentication to the proxy sever when accessing outside via proxy.
In case it is possible to access outside via proxy server without entering user name and password of the
proxy server, this type may be used.
Command
B. Type 2: OPEN host
It is almost the same as Type 1. The only difference is a command at the authentication.
Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 1.
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program
server's address
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded
function:
Defined by
each server
Sends program server's address
USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW
2-31
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
C. Type 3: FW user → FW password → SITE host
This type requires an authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing outside.
It is necessary to enter information of the server that you wish to access, user name and password of the
proxy sever (firmware).
In case the user name and password of the proxy server are required when accessing outside via proxy
sever, this type may be used.
Command
D. FW user name → FW password → USER user@host
It is almost the same as Type 3. The only difference is a command at the authentication.
Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 3.
Command
3.8.4 Remarks
• For fwtk2.1 (for unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), authentication Type 1 is used.
• Type 1 is used in many proxy servers.
If you are not sure about the authentication type of the proxy server, KC recommends that you use
Type 1 in the meantime.
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name
SITE host ftp expanded
function:
Defined by
each server
Sends program server's address
USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name
USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program
server's address
PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-32
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?
Mail remote notification system allows to acquire machine data, that have been available as "List Output
Mode" in 36 mode from copier, through internet mail (E-mail). This function is achieved without visiting
customer site and printing on paper if the simple keyword is e-mailed.
4.2 Operation environment
Following conditions should be satisfied in order to use mail remote notification system. The function
works during JAM, SC or Low power mode, but does not work during shut-off. However, the sent mail does
not disappear and the copier process the mail after next starting up. During low power mode, the machine
operation is as usual.
A. The mail server *1 that allows copier to receive mail in POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(It is preferred that mail server can receive external mail and service constantly.)
B. The mail server *2 that allows copier to transmit mail in SMTP protocol.
(It is preferred that mail server can send external mail and service constantly.).
C. Mail remote notification system disabling conditions on copier are as follows.
(1) Main power switch is OFF.
(2) Sub power switch is OFF.
*1 qpopper, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. Assign one account per one copier. It can be the same
machine to the SMTP server. "Mail remote notification system" corresponds to "POP before SMTP".
*2 Sendmail 8.9, qmail, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. It can be the same machine to the receiving
server.
4.3 Initial setting
In order to use Mail remote notification system, settings such as network parameter on copier and account
registration on mail server are necessary.
A. Setting on operation panel
In order to connect the copier main body to network, IP address of the copier should be set on opera-
tion panel. If it is already set, please go to "B. Setting on Web.
a. Procedure
1. Select [Key operator mode] on operation panel.
2. Select [1. System initial setting].
3. Select [3. IP address setting].
4. Input [IP address], [Subnetmask] and [Gateway address]*1.
5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.
*1 System administrator usually assigns IP address and network related setting to copier. Please ask
system administrator for details.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-33
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
2
B. Setting on Web
Next, input setting for mail server from Web browser. Please use PC*2 connected to the network in
order to use Web browser.
*2 Prepare PC; borrow the customer's one or bring notebook computer.
Note:
• No blank space should be entered for any column. Following characters cannot be used for the
E-mail address.
( ) < > ; : ¥ " [ ]
When the error message is displayed on the web browser, correct the input error following to
the message. If the error is not corrected, mail sending or receiving may fail.
• Web design is subject to change without notice.
(1) How to set
a. Procedure
1. Start up Web browser *1.
2. Type IP address of the copier you input to the [A. Setting on operation panel].
When accessing Web, the [main page] (see upper figure in next page) is displayed.
*1 If proxy is set on Web browser, it may not possible to access web utilities of copier. Please ask sys-
tem administrator for details. KC recommends to use Internet explorer or Netscape as the Web
browser. Do not perform setting from the two or more browsers concurrently.
Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copier Web utilities main page
3. In [Main] page, click [Environment Setup] button and display [Environment setup log in] page.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-34
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
2
Environment setup log in page
4. Input key operator password in [Environment setup log in] page, then click [Apply].
[Environment set up] page is displayed. Then click [E-Mail transmission setting].
Even key operator password set "0000" in 25-mode setting, input "0000".
Environment setup page
5. Set the transmission setting.
In order to use Mail remote notification system, registration of E-mail address of manager (machine
administrator), and sending (SMTP) server input is mandatory.
Manager Address *1 To specify E-mail address of machine manager.
The e-mail address to notify error from SMTP.
DNS Server IP Address Input as needed. If not needed, leave it blank.
Time difference *1 The send time of mail is calculated referring this value.
Input the time difference from UTC within the range -1200 (-
12h00min) to +1200 (+12h00min).
If setting is not made, it is +0000 (the same as UTC).
For example, the time difference in New York is -5 hours, - 500 is
input.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-35
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
*1 The same setting can be set on LCD of the copier. But do not set concurrently from web browser and
Web.
*2 Please see the "INSTRUCTION MANUAL" of copier if use the mail transmission system.
E-Mail transmission setting page
6. Click [Apply] button to finish input.
Sending mail (SMTP) sever *1 The IP address of SMTP sever.
Condition Informing Address *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2
You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.
E-Mail Transmission *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2
You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-36
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
(2) Test mail sending
Click [Sending test] button and then a test mail is sent to SMTP server. Test mail is sent to [Manager
address] set on Step5. Click [Sending test] to display result of the test mail. If it is failed, please re-con-
firm the setting following to error message.
a. Procedure
1. Set the reception setting.
In the [Extension for maintenance] column at the bottom of the page, input the password to change
the mode then click the initial setting.
Use the password for changing modes.
Extension for maintenance page (for customer engineer)
The records of sent and received mails listed on mail log on the [Extension for maintenance] page are the
latest 10 mails. Even the main power switch is turned OFF, the communication is logged and kept though
there are some restrictions.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-37
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
E-Mail reception setting page
2. Set the e-mail reception screen based on the following.
Enable E-mail notification Select [Yes] to use Mail remote notification system.
Default is [No].
Interval between fetching mails Interval between checking mail on receiving mail server from
copier. The interval can be set within the range from 1 min. to 60
min.
Usually, set around 10 min. considering load for network.
Receiving mail server The IP address of receiving mail server.
Kind of mail spool Select [POP3] or [IMAP]. Default is [POP3].
User name on the server *1 The account name for copier assigned on receiving mail server.
Password *2 The password for the above user name.
E-Mail Address of this copy
machine
E-mail address of the copier.
Usually, the name is [User name@receiving mail server name].
Nickname *3 The name added to the mail subject sent from the copier.
It can be blank.
CE Password *2 Input password used for the "Subject" of the mail sent to the copier.
The copier uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the administrator (CC mail)
- No
- Only illegal mails
- All mails
Default (Do not send the e-mail to the administrator)
Specify whether to transfer mail in following conditions; When the
mail received by copier does not match to the registered password
or the mail size is 10 k-byte or larger.
Transfer all sending mails from Mail remote notification system.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-38
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
*1 Consult system administrator and create mail account for copier on receiving mail server.
*2 No echo back from the password.
*3 Use it as identifier, when managing multiple copiers.
*4 Use it to check the copier. is turned ON or not. If the time of the copier or the mail application software
is not set correctly (including time difference), wrong time is described. In that case, select [No].
3. Click "Apply" to finish input.
4. Test mail sending and receiving.
Click [Sending and receiving test] button and then sending and receiving tests are performed by one
transaction. It checks whether the sent mail is correctly received. Click [Sending and receiving test]
to display result of the test. If it is failed, please re-confirm the setting following to error message.
5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.
Administrator E-Mail address Input address for the transfer if above [Only illegal mail] or [all
mails] is selected.
Announce delay time in reply mail *4 Select whether to contain the time difference from CE`s transmis-
sion and copier reception on the mail.
Default is [No].
Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP Select whether SMTP server transmits the mail after POP (IMAP)
server attests.
Default is [Yes].
Sending mail test Mail sending test is performed to SMTP server.
Test mail is sent to [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set on
Step2.
Receiving mail test Receiving test from receiving mail server is performed.
Test mail is received by [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set
on Step2.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-39
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system
A. Function
CE can use following functions of Mail remote notification system by e-mailing simple keyword to copier.
CE can receive the data of the desired copier data list by the e-mail.
• JOB memory list
• User management list
• Font pattern list
• Machine management list 1
• Adjustment data list
• Parameter list
• E.K.C. management list
• Machine management list 2
• Counter list
• Pixel ratio data list
In order to use above function, the simple keyword (command) must be sent by e-mail.
The following table shows the command and options.
Command Options Explanation Mini-
mum
GETLOG [List output] The [List output] specified by the following is returned by
mail.
G
JOB [JOB memory list] J
USER [User management list] U
FONT [Font pattern list] F
MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 1] M
ADJUSTMENT [Adjustment data list] A
PARAMETER [Parameter list] P
EKC [EKC management list] E
2MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 2] 2
COUNTER [Counter list] C
PIXEL [Pixel ratio data list] PI
ALL All of above list data. AL
Not specified Edited [Counter list] for the cellular phone display.
CHPASS [OldPasswd] [New-
Passwd]
To change the password used to certify mail. C
[OldPasswd] Specify current password
[NewPasswd] Specify new password
HELP Not specified Help mail explaining usage of the above commands is
sent.
H
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-40
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
B. Send mails
The example of the mail containing the command to the copier is shown. The command and option on
the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and small letters. Accord-
ingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters in the above
table *1. When sending mail to the copier, please note followings.
Note:
• Mail software on any OS, handy terminal, free-mail using browser can be used without any differ-
ence.
• When sending mail on mail software, be sure to use text mode.
(Mail in HTML mode cannot be handle properly.)
• As for the reception on mail software, the desirable maximum displayable letters per one line is
128 and over (single-byte).
(The length of the one line reaches to 128 letters in the part of the data list mail. Accordingly, mail
may not be easily seen on the cellular phone or other mobile devices.)
• Put minimum one space or TAB*2 between the command and option on the mail.
• Use only single-byte alphanumeric character (ASCII character) for the command on mail. Other-
wise, an error mail, [Command Not Found], is returned.
• Type command from the beginning of the line. If the line starts with blank or TAB, the line is
ignored.
• Maximum number of commands that can be contained in one mail is 10. The eleventh and onwards
commands are ignored.
• Do not attach file to the mail sent to the copier. Depending on file size, it is handled as illegal mail.
• Do not attach signature to the mail sent to the copier. If automatic attachment of the signature is
already set to the mail software, change the setting not to attach the signature. The signature is
regarded as command and error mail may be returned.
• While copier is sending or receiving the mail, if the power switch of the copier is turned OFF or list
output is performed on the copier, two mails may be returned.
• The maximum number of the mails that copier receives from the mail server is 5 per one time. If the
mail server has more received mails at a time, remaining mails are processed after the [interval
between fetching mails].
*1 Example: All of G, GE, GET, GETL, GETLO, GETLOG equal to specify GETLOG.
*2 Return cannot be used.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-41
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
(1) Send GETLOG command
Following should be described in the sending mail.
• Subject: Input "CE password" set in reception setting.
• To: Input E-mail address of the copier.
• Body: Input command.
a. Example of mail requesting counter list
CE Password
Mail address
of the copier
Command
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-42
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
b. Example of mail requesting counter list*1
*1 Language of the returned mail is English only.
Serial number of copier
Mail address of the sender
Nicknameof the copier
Requestedcounterlist
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-43
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
c. When option is not specified
GETLOG command without option is specified, Counter list for the cellular phone display is returned.
Sending mail [GetLog]
Example of returned mail
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-44
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
d. To receive multiple data list
Data lists in reply to GETLOG command are separately returned by mails; one list per mail. If the
same list is requested twice or more in a mail, the list is returned only once.
When followings are described in a mail, both counter list mail and machine management list 1 mail
are returned.
[GetLog Counter]
[GetLog Management]
When the commands are written in one line continuously, Management (the later command) is
ignored and only counter list (the first command) is returned.
[GetLog Counter Management]
e. When unrecognizable option is specified.
Sending mail
[GetLog Log]
Returned mail
[Option Not Found → GetLog Log]
(2) Send CHPASS command
The sending mail password described on the subject can be changed remotely. Specify 20 or less let-
ters to [OldPasswd] and [NewPasswd]. Use ASCII characters except space.
Password cannot be changed by mail if you don't remember the old password. Change the [CE pass-
word] from the browser, explained in Chapter 2.
a. Example of correct password change
In this case, old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].
Sending mail
[ChPass U-BIX Sitios]
Returned mail
[SE's Password was changed successfully. → New Password [Sitios]]
When the password is changed, use [NewPasswd] from the next mail. When the mail is sent with
[OldPasswd], it is treated as illegal mail.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-45
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
b. Example of invalid password change
Old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].
Sending mail
[ChPass Sitios U-BIX]
Returned mail
[Old Password is Invalid. → ChPass Sitios U-BIX]
Then, password was not changed. Accordingly, the password is unchanged and [U-BIX].
Sending mail
[ChPass Sitios]
Returned mail
[Violation on format by new password. → ChPass Sitios]
When the new password is blank, password is not changed.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-46
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
(3) Send HELP command
The manual describing above usage of the commands is returned by mail. Use this function when you
forget how to use command and option.
Sending mail [Help]
Returned mail
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM
2-47
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
4.5 Disabling systemIn order to disable Mail remote notification system, in Mail reception setting, select [No] for the "Enable
E-Mail notification" and then click [Apply] button.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
2-48
II S
ER
VIC
E T
OO
L
Blank page
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-1
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
III SERVICE
1. SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.1 Service schedule
G
Service item x 10,000 copies Service
count0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500
Main
body
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1)
Every 200,000
copies
24 times
Periodic check (2)
Every 400,000
copies
12 times
Periodic check (3)
Every 600,000
copies
8times
Periodic check (4)
Every 1,000,000
copies
4times
Periodic check (5)
Every 1,500,000
copies
3times
Periodic check (6)
Every 2,000,000
copies
2times
Periodic check (7)
Every 2,500,000
copies
1time
Periodic check (8)
Every 4,000,000
copies
1time
DF-319/
AFR-20 *1
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1) *1
Every 1,800,000
copies
2times
*1 Perform the periodic check (1) for the DF-319/AFR-20 at 2 times (18,000,000 copies and 36,000,000
copies).
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-2
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
LT-211/
C-208
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1)
Every 600,000
copies
8times
Periodic check (2)
Every 2,500,000
copies
1time
FS Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1)
Every 200,000
copies
24 times
Periodic check (2)
Every 400,000
copies
12 times
Periodic check (3)
Every 1,000,000
copies
4times
Periodic check (4)
Every 2,500,000
copies
1time
PI-110 Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1)
Every 500,000
copies
9times
Periodic check (2)
Every 1,000,000
copies
4times
Periodic check (3)
Every 3,000,000
copies
1time
PK-120/
5/507
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
TU-109/
TMG-3
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
49 times
Periodic check (1)
Every 4,000,000
copies
1time
Service item x 10,000 copies Service
count0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-3
III S
ER
VIC
E
1
1.2 Maintenance items
A. Main body (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations (1) Image check
2 Drum (1) Drum cartridge 4 *3
(2) Drum unit cleaning Hydro wipe (cleaning pad is not available)
3 Charging corona
(1) Charging wire assy /Y, /M, /C, /K
4
(2) Changing grid plate /Y, /M, /C, /K
Blower brush
(3) Charging corona dust-proof filter
1 ( )
4 Developer (1) Developer (Y, M, C, K) 4 *3
(2) Developer unit cleaning Hydro wipe (cleaning pad is not available)
5 Transfer belt
(1) Belt cleaning blade1
*3
6 ADU (1) Separation corona unit 1
(2) Paper feed roller /BP Cleaning pad/drum cleaner(3) Feed roller /BP
(4) Double feed prevention roller /BP
(5) Registration roller cleaning
(6) Conveyance roller section cleaning
(7) ADU paper through sensor cleaning
Blower brush
7 Exterior (1) Ozone filter /1 1
(2) Dust proof filter /1 2
(3) Dust proof filter /2 1
8 Fixing (1) Fixing roller /U *21
Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)*3
(2) Fixing roller /L *21
Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)*3
(3) Cleaning roller Roller cleaner
9 Reverse/exit
(1) Decurler roller25 mode count reset
1*1
*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mode to prevent the fixing jam when
replacing the decurler roller.
*2 When replacing the fixing roller /U or /L, be sure to apply Multemp FF-RM on the heat insulating sleeve
/U or /L, respectively.
*3 Be sure to conduct the adjustment properly according to the adjustment items given in "LIST OF
ADJUSTMENT ITEMS FOR 8050."
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-4
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
B. DF-319/AFR-20 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
10 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller /1, /2, /3 Cleaning pad/drum cleaner(2) Feed roller /1, /2, /3
(3) Double feed prevention roller /1, /2, /3
11 Vertical
conveyance
(1) Conveyance roller, sensor
Cleaning pad/drum cleaner/blower brush
12 Scanner (1) Original glass, exposure lamp, reflector, lens, mirror, sensor
Hydro wipe/drum cleaner/blower brush
13 Write unit (1) Dust-proof glass (Y, M, C, K) Hydro wipe
14 Toner supply
(1) Toner supply unit cleaning
Hydro wipe
15 Toner collection
(1) Toner collection box replacing/cleaning
( )Cleaning pad
16 Final check (1) W.U.T. check
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(3) Image and paper through check
(4) PM counter resetting (25 mode)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations (1) Paper through check
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(3) Double feed prevention roller
Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(4) Pre-separation rubber Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(5) Rubber roller Blower brush
(6) Reflective sensor Blower brush
(7) Conveyance belt Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
2 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
3 Final check (1) Paper through check
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-5
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
C. LT-211/C-208 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
D. FS-115/FN-120/FS-513 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check
2 Paper feed (1)Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(3) Double feed prevention roller
Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(4) Paper dust removing
(5) Sensor Blower brush
(6) Gear ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
3 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
4 Final check (1) Paper through check
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check
2 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
3 Drive (1) Main drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Tray up/down drive unit
( )Plus guard No.2 *1
(3) Shift drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(4) Paper exit drive section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(5) Staple unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
4 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable count: 5,000
5 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning
6 Final check (1) Paper through check
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-6
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
E. FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
F. PI-110 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations (1) Paper through check
2 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
3 Drive (1) Main drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Tray up/down drive unit
( )Plus guard No.2 *1
(3) Shift drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(4) Paper exit drive section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(5) Staple unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(6) Folding unit ( )
4 Folding (1) Folding roller
5 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable count: 5,000
6 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning
7 Final check (1) Paper through check Staplerpositioning jig
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
2 Paper feed (1) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(2) Paper feed conveyance roller
Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(3) Double feed prevention roller
Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
3 Final check (1) Paper through check
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-7
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
G. PK-120/5/507 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
H. TU-109/TMG-3 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Punch unit (1) Punch die Blower brush
2 Punch scraps section
(1) Punch scraps dump
(2) Punch scraps full sensor Blower brush
3 Final check (1) Paper through check
(2) Interior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(2) Conveyance belt
2 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
(2) Trimmer blade /L
(3) Trimming box and its periphery
3 Stacker (1) Pusher section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
(2) Stacker section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1
4 Drive (1) Conveyance drive section
5 Final check (1) Paper through check
(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner
*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-8
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
1.3 Periodic check items (main body)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Charging corona
(1) Changing grid plate 65AA2507*
4
(2) Changing grid spring 65AA2509*
8
2 Transfer belt
(1) 1st transfer roller /K65AA2604* 25 mode count reset
1*1
(2) 1st transfer roller /C65AA2612* 25 mode count reset
31
(3) 2nd transfer roller /U65AA2611*
1
(4) Belt drive roller cleaning Hydro wipe/drum cleaner
(5) Transfer belt65AA2642*
1
(6) Toner collection sheet /165AA-293*
1
3 2nd transfer (1) 2nd transfer roller /L65AA4501*
1
4 Fixing (1) Fixing cleaning unit65AA-573* 25 mode count reset
1*2
(2) Paper exit roller /Up (New type only)65LA5343*
2
5 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller (New type only)65LA4808*
1
(2) Paper exit guide roller /265AA4818*
4*3
(3) Paper presser roller65AA4849*
2*4
*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" to prevent a image disturbances in the 25 mode
when replacing the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.
*2 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mod when replacing the fixing clean-
ing unit. Otherwise, the message "You need to replace the fixing cleaning unit. Please call the service."
appears and the copy/print prohibition state is started.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-9
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
3 For the old types, the paper exit guide roller /2 is replaced only for machines provided with a kit against
uneven wax. For identification of a measure against uneven wax, see the table below.
*4 Since machines connected to the finisher are not provided with the paper presser roller, this is
excluded from the periodically replaced parts.
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)
Identification method Details
Identification by
means of the S/N
Those on and after the following S/N are machines
provided with a measure against uneven wax.
• Main body: 65AE01429 —
65AF00476 —
65AN00169 —
65AP00005 —
65AK00016 —
65BE01391 —
65BF01416 —
• FS-115: 20AK01550 —
20BK00236 —
• FS-215: 20AL01551 —
20BL00320 —
Proposed kit Machines provided with the following proposed kits
against uneven wax in the field.
• Main body: SE95-4280
• FS-115/215: SE95-4290
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Feed rubber (tray/1, /2, /3)25SA4096*
3Actual durable count: 125,000
(2) Double feed prevention rubber (tray/1, /2, /3)25SA4096*
3Actual durable count: 125,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-10
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
C. Periodic check (III) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)
D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Charging corona
(1) Charging corona dust-proof filter65AA-387*
1
2 Developer (1) Developing unit /Y, /M, /C, /K65AA-972*
4
3 Transfer belt
(1) Transfer belt separation claw65AA-287*
3
(2) Belt cleaning roller unit65LA-288*
1
4 Registration (1) Registration cleaning sheet65AA-462*
1
5 Fixing (1) Ball bearing /U45407504*
2
(2) Ball bearing /L26NA5371*
2
(3) Heat insulating sleeve /U45405339*
2Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)
(4) Heat insulating sleeve /L65AA5341*
2Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)
(5) Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365*
1
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Fixing (1) Fixing drive gear65AA7727*
1Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)
2 2nd transfer (1) Transfer ground plate unit65AA-456*
1
3 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller (Old type only)65AA4808*
1*1
*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when the proposed kit against uneven wax is
installed.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-11
III S
ER
VIC
E
1
E. Periodic check (V) (Every 1,500,000 copies/prints)
F. Periodic check (VI) (Every 2,000,000 copies/prints)
G. Periodic check (VII) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Registration (1) Registration roller 65AA4601*
1
2 Transfer belt
(1) Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251*
1
3 ADU (1) Feed rubber /BP 25SA4096*
1Actual durable count: 125,000
(2) Double feed prevention rubber /BP 25SA4096*
1Actual durable count: 125,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Vertical conveyance
(1) Intermediate conveyance clutch /156AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
2 ADU (1) Intermediate conveyance clutch /256AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(2) Intermediate conveyance clutch /356AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Fixing (1) Fixing upper lamp /165AF8303*
1
(2) Fixing upper lamp /265AF8304*
1
(3) Fixing lower lamp 65AF8305*
1
(4) Fixing temperature sensor /365AA-553*
1
(5) Fixing temperature sensor /465AA-554*
1
2 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller (tray/1, /2, /3)56AA-458*
3Actual durable count: 800,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-12
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
H. Periodic check (VIII) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)
1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints)
1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch (tray/1, /2, /3)56AA8201*
3Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(2) Pre-registration clutch (tray/1, /2, /3) 56AA8201*
3Actual durable count: 2,000,000
2 ADU (1) ADU conveyance clutch /156AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(2) ADU conveyance clutch /256AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(3) ADU pre-registration clutch56AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(4) Paper feed roller /BP65AA-520*
1Actual durable count: 800,000
(5) Paper feed clutch /BP56AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller13YH4064*
1Actual durable count: 625,000
(2) Feed roller13YH4039*
1Actual durable count: 625,000
(3) Double feed prevention roller20AJ4015*
1Actual durable count: 625,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller55VA-484*
1Actual durable count: 500,000
(2) Feed roller55VA-483*
1Actual durable count: 500,000
(3) Double feed prevention roller55VA-483*
1Actual durable count: 500,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-13
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)
1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)
C. Periodic check (III) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)
D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch 56AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
(2) Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201*
1Actual durable count: 2,000,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance (1) Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller)122H4825*
10Actual durable count: 200,000
(2) Intermediate conveyance roller /4 (sponge roller)13QE4531*
4Actual durable count: 200,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance (1) Stack assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210*
1
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Stapler (1) Stapler unit 20AK4241*
2
Staplerpositioning jigActual durable count: 200,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Drive (1) FNS up/down motor13QE-115*
1Actual durable count: 2,500,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-14
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 500,000 copies/prints)
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)
C. Periodic check (III) (Every 3,000,000 copies/prints)0
1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3)
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /B50BA-575*
2Actual durable count: 100,000
(2) Double feed prevention roller assembly13QN-443*
2Actual durable count: 100,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /A50BA-574*
2Actual durable count: 200,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed (1) Torque limiter 13QN4073*
2Actual durable count: 600,000
No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U13LHK001*
1Actual durable count: 500,000
(2) Trimmer blade /L13LHK002*
1Actual durable count: 500,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-15
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
1.9 Replacement parts list
Note:
• No. in this list is identical with No. in "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25
mode.
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
001 Toner collection Toner collection box 65AA-245* 1 50,000
002 Main body Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 100,000
004 Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 100,000
005 Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 100,000
006 Charging corona Charging corona dust-proof filter 65AA-387* 1 600,000
007 Drum Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200* 1 100,000
012 Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200* 1 100,000
017 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200* 1 100,000
022 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200* 1 100,000
028 Charging corona Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252* 1 100,000
029 Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507* 1 200,000
031 Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252* 1 100,000
032 Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507* 1 200,000
034 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252* 1 100,000
034 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507* 1 200,000
037 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252* 1 100,000
038 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507* 1 200,000
— Charging grid spring 65AA2509* 8 200,000
040 Transfer belt Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 200,000
041 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612* 1 200,000
042 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612* 1 200,000
043 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612* 1 200,000
044 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 200,000
045 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 200,000
046 Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287* 3 600,000
048 Belt cleaning roller unit 65LA-288* 1 600,000
049 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 200,000
050 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 100,000
051 2nd transfer 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 200,000
052 ADU Separation Discharging board unit 65AA-452* 1 100,000
053 Fixing Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 200,000
054 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 100,000
055 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 100,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-16
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
056 Developing Developer /Y New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079*
Old type:
65AA3079*
1 100,000
057 Developer /M New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080*
Old type:
65AA3080*
1 100,000
058 Developer /C New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081*
Old type:
65AA3081*
1 100,000
059 Developer /K New type:
65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082*
Old type:
65AA3082*
1 100,000
060 Developing unit /Y (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
061 Developing unit /M (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
062 Developing unit /C (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
063 Developing unit /K (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000
069 FS FNS up/down motor 13QE-115* 1 2,500,000
070 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000
071 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000
— Staple 12QRK001* 2 5000
108 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825* 10 200,000
109 Intermediate conveyance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531* 4 200,000
110 Stacking assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210* 1 400,000
078 PI-110 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000
079 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000
080 Double feed prevention roller
assembly
13QN-443* 1 100,000
081 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000
083 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000
084 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000
085 Double feed prevention roller
assembly
13QN-443* 1 100,000
086 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000
087 TU-109/TMG-3 Trimmer blade /U 13LHK001* 1 500,000
087 Trimmer blade /L 13LHK002* 1 500,000
092 DF-319/AFR-20 Paper feed roller 13YH4064* 1 625,000
093 Feed roller 13YH4039* 1 625,000
095 Double feed prevention roller 20AJ4015* 1 625,000
113 Registration Registration cleaning sheet 65AA-462* 1 600,000
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-17
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
112 Fixing unit Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365* 1 600,000
114 Ball bearing /U (for upper roller) 45407504* 2 600,000
115 Heat insulating sleeve /U
(for upper roller)
45405339* 2 600,000
116 Vertical conveyance Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
117 ADU Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
118 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
119 Main body paper feed Paper feed rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000
119 Double feed prevention rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000
120 Paper feed rubber /2 25SA4096* 1 125,000
120 Double feed prevention rubber /2 25SA4096* 1 125,000
121 Paper feed rubber /3 25SA4096* 1 125,000
121 Double feed prevention rubber /3 25SA4096* 1 125,000
122 Paper feed rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000
122 Double feed prevention rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000
130 Paper feed roller /1 56AA-458* 1 800,000
131 Paper feed roller /2 56AA-458* 1 800,000
132 Paper feed roller /3 56AA-458* 1 800,000
133 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520* 1 800,000
123 Registration Registration roller 65AA4601* 1 1,500,000
124 Transfer belt Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251* 1 1,500,000
125 Fixing Fixing upper lamp /1 65AF8303* 1 2,500,000
126 Fixing upper lamp /2 65AF8304* 1 2,500,000
127 Fixing lower lamp 65AF8305* 1 2,500,000
128 Fixing temperature sensor /3 65AA-553* 1 2,500,000
129 Fixing temperature sensor /4 65AA-554* 1 2,500,000
134 ADU ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
135 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
136 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
137 Fixing Ball bearing /L (for lower roller) 26NA5371* 2 600,000
138 Heat insulating sleeve/L
(for lower roller)
65AA5341* 2 600,000
139 Fixing drive gear 65AA7727* 1 1,000,000
140 Reverse/exit unit Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 100,000
141 LT-211/C-208 Paper feed roller 55VA-484* 1 500,000
142 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
Double feed prevention roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
143 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
144 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-18
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
145 Main body paper feed Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
146 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
147 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
148 Pre-registration clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
149 Paper feed clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
150 Pre-registration clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
151 Paper feed clutch /BP 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000
152 2nd transfer Transfer ground plate unit 65AA-456* 1 1,000,000
153 Paper exit
(New type only)
Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 200,000
154 Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 200,000
155 Paper exit roller /Up 65LA5343* 2 200,000
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
Note:
• For the old type, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special parts] of the 25
mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of each parts] (See
"6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
— Paper exit Paper exit guide roller/2 65AA4818* 4 200,000
— Paper exit roller 65AA4808* 1 1,000,000
Note:
• When installed with no finisher, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special
parts] of the 25 mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of
each parts] (See "6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable
count
— Paper exit Paper presser roller 65AA4849* 2 200,000
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE
3-19
III S
ER
VIC
E
1
1.10 Important maintenance parts
• The important parts specified by Konica Minolta
in order to maintain safety of the products are
referred to as "important maintenance parts".
The important maintenance parts for this
machine are as described below:
Note:
• "SP" is indicated in front of the parts number
of the important maintenance part. Exercise
care when installing the parts according to
"III. Directions for disassembly and assembly"
in this manual.
No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity
1 Fixing unit Thermostat /1 SP00-0030 1
2 Fixing unit Thermostat /L SP00-0180 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-20
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
2. COPY MATERIAL
2.1 Product
A. Drum cartridge
2.2 Materials
A. Single unit supply
B. Kit
a Developer black set
b Developer yellow set
c Developer magenta set
d Developer cyan set
Drum DR501 (New type/Old type)
Toner black TN510K (New type) /TN501K (Old type)
Toner yellow TN510Y (New type) /TN501Y (Old type)
Toner magenta TN510M (New type) /TN501M (Old type)
Toner cyan TN510C (New type) /TN501C (Old type)
Developer black DV510K (New type) /DV501K (Old type)
Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —
Developer yellow DV510Y (New type) /DV501Y (Old type)
Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —
Developer magenta DV510M (New type) /DV501M (Old type)
Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —
Developer cyan DV510C (New type) /DV501C (Old type)
Developer charging funnel/U —
Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 COPY MATERIAL
3-21
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
2.3 PM parts kit
A. 100,000 copies/1 set
<For old type>
<For new type>
Name Part No. Quantity
USA Europe/Other
Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1
Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2
Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1
Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1
Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1
Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1
Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1
Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1
Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4
Paper for fixing speed adjustment (16 sheets/A3)
65AA-991* 1 1
Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1
Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1
Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1
Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1
Name Part No. Quantity
USA Europe/Other
Toner collection box 65AA-245* 2 1
Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1
Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2
Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1
Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1
Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1
Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1
Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1
Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1
Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4
Paper for fixing speed adjustment (16 sheets/A3)
65AA-991* 1 1
Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1
Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1
Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1
Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-22
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
B. 200,000 copies/1set (total)
<For old type>
<For new type>
Name Part No. Quantity
USA Europe/Other
Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1
1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1
1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3
Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1
Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1
Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4
Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8
Name Part No. Quantity
USA Europe/Other
Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1
1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1
1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3
Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1
2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1
Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1
Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4
Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8
Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 4
Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 1
Paper exit roller /U 65LA5343* 2 2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE MATERIAL LIST
3-23
III S
ER
VIC
E
3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST
Material No. Name Shape Remark
000V-16-0 Drum cleaner 200ml
000V-17-0 Roller cleaner 200ml
000V-19-0 Setting powder 25g
000V-18-1 Cleaning pad 10pcs/1pack
65AA-9920 Hydro wipe 10pcs/1pack
00GR00260 Multemp grease
FF-RM
25g
00GR00210 Solvest 240 Multemp FF-RM is
recommended
00GR00020 Plasguard No.2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CE TOOLS LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
3-24
III S
ER
VIC
E
2
4. CE TOOLS LIST
Tool No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
65AAJG021 Fixing thermostat
positioning jig
(for upper roller)
1
65AAJG031 Fixing thermostat
positioning jig
(for lower roller)
1
7050K0020 Mirror positioning jig 2
00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 1
25TU00480 Color chart (metric) 1
111T96110 Color chart (inch) 1
00VD-5000 New Pyramid chart 1
120A9711* Adjustment chart 1
00VC-2-00 Drum cover 4
00VD-1000 Blower brush 1
00VE-1004 Tester 1
129XJG011 Stapler positioning jig 1 For old type cartridge
13QEJG010 Stapler positioning jig 1 For new type cartridge
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST
4-1
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
IV JAM CODE LIST
1. JAM CODE LIST
Classifi-cation
Jamcode
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Bypass feed
J10-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the pickup solenoid /BP (SD5) is
turned ON, bypass feed feeder sensor
(PS26) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Remove the paper
from the bypass feed
tray once and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J10-02 After no paper sensor /BP (PS47) is
turned ON, tray up drive motor /BP
(M35) is not turned ON within specified
time.
Remove paper from
the bypass feed tray
once, decrease the
stacked sheets and set
again.J10-03 After the tray up drive motor /BP (M35)
is turned ON, tray upper limit sensor /
BP (PS25) is not turned ON within
specified time.
J10-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Bypass feed conveyance sensor
(PS26) was turned ON in the idling con-
dition.
— Remove the paper
from the bypass feed
tray once and remove
jammed paper, if any.
Paperfeed tray /1
J11-01
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7) is
turned ON, pre-registration sensor /1
(PS29) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Pull out the paper feed
tray /1 and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J11-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) was
turned ON in the idling condition.
—
Paperfeed tray /2
J12-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) is
turned ON, pre-registration sensor /2
(PS35) is not turned ON within speci-
fied time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Pull out the paper feed
tray /2 and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J12-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS35) was
turned ON in the idling condition.
—
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
4-2
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
Paper feedtray /3
J13-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) is
turned ON, pre-registration sensor /3
(PS41) is not turned ON.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Pull out the paper feed
tray /3 and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J13-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS41) was
turned ON in the idling condition.
—
LT-211C-208
J14-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the paper feed solenoid (SD100)
is turned ON, paper feed sensor
(PS107) is not turned ON within speci-
fied time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Open the LCT top
cover and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J14-11
Whe
n id
ling Feed sensor (PS106) was turned ON in
the idling condition.
—
Paper feed
J17-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the loop roller motor (M31) is
turned ON, registration sensor (PS22)
is not turned ON within specified time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-02 After the ADU pre-registration clutch
(MC3) is turned ON, registration sensor
(PS22) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
J17-03 After the pre-registration clutch /3
(MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON
within specified time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Open the vertical con-
veyance door and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-04 After the pre-registration clutch /2
(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON
within specified time.
Pull out the paper feed
tray /2 and remove
jammed paper, if any.
Classifi-cation
Jam code
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST
4-3
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
Paperfeed
J17-05
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the intermediate conveyance
clutch /1 (MC13) is turned ON, interme-
diate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Open the vertical con-
veyance door and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-06 After the pre-registration clutch /1
(MC7) is turned ON, intermediate con-
veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J17-07 After the pre-registration clutch
(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
Open the LCT front
door and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J17-08 After the intermediate conveyance sen-
sor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, intermedi-
ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not
turned ON within specified time.
Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-09 After the bypass feed conveyance sen-
sor (PS26) is turned ON, the intermedi-
ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
Remove paper from
the bypass feed tray
and remove jammed
paper, if any.
LT-211C-208
J17-10 After the pre-registration clutch
(MC102) is turned ON, paper feed sen-
sor (PS107) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
Open the LCT top
cover and remove
jammed paper, if any.
Paperfeed
J17-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)
was turned ON in the idling condition.
— Open the vertical con-
veyance door and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-12 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1
(PS27) was turned ON in the idling con-
dition.
Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J17-13 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
(PS28) was turned ON in the idling con-
dition.
J17-14 Registration sensor (OS22) was turned
in the idling condition.
LT-211C-208
J17-15 Paper feed sensor (PS107) was turned
ON in the idling condition.
Open the LCT front
door and remove
jammed paper, if any.
Classifi-cation
Jamcode
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
4-4
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
Others J19-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n Vertical conveyance door open jam.
Vertical conveyance door sensor
(PS51) was turned OFF when copying /
printing.
If copy is pro-
gressing when
jam arises, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit.
Close the vertical con-
veyance door.
OthersLT-211C-208
J19-02 LCT top cover open jam or LCT front
door open jam. Top cover open/close
sensor (PS100) or front door open/
close sensor (PS115) was turned OFF
when copying/printing.
In case of LCT
paper feed, main
body stops after
completion of
paper exit. In
case of paper
feed other than
LCT, main body
does not stop.
Close the LCT top
cover or LCT front
door.
Paper exit
J31-02 After the registration roller motor (M30)
is turned ON, fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is not turned ON.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J32-01 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sensor
(PS13) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J32-02 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, reverse paper exit
sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J32-03 In the reverse paper exit mode, after
the reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
J32-04 After the fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J32-05 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time (in straight paper exit
mode).
J32-07 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time (in reverse paper exit
mode).
J32-08 When the registration roller motor
(M30) is ON, fixing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is ON.
Classifi-cation
Jam code
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST
4-5
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
Paperexit
J32-11
Wh
en
idlin
g Paper exit sensor (PS13) is ON in the
idling condition.
— Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.J32-12 Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) is
turned ON in the idling condition.
J32-13 Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is
ON in the idling condition.
Others J51-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n Front door open jam. Front door open/
close sensor (PS18) was turned OFF
while copying/printing.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
Close the front door.
DF-319AFR-20
J61-01 Paper feed section cover open jam.
Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was
turned OFF when copying.
RADF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
in or after trans-
fer process,
main body stops
after paper exit.
Close the paper feed
section cover.
J61-02 Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/
close sensor (PS308) was turned OFF
when copying.
Close the paper feed
tray.
J61-03 Paper exit section cover open jam.
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was
turned OFF when copying.
Close the paper exit
section cover.
J62-01 Registration sensor (PS301) is not
turned OFF within specified time after
paper feed is started.
Open the paper feed
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
Remove jammed paper
in the main body con-
veyance section, if any.
J62-02 After reversal of paper feed motor
(M301) is started, timing sensor
(PS302) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J62-03 After the timing sensor (PS302) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J62-04 After the reverse/paper exit motor
(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor
(PS305) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
Open the paper exit
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
Remove jammed paper
in the main body con-
veyance section, if any.
J62-05 After the reverse sensor (PS305) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J62-06 In the one-sided original exit mode,
paper exit sensor (PS306) is not turned
ON within the specified time after the
start of paper exit.
In the double-sided original exit mode,
original exit sensor (PS306) is not
turned ON within the specified time
after the reverse sensor (PS305) is
turned ON.
Classifi-cation
Jamcode
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
4-6
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
DF-319AFR-20
J62-07
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
RADF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
in or after trans-
fer process,
main body stops
after paper exit.
Open the paper exit
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
Remove jammed paper
in the main body con-
veyance section, if any.
J65-01
Wh
en
idlin
g Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in
the idling condition.
— Open the paper feed
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-02 Reverse sensor (PS305) is ON in the
idling condition.
Open the paper exit
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-03 Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the
idling condition.
Open the paper feed
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J65-04 Paper exit sensor (PS306) is ON in the
idling condition.
Open the paper exit
section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
OthersFS
J71-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n FNS front door open jam. FNS interlock
switch (MS701) was turned OFF when
copying/printing.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
Close the FNS front
door.
OthersTU-109TMG-3
J71-02 TU front door open jam. Front door
MS2 (MS2) was turned OFF when
copying/printing.
Close the TU front
door.
FS J72-16 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
FNS/main body
stop immedi-
ately.
Remove jammed paper
in the FNS/main body,
if any.
J72-17 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
turned ON, main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J72-18 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
turned ON, stacker inlet sensor
(PS705) is not turned ON within the
specified time (when stapling).
Classifi-cation
Jam code
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST
4-7
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
FS J72-19
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the stacker inlet motor (M713) is
turned ON, stacker inlet sensor
(PS705) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
FNS/main body
stop immedi-
ately.
Remove jammed paper
in the FNS/main body,
if any.
J72-20 After paper exit operation is started,
main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is
not turned ON within the specified time
(when stapling).
J72-21 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
large-size staple mode).
J72-22 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
turned ON, sub-tray paper exit sensor
(PS701) is not turned ON within the
specified time within the specified time
(in the sub-tray paper exit mode).
J72-23 After the sub-tray paper exit sensor
(PS701) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
large-size staple mode).
J72-24 After completion of stapling, folding
passage sensor (PS726) is not turned
ON.
J72-25 After the folding knife motor (M719) is
turned ON, folding paper exit sensor
(PS725) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J72-26 After the folding paper exit sensor
(PS725) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J72-28 After the stacker inlet sensor (PW705)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J72-29 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
non-staple mode).
J72-30 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS706) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time (in the
small-size staple mode).
Classifi-cation
Jamcode
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
4-8
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
TU-109TMG-3
J72-32
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the folding paper exit sensor
(PS725) is turned ON, inlet sensor
(PS101) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
TU/FNS/main
body stop imme-
diately.
Remove jammed paper
in TU/FNS/main body,
if any.
J72-33 After the inlet sensor (PS101) is turned
ON, inlet sensor (PS101) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J72-34 After the conveyance motor (M101) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS108)
is not turned OFF within the specified
time.
PI-110 J72-35 After the conveyance clutch /L (MC202)
is turned ON, PI passage sensor /L
(PS206) is not turned ON within speci-
fied time.
FNS/main body
stop immedi-
ately.
Remove jammed paper
in the FNS/main body,
if any.
PK-120PK-5PK-507
J72-43 After the punch motor (M801) is turned
ON, punch HP sensor (PS801) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
FS J72-48 After the folding passage sensor
(PS726) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
PI-110 J72-49 After the conveyance clutch /U
(MC201) is turned ON, PI passage sen-
sor (PS201) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J72-50 After the PI passage sensor (PS201) is
turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is
not turned ON within the specified time.
J72-51 After the PI passage sensor /L (PS206)
is turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
FS J72-81 After the stapler motor /F (M714) and
clincher motor /F (M715) are turned
ON, stapler HP sensor /F (PS731) and
clincher HP sensor /F (PS733) are not
turned ON within specified time.
J72-82 After the stapler motor /R (M709) and
clincher motor /R (M710) are turned
ON, stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) and
clincher HP sensor (PS732) are not
turned ON within the specified time.
Classifi-cation
Jam code
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST
4-9
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
2
FS J72-83
Duri
ng
op
era
tion After the stapler motor /F, /R (M714),
M709), and clincher motor /F, /R (M715,
M710) are turned ON, stapler HP sen-
sor /F, /R (PS731, PS730) and clincher
HP sensor /F, /R (PS733, PS732) are
not turned ON within the specified time.
FNS/main body
stop immedi-
ately.
Remove jammed paper
in the FNS/main body,
if any.
J72-90 After operation stop signal is transmit-
ted from the main body to FNS, FNS
does not stop within the specified time.
J73-01
Wh
en
idlin
g Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is
ON in the idling condition.
— Open the FNS front
door and remove
jammed paper, if any.J73-02 Stacker inlet sensor (PS705) is ON in
the idling condition.
J73-05 FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is ON in the
idling condition.
J73-07 Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701) is
ON in the idling condition.
Remove jammed paper
in the sub-tray, if any.
J73-08 Stacker no-paper sensor (PS720) is
ON in the idling condition.
Open the FNS front
door and remove
jammed paper, if any.J73-09 Folding passage sensor (PS726) is ON
in the idling condition.
J73-10 Folding paper exit sensor (PS725) is
ON in the idling condition.
TU-109TMG-3
J73-11 Inlet sensor (PS101) is ON in the idling
condition.
Open the TU front door
and remove jammed
paper, if any.J73-12 Conveyance sensor (PS102) is ON in
the idling condition.
J73-13 Paper exit sensor (PS108) is ON in the
idling condition.
PI-110 J73-14 PI passage sensor (PS206) is ON in
the idling condition.
Remove paper from
the cover sheet feeder
/L and remove jammed
paper, if any.
J73-17 PI passage sensor /U (PS201) is ON in
the idling condition.
Remove paper in the
cover sheet feeder /U
once and remove
jammed paper, if any.
ADU J92-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the reverse paper exit sensor
(PS19) is turned ON, ADU reverse sen-
sor (PS21) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
Classifi-cation
Jamcode
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
4-10
IV JA
M C
OD
E L
IST
ADU J92-11
Wh
en
idlin
g ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in
the idling condition.
— Pull out ADU and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J93-01
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After reversal of ADU reverse motor
(M32) is turned ON, ADU conveyance
sensor (PS20) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
J93-11
Wh
en
idlin
g ADU conveyance sensor (PS20) is ON
in the idling condition.
—
J94-02
Du
rin
g o
pe
ratio
n After the ADU conveyance sensor
(PS20) is turned ON, ADU pre-registra-
tion sensor (PS23) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
Printer section
stops immedi-
ately.
J94-11
Wh
en
idlin
g ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is
ON in the idling condition.
—
Classifi-cation
Jam code
Causes Resultingoperation
Correction
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-1
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
V ERROR CODE LIST
1. ERROR CODE LIST
Note:
• In the F code area of warning codes, "Contact the Service Section" is indicated and in the E
code area, "Turn ON the power switch again" is indicated. On the actual LCD screen, all the indi-
cations are SC codes.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Ma
in b
od
y Commu-nication abnor-mality
F10-10 Communication abnormality
between printer control board
(PRCB) and LT drive board
(LTDB)
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
LT drive board (LTDB)
Paper feed motor abnor-mality
F13-01 M41 abnormality detection sig-
nal was continuously detected
for the specified time when the
paper feed motor (M41) was
ON.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Paper feed motor (M41)
LT-2
11,
C-2
08 LT
paper feed motor abnor-mality
F13-02 M101 abnormality detection
signal was continuously
detected for the specified time
when the paper feed motor
(M101) was ON.
LT drive motor (LTDB)
Paper feed motor (M101)
Main
bod
y Paper feed tray abnor-mality
F18-01 After the tray up/down motor /l
(M40) is turned ON, tray upper
limit sensor /1 (PS30) is not
turned ON.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Tray up/down motor /1 (M40)
Tray upper limit sensor /1
(PS30)
F18-02 After the tray up/down motor /2
(M39) is turned ON, tray upper
limit sensor /2 (PS38) is not
turned ON.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Tray upper limit motor /2 (M39)
Tray upper limit sensor /2
(PS38)
F18-03 After the tray up/down motor /3
(M38) is turned ON, tray upper
limit sensor /3 (PS42) is not
turned ON.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Tray upper limit motor /3 (M38)
Tray upper limit sensor /3
(PS42)
F18-04 After the tray up/down motor /
BP (M35) is turned ON, the tray
upper limit sensor /BP (PS25)
is not turned ON within the
specified time.
Conveyance drive board
(CVDB)
Tray up/down motor /BP (M35)
Tray upper limit sensor /BP
(PS25)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-2
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
LT-2
11,
C-2
08 LT up/
down motorabnor-mality
F18-50 When the up/down motor
(M100) was ON, M100 abnor-
mality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
LT drive board (LTDB)
UP/DOWN motor (M100)
F18-51 When the upper limit sensor
(PS109) or lower limit sensor
(PS101) is OFF, PS101 or
PS109 is not turned ON within
the specified time after the up/
down motor (M100) is turned
ON.
LT drive board (LTDB)
UP/DOWN motor (M100)
Upper limit sensor (PS109)
Lower limit sensor (PS101)
LT paper feed assist fan abnor-mality
F18-60 When the paper feed assist fan
/R (M137) was ON, M137
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
LT drive board (LTDB)
Paper feed assist fan /R (M137)
F18-61 When the paper feed assist fan
/F (M136) was ON, M136
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
LT drive board (LTDB)
Paper feed assist fan /F (M136)
LT power abnor-mality
F18-70 24VDC is not supplied to LCT. DC power unit /2 (DCPS2)
LT drive board (LTDB)
F18-71 12VDC is not supplied to LCT. DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)
LT drive board (LTDB)
Ma
in b
od
y Commu-nication abnor-mality
F20-10 Communication abnormality
between printer control board
(PRCB) and drum drive board /
Y (DRDB /Y) or drum drive
board /M (DRDB /M).
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /Y (DRDB /Y)
Drum drive board /M (DRDB /M)
F20-11 Communication abnormality
between printer control board
(PRCB) and drum drive board /
C (DRDB /C) or drum drive
board /K (DRDB /K).
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /C (DRDB /C)
Drum drive board /K (DRDB /K)
F20-12 Communication abnormality
between printer control board
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor
(M18)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-3
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Pre-charging exposurelamp abnormal-ity
F21-01 Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y
(PCL Y) set cannot be
detected.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y
(PCL Y)
F21-02 Pre-charging exposure lamp /
M (PCL M) set cannot be
detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /M
(PCL M)
F21-03 Pre-charging exposure lamp /C
(PCL C) set cannot be
detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /C
(PCL C)
F21-04 Pre-charging exposure lamp /K
(PCL K) set cannot be
detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Pre-charging exposure lamp /K
(PCL K)
Devel-oping motor abnor-mality
F23-01 When the developing motor /Y
(M20) was ON, M20 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing motor /Y (M20)
F23-02 When the developing motor /M
(M21) was ON, M21 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing motor /M (M21)
F23-03 When developing motor /C
(M22) was ON, M22 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing motor /C (M22)
F23-04 When the developing motor /K
(M23) was ON, M23 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing motor /K (M23)
Drum motor abnor-mality
F23-05 When the drum motor /Y (M14)
was ON, M14 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /Y (DRDB /Y)
Drum motor /Y (M14)
F23-06 When the drum motor /M (M15)
was ON, M15 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /M (DRDB /M)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-4
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Drummotor abnor-mality
F23-07 When the drum motor /C (M16)
was ON, M16 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /C (DRDB /C)
Drum motor /C (M16)
F23-08 When drum motor /K (M17)
was ON, M17 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum drive board /K (DRDB /K)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Transfer belt unit abnormality
F23-09 When the transfer belt motor
(M18) was ON, M18 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
F23-10 When the 1st transfer HP sen-
sor (PS15) is ON, PS15 is not
turned OFF within the specified
time after the 1st transfer
pressing/releasing motor (M19)
is turned ON.
When PS15 is OFF, PS15 is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time after M19 is turned
ON.
Printer control board (PRCB)
1st transfer pressing/releasing
motor (M19)
1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)
Toner supply abnor-mality
F23-11 When either of the toner supply
motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (M49, M50,
M51, or M52), toner bottle
motor (M53), or toner bottle
clutch /Y, /M, /C, /K (MC14,
MC15, MC16, or MC17) was
ON, either abnormality detec-
tion signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Toner supply drive board (TSDB)
Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
Toner supply motor /M (M50)
Toner supply motor /C (M51)
Toner supply motor /K (M52)
Toner bottle motor (M53)
Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)
Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15)
Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16)
Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17)
L detec-tion abnor-mality
F27-01 Output of toner density sensor /
Y (TDS Y) cannot be con-
trolled.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)
F27-02 Output of toner density sensor /
M (TDS M) cannot be con-
trolled.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)
F27-03 Output of toner density sensor /
C (TDS C) cannot be con-
trolled.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Toner density sensor /C (TDS C)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-5
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y L detec-tion abnor-mality
F27-04 Output of toner density sensor /
K (TDS K) cannot be con-
trolled.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Toner density sensor /K (TDS K)
High pres-sure unit abnor-mality
F28-01 When the charging /Y was ON,
charging /Y abnormality detec-
tion signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
High pressure unit /1 (HV1)
F28-02 When charging /M was ON,
charging /M abnormality detec-
tion signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
F28-03 When charging /C is ON,
charging /C abnormality detec-
tion signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
F28-04 When charging /K was ON,
charging /K abnormality detec-
tion signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
F29-01 When the primary transfer Y
was ON, primary transfer Y
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
High pressure unit /2 (HV2)
1st transfer roller
F29-02 When the primary transfer M
was ON, primary transfer M
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
F29-03 When the primary transfer C
was ON, primary transfer C
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
F29-04 When the primary transfer K
was ON, primary transfer K
abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-6
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Processabnor-mality
F29-06 Gamma sensor (PS11) improp-
erly adjusted while in the Dmax
control.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F29-07 Dmax control /Y resulted in an
abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing unit /Y
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F29-08 Dmax control /M resulted in an
abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing unit /M
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F29-09 Dmax control /C resulted in an
abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing unit /C
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F29-10 Dmax control /K resulted in an
abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing unit /K
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F29-11 In charging potential control,
drum surface potential /Y was
out of specification.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /Y
(DRPSB Y)
Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
F29-12 In charging potential control,
drum surface potential /M was
out of specification.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /M
(DRPSB M)
Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
F29-13 In charging potential control,
drum surface potential /C was
out of specification.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /C
(DRPSB C)
Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C)
F29-14 In charging potential control,
drum surface potential /K was
out of specification.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /K
(DRPSB K)
Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K)
F29-15 Charging potential control /Y
resulted in an abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /Y
(DRPSB Y)
Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
F29-16 Charging potential control /M
resulted in an abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /M
(DRPSB M)
Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-7
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Processabnor-mality
F29-17 Charging potential control /C
resulted in an abnormality.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /C
(DRPSB C)
Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C)
F29-18 Charging potential control /K
resulted in an abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /K
(DRPSB K)
Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K)
F29-19 Dot diameter adjustment con-
trol /Y resulted in an abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /Y
(DRPSB Y)
Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
F29-20 Dot diameter adjustment con-
trol /M resulted in an abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /M
(DRPSB M)
Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
F29-21 Dot diameter adjustment con-
trol /C resulted in an abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /C
(DRPSB C)
Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C)
F29-22 Dot diameter adjustment con-
trol /K resulted in an abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum potential sensor board /K
(DRPSB K)
Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K)
F29-23 Gamma sensor (PS11) improp-
erly adjusted while in the
gamma correction control
Printer control board (PRCB)
Gamma sensor (PS11)
F30-01 2nd transfer abnormality High voltage unit /2 (HU2)
F30-02 Separation abnormality High voltage unit /2 (HU2)
Motor abnor-mality
F30-10 ADU conveyance drive board
communication abnormality
Conveyance drive board
(CVDB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Fanabnor-mality
F32-01 When the fixing cooling fan /1
and /2 (M10, M36, M37) were
ON, abnormality detection sig-
nal of either of them was con-
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10)
Fixing cooling fan /2 (M37)
Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36)
F32-02 When the drum unit fan /3
(M47) was ON, M36 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum unit fan /3 (M47)
Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-8
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
Main
bod
y Fan abnor-mality
F32-03 When the paper exit fan /F, /M,
and /R (M28, M27, and M26)
were ON, abnormality detec-
tion signal of either of them
was continuously detected for
the specified time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Paper exit fan /F (M28)
Paper exit fan /M (M27)
Paper exit fan /R (M26)
F32-04 When charging air intake fan
(M48) was ON, M48 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Toner supply drive board
(TSDB)
Charging air suction fan (M48)
F32-05 When the drum cooling fan /1
and /2 (M12, M13) were ON,
abnormality detection signal of
either of them was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum cooling fan /1 (M12)
Drum cooling fan /2 (M13)
F32-06 When the transfer belt cooling
fan (M11) was ON, M11 abnor-
mality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Transfer belt cooling fan (M11)
F32-07 • In the case of the new type
While the paper exit fans /1, /
2 and /3 (M61, M62 and M63)
are turned ON, an error
detection signal of either
M61, M62 or M63 is detected
for the specified period of
time in succession.
• In the case of the old type
For the M61, M62 or M63 that
is not installed, an abnormal
rotation is detected incor-
rectly.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Paper exit fan /1 (M61)
Paper exit fan /2 (M62)
Paper exit fan /3 (M63)
Note:
• Since the old type is not
installed with the M61, M62
and M63, be sure to check
to see if the 25 DIPSW is set
as shown below:
Old type: DIPSW 21-0-0
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-9
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Motor abnor-mality
F33-01 When the fixing motor (M29)
was ON, M29 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Conveyance drive motor
(CVDB)
Fixing motor (M29)
F33-02 When the pressure release
sensor (PS16) is ON, PS16 is
not turned OFF within the
specified time after the fixing
motor (M29) is turned ON.
When PS16 is OFF, PS16 is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time after M29 is turned
ON.
Conveyance drive motor
(CVDB)
Fixing motor (M29)
Fixing pressure release sensor
(PS16)
F33-03 After the 2nd transfer pressing/
releasing motor (M34) is turned
ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
Conveyance drive motor (CVDB)
2nd transfer pressing/releasing
motor (M34)
F33-04 Abnormality of Web motor
(M54) or circuit was detected.
Conveyance drive motor
(CVDB)
Web motor (M54)
Fixing
high
temper-
ature
abnor-
mality
F34-01 Fixing high temperature abnor-
mality (TH1)
Fixing temperature sensor /1
(TH1) detection temperature
over 250°C was continuously
detected for the specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)
Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)
Fixing lower lamp (L4)
Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)
Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)
Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)
Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
WARNING
• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**
(fixing temperature related
abnormality) occurs, be sure
to repair a defective part
before setting the 25 DIPSW
3-1 to 0.
If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to
0 without repairing a defec-
tive part, this may cause a
fire.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIST
2
Mai
n bo
dy Fixing high temper-ature abnor-mality
F34-02 Fixing high temperature abnor-mality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detection temperature over 250°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
Main body stops immedi-ately and main relay (RL1) is turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)AC drive board (ACDB)Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)Fixing lower lamp (L4)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
WARNING• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**
(fixing temperature relatedabnormality) occurs, be sureto repair a defective partbefore setting the 25 DIPSW3-1 to 0.If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to0 without repairing a defec-tive part, this may cause afire.
F34-03 Fixing high temperature abnor-mality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature over 250°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F34-04 Fixing high temperature abnor-mality (TH4)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detection temperature over 250°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F34-05 Fixing compensation high tem-perature abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature over 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F34-06 Fixing compensation high tem-perature abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature over 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F34-07 Fixing roller paper winding abnormalityA condition in which the detected temperature of the fix-ing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) is 25°C higher than the detected temperature of the fix-ing temperature sensor /1, is detected for the specified period of time in succession.
F34-08 Fixing roller paper seizure abnormalityJ31-02 occurred 4 continuous times.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
5-10
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
V
ER
RO
R C
OD
E L
IST
Mai
n bo
dy Fixing low temper-ature abnor-mality
F35-01 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected.
Main body stops immedi-ately and main relay (RL1) is turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)AC drive board (ACDB)Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)Fixing lower lamp (L4)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
WARNING• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**
(fixing temperature relatedabnormality) occurs, be sureto repair a defective partbefore setting the 25 DIPSW3-1 to 0.If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to0 without repairing a defec-tive part, this may cause afire.
F35-02 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F35-03 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F35-04 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH4)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F35-05 Fixing compensation low tem-perature abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature under 20°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
F35-06 Fixing compensation low tem-perature abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature under 20°C was continuously detected for the specified time.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
5-11
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIST
Mai
n bo
dy Fixing sensor abnor-mality
F36-02 Fixing high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
Main body stops immedi-ately and main relay (RL1) is turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)AC drive board (ACDB)Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)Fixing lower lamp (L4)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
WARNING• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**
(fixing temperature relatedabnormality) occurs, be sureto repair a defective partbefore setting the 25 DIPSW3-1 to 0.If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to0 without repairing a defec-tive part, this may cause afire.
F36-04 Fixing high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH4)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
F36-05 Fixing low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
F36-06 Fixing low temperature hardware abnormality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
F36-07 Fixing low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
F36-08 Fixing low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH4)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
F36-09 Fixing compensation high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.
F36-10 Fixing compensation low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
5-12
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
V
ER
RO
R C
OD
E L
IST
Mai
n bo
dy Fixing sensor abnor-mality
F36-11 Fixing compensation high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2(TH2) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.
Main body stops immedi-ately and main relay (RL1) is turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)AC drive board (ACDB)Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)Fixing lower lamp (L4)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
WARNING• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**
(fixing temperature relatedabnormality) occurs, be sureto repair a defective partbefore setting the 25 DIPSW3-1 to 0.If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to0 without repairing a defec-tive part, this may cause afire.
F36-12 Fixing compensation low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.
F38-02 After the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON, fixing tem-perature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature does not reach 150°C within the speci-fied time.
F38-03 After the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON, fixing tem-perature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature does not reach 150°C within the speci-fied time.
F39-01 Fixing section has not been set.
Scanner abnor-mality
F41-01 At the home position search, scanner HP sensor (PS1) is not turned on within the speci-fied time after the scanner motor (M1) is turned ON.
Scanner drive board (SCDB)Scanner motor (M1)Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
Motor abnor-mality
F41-02 When the polygon motor /Y (M3) is started or when the speed is switched, M3 lock sig-nal is not detected within the specified time.When the write intake fan /1, /2 (M43, M44), and write exhaust fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON, abnormality detection signal of either of them was continu-ously detected for the specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)Polygon motor /Y (M3)Writing suction fan /1 (M43)Writing suction fan /2 (M44)Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
5-13 2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-14
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
Main
bod
y Motor abnor-mality
F41-03 When the polygon motor (M4)
is started or the speed is
switched, M4 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.
When the write intake fan /1, /2
(M43, M44), and write exhaust
fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,
abnormality detection signal of
either of them was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /M (M4)
Writing suction fan /1 (M43)
Writing suction fan /2 (M44)
Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)
F41-04 When the polygon motor /C
(M5) is started or the speed is
switched, M5 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.
When the write intake fan /1, /2
(M43, M44), and write exhaust
fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,
abnormality detection signal of
either of them was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /C (M5)
Writing suction fan /1 (M43)
Writing suction fan /2 (M44)
Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)
F41-05 When the polygon motor /K
(M6) is started or the speed is
switched, M6 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.
When the write intake fan /1, /2
(M43, M44), and write exhaust
fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,
abnormality detection signal of
either of them was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /K (M6)
Writing suction fan /1 (M43)
Writing suction fan /2 (M44)
Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)
Scanner abnor-mality
F41-06 When the optical scanning
returns, scanner HP sensor
(PS1) is not turned ON within
the specified time after the
scanner motor (M1) is turned
ON.
Scanner drive board (SCDB)
Scanner motor (M1)
Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
Motor abnor-mality
F41-07 Abnormal temperature of poly-
gon motor /Y (M3) was
detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /Y (M3)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-15
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Motor
abnor-
mality
F41-08 Abnormal temperature of poly-
gon motor /M (M4) was
detected.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /M (M4)
F41-09 Abnormal polygon motor /C
(M5) was detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /C (M5)
F41-10 Abnormal temperature of poly-
gon motor /K (M6) was
detected.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Polygon motor /K (M6)
F41-11 Temperature detection board
(TDB) detected temperature
abnormality in writing unit /K.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Temperature detection board
(TDB)
Fanabnor-mality
F42-01 When the write intake fan /1, /2
(M43, M44), and write exhaust
fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,
abnormality detection signal of
either of them was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Writing suction fan /1 (M43)
Writing suction fan /2 (M44)
Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)
F42-02 When scanner cooling fan (M2)
was ON, M2 abnormality
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Scanner drive board (SCDB)
Scanner cooling fan (M2)
Color registra-tion abnor-mality
F45-01 Color registration base line cor-
rection /F resulted in abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Color registration sensor /F (PS8)
F45-03 Color registration base line cor-
rection /R results in abnormal-
ity.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Color registration sensor /R (PS9)
F45-07 When laser correction motor /Y
(M7) was ON, laser correction
HP sensor /Y (PS5) was turned
OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /Y (M7)
Laser correction HP sensor /Y
(PS5)
F45-08 When the laser correction
motor /M (M8) was ON, laser
correction HP sensor /M (PS6)
was turned OFF,
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /M (M8)
Laser correction HP sensor /M
(PS6)
F45-09 When the laser correction
motor /C (M9) was ON, laser
correction HP sensor /C (PS7)
was turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /C (M9)
Laser correction HP sensor /C
(PS7)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-16
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Color registra-tion abnor-mality
F45-10 After the laser correction motor
/Y (M7) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified
time. Or, laser correction HP
sensor /Y (PS5) installing posi-
tion is abnormal.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /Y (M7)
Laser correction HP sensor /Y
(PS5)
F45-11 Laser correction motor /M (MB)
is not turned OFF within the
specified time after it is turned
ON. Or, laser correction HP
sensor /M (PS6) installing posi-
tion is abnormal.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /M (M8)
Laser correction HP sensor /M
(PS6)
F45-12 Laser correction motor /C (M9)
is not turned OFF within the
specified time after it is turned
ON. Or, the laser correction HP
sensor /C (PS7) installing posi-
tion is abnormal.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Laser correction motor /C (M9)
Laser correction HP sensor /C
(PS7)
F45-20 Color registration correction
results in abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Color registration sensor /F (PS8)
Color registration sensor /R (PS9)
Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality
E46-01 When scanning the image,
sub-scan beam correction APC
cannot be applied. Laser does
not light up because 12VDC
power to drive the beam is not
supplied, MPC is not correct, or
because of fault laser.
Writing unit /Y /M /C /K
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-02 Address abnormality of FIFO
for scanner. When scanning
the image, compression of
scanned image data is not nor-
mally completed.
Image processing board (IPB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
E46-03 Address abnormality of FIFO
for printer. Expansion of
scanned image data is not nor-
mally completed.
E46-05 FIFO interrupt error of com-
pression/expansion chip
occurred.
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-06 Image data expansion abnor-
mality
Image processing board (IPB)
MU-412
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-17
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
1
Main
bod
y Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality
E46-07 Connection abnormality
between CCD board (CCDB)
and image processing board
(IPB)
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Image processing board (IPB)
Overall control board (OACB)
CCD board (CCDB)
CCD wiring harness
E46-08 Index sensor output does not
change by the execution of
APC. Index sensor cannot
detect the laser because the
polygon mirror does not rotate,
or because of the index sensor
out of position or defective
index sensor
Writing unit /Y /M /C /K
Image processing board (IPB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
E46-09 Connection abnormality
between index sensor /Y, /M, /
C, /K (INDX SB Y, M, C, K) or
laser drive board (LDB Y, M, C,
K) and image processing board
(IPB)
Writing unit /Y /M /C /K
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-12 After negation of SVV, com-
pression of scanned image and
evolution to page memory are
not completed.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-13 When scanning the image,
compression process from
scanner to memory is not com-
pleted within the specified time.
Evolution from scanner to page
memory is not completed
within the specified time. SVV
is not detected within the speci-
fied time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-14 When scanning the image,
expansion process from mem-
ory to printer is not completed
within the specified time. Out-
put from page memory to
printer is not completed within
the specified time. PVV is not
detected within the specified
time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Image processing board (IPB)
Writing unit /Y /M /C /K
E46-15 When scanning the image,
access to expansion device or
some other improper process
took place even though there
was no resource.
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-18
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality
E46-16 When scanning the image,
access to compression device
or some other improper pro-
cess took place even though
there was no resource.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
E46-17 When processing the image,
filter coefficient cannot be prop-
erly prepared.
E46-19 When accessing the memory
device, software fault was
detected.
E46-21 Expansion process from mem-
ory to page memory is not
completed within the specified
time.
Compression process from
page memory to memory is not
completed within the specified
time.
Evolution from memory to page
memory is not completed
within the specified time.
Compressed data transfer from
memory to memory is not com-
pleted within the specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
E46-23 When scanning the image,
SVV is not turned OFF within
the specified time and there-
fore scanning of next page
cannot be started.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Image processing board (IPB)
Overall control board (OACB)
E46-24 Shading correction abnormality
(GA abnormality)
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of image processing
board (IPB)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-19
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
1
Main
bod
y Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality
E46-25 AOC/AGC adjustment abnor-
mality
• Blocking cover and lens cover
of scanner section are out of
place.
• CCD board (CCDB) connec-
tor is disconnected.
• CCDB power cable is discon-
nected.
• CCDB IC protector is broken.
• Quantity of light of exposure
lamp (L1) is excess.
• L1 does not light up.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
CCD board (CCDB)
Exposure lamp (L1)
Image processing board (IPB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Scanner drive board (SCDB)
L1 inverter board (L1INVB)
E46-26 There is no correction data
which has been reserved by
resolution.
Abnormality
detection pro-
cess is per-
formed but no
abnormality
code is indi-
cated on the
operation
board and
main body
continues
operation.
Abnormality
code is indi-
cated only for
data collec-
tion, list out-
put and
KRDS.
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
E46-31 Before completion of MPC,
APC initial sampling was
attempted.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Image processing board (IPB)
ICP program
E46-32 Execution of MPC was
attempted during execution of
APC.
E46-35 Continuous page imaging
range abnormality.
Image cannot be evolved on
memory due to abnormal
image range on memory.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-20
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
1
Main
bod
y Image
process-
ing
abnor-
mality
E46-36 When starting APC, PVV was
ON (APC was executed during
print)
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Image processing board (IPB)
ICP program
E46-40 Hard disk initialization abnor-
mality.
Hard disk failure or improper
connector connection.
Image processing board (IPB)
Hard disk (HD-106)
HDD I/F board (HDD IFB)
E46-41 JOB information could not be
stored in the hard disk.
E46-42 At the time of automatic hard
disk job deletion, route could
not be opened.
E46-43 Hard disk access error.
Hard disk failure or improper
connector connection.
E46-58 Software failure.
CCD board was replaced but
I1ROM version is not compli-
ant.
Image processing board (IPB)
I ROM program
CCD wiring harness of CCD
board (CCDB)
E46-59 CCD board (CCDB) bunch or
connector is damaged.
F46-62 Before completion of paper
mis-centering correction, scan-
ning was started (mis-centering
correction cannot be com-
pleted).
Abnormality
detection pro-
cess is con-
ducted but no
code is indi-
cated on the
operation
board and
main body
continues
operation.
Abnormality
code is indi-
cated only for
data collec-
tion, list out-
put and
KRDS.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Image processing board (IPB)
LCT drive board (LTDB)
F46-63 Since the quantity of light of
exposure lamp (L1) decreased,
AGC was retried, though no
error occurred.
Exposure lamp (L1)
Overall control board (OACB)
CCD board (CCDB)
F46-64 PWM gammer curve was not
properly prepared.
Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)
Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)
Toner density sensor /C (TDS C)
Toner density sensor /K (TDS K)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Image processing board (IPB)
E46-66 Shift failure at repeat. Image processing board (IPB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-21
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Main
bod
y Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality
E46-80 Message cue was not enough
or destructed.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Image processing board (IPB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)E46-81 Parameter value exceeds
allowable range.
E46-82 Message cue sender task has
an undefined ID.
E46-83 Message receiving event is
undefined.
E46-90 Abnormal access to memory Image processing board (IPB)
Overall control board (OACB)
MU-412
E46-91 Header address scanning
abnormality
E46-98 Page memory cannot be
secured for printing.
E46-99 Memory initialization abnormal-
ity.
Memory may not be correctly
connected.
Commu-nication abnor-mality
E50-01 12VDC abnormality.
Abnormality signal was contin-
uously detected for the speci-
fied time.
DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)
E50-02 24VDC abnormality.
Abnormality signal was contin-
uously detected for the speci-
fied time after the specified
time from REN /2 ON.
DC power unit /2 (DCPS2)
E50-03 Conveyance drive board
(CVDB) 24VDC abnormality.
Abnormality signal of 24VDC
for CVDB was detected after
specified time from REN /2 ON.
DC power unit /2 (DCPS2)
Conveyance drive motor
(CVDB)
E50-04 Laser correction motor 5VDC
abnormality.
Abnormal 5VDC for laser cor-
rection motor /Y, /M, and /C
(M7, M8, and M9) was
detected.
DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)
E50-05 Conveyance drive board
(CVDB) 12VDC abnormality.
Abnormality signal of 12VDC
for CVDB was detected.
DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)
Conveyance drive motor
(CVDB)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-22
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
1
Main
bod
y Commu-nication abnor-mality
E50-10 Line status error and check
sum error was detected
between the overall control
board (OACB) and image pro-
cessing board (IPB) and
demand for re-transmission
was sent but recovery could
not be attained.
Re-transmission was
demanded and answered but
recovery could not be attained.
Space is not obtained in the
transmission ring buffer within
the specified time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Overall control board (OACB)
Image processing board (IPB)
E50-11 Communication with the coin
vendor cannot be performed.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Coin vendor
Fan abnor-mality
F52-01 When the DCPS cooling fan
(M42) was ON, M42 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
DCPS cooling fan (M42)
F52-02 When the IP cooling fan (M24) was
ON, M24 abnormality detection
signal was continuously detected
for the specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
IP cooling fan (M24)
F52-03 When the IPB cooling fan
(M25) was ON, M25 abnormal-
ity detection signal was contin-
uously detected for the
specified time.
Printer control board (PRCB)
IPB cooling fan (M25)
Opera-tion board abnor-mality
E56-02 After the sub power switch (SW2)
is turned ON, communication
between the printer control board
(PRCB), overall control board
(OACB), and operation board /1
(OB1) is not started.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Operation board /1 (OB1)
E56-11 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was turned ON, unwrit-
ten control program 01 of oper-
ation board /1 (OB1) was
detected.
Operation board /1 (OB1)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-23
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
Main
bod
y Opera-tion board abnor-mality
E56-12 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was turned ON, unwrit-
ten control program 02 of oper-
ation board /1 (OB1) was
detected.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Operation board /1 (OB1)
E56-13 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was turned ON, unwrit-
ten control program 03 of oper-
ation board /1 (OB1) was
detected.
Operation board /1 (OB1)
DF
-31
9,
AF
R-2
0 DF-319 and AFR-20abnor-mality
E60-01 Communication error. RADF control board (DFCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
F61-01 Registration sensor (PS301)
error.
RADF control board (DFCB)
Registration sensor (PS301)
F61-02 Timing sensor (PS302) error. RADF control board (DFCB)
Timing sensor (PS302)
F61-03 Reverse sensor (PS305) error. RADF control board (DFCB)
Reverse sensor (PS305)
F61-04 Paper exit sensor (PS306)
error.
RADF control board (DFCB)
Paper exit sensor (PS306)
F61-05 Size VR (VR301) error. RADF control board (DFCB)
Size VR (VR301)
F61-06 Non-volatile memory error. RADF control board (DFCB)
F61-07 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was ON, unwritten con-
trol program of RADF control
board (DFCB) was detected.
F61-08 Paper feed motor (M301) error. RADF control board (DFCB)
Paper feed motor (M301)
F61-09 Conveyance motor (M302)
error.
RADF control board (DFCB)
Conveyance motor (M302)
F61-10 Reverse paper exit motor
(M303) error.
RADF control board (DFCB)
Reverse paper exit motor
(M303)
FS FS
abnor-mality
E70-01 Communication error. Main body and
FNS stop
operation
immediately
and main relay
(RL1) is
turned OFF.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
F77-01 Shift unit does not reach the
shifting position or home posi-
tion within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Shift motor (M702)
Shift HP sensor (PS718)
F77-02 After the tray up/down motor
(M703) was turned ON, tray
upper limit sensor (PS702) is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Tray up/down motor (M703)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS702)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-24
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
FS FS
abnor-mality
F77-03 After the alignment motor /U
(M705) was turned ON, the
alignment HP sensor /U
(PS708) is not turned ON or
OFF within the specified time.
Main body and
FNS stop
operation
immediately
and main relay
(RL1) is
turned OFF.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Alignment motor /U (M705)
Alignment HP sensor /U
(PS708)
F77-04 After the paper exit roller motor
(M707) was turned ON, speed
does not reach the specified
level within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Paper exit roller motor (M707)
F77-05 After the paper exit motor
(M708) is turned ON, paper
exit opening HP sensor
(PS712) is not turned ON or
OFF within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Paper exit opening motor
(M708)
Paper exit opening sensor
(PS712)
F77-06 After the stapler moving motor
(M711) is turned ON, stapler
moving HP sensor (PS711) is
not turned ON or OFF within
the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Stapler movement motor (M711)
Stapler movement HP sensor (PS711)
F77-07 After the clincher rotating motor
(M704) is turned ON, clincher
rotating HP sensor (PS714) is
not turned ON or OFF within
the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Clincher rotation motor (M704)
Clincher rotation HP sensor (PS714)
F77-08 After the stapler rotating motor
(M706) is turned ON, stapler
rotating HP sensor (PS713) is
not turned ON or OFF within
the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Stapler rotation motor (M706)
Stapler rotation HP sensor (PS713)
F77-11 After the stapler motor /F
(M714) is turned ON, stapler
HP sensor /F (PS731) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Stapler motor /F (M714)
Stapler HP sensor /F (PS731)
F77-12 After the stapler motor /R
(M709) is turned ON, stapler
HP sensor /R (PS730) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Stapler motor /R (M709)
Stapler HP sensor /R (PS730)
F77-13 After the clincher motor /F
(M715) is turned ON, clincher
HP sensor /F (PS733) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Clincher motor /F (M715)
Clincher HP sensor /F (PS733)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-25
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
FS FS
abnor-mality
F77-14 After clincher motor /R (M710)
is turned ON, clincher HP sen-
sor /R (PS732) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
Main body and
FNS stop
operation
immediately
and main relay
(RL1) is
turned OFF.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Clincher motor /R (M710
Clincher HP sensor /R (PS732)
F77-21 After the stopper motor (M718)
is turned ON, stopper HP sen-
sor (PS723) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Stopper motor (M718)
Stopper HP sensor (PS723)
F77-22 After the alignment motor /L
(M716) is turned ON, alignment
HP sensor /L (PS724) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Alignment motor /L (M716)
Alignment HP sensor /L
(PS724)
F77-25 After the folding knife motor
(M719) is turned ON, folding
knife HP sensor (PS722) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Folding knife motor (M719)
Folding knife HP sensor
(PS722)
F77-26 After the folding conveyance
motor (M720) is turned ON,
speed does not reach the
specified level within the speci-
fied time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Folding conveyance motor
(M720)
TU
-10
9,
TM
G-3 TU-109,
TMG-3 abnor-mality
F77-31 After the conveyance motor
(M101) is turned ON, speed
does not reach the specified
level within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Conveyance motor (M101)
F77-32 After the cutter motor (M102) is
turned ON, cutter HP sensor
(PS106) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Cutter motor (M102)
Cutter HP sensor (PS106)
F77-33 After the stopper motor (M103)
is turned ON, stopper HP sen-
sor (PS103) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Stopper motor (M103)
Stopper HP sensor (PS103)
F77-34 After the stopper release motor
(M104) is turned ON, stopper
release HP sensor (PS104) is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Stopper release motor (M104)
Stopper release HP sensor
(PS104)
F77-35 After the press motor (M105) is
turned ON, press HP sensor
(PS105) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Press motor (M105)
Press HP sensor (PS105)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-26
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
TU
-10
9 TU-109 abnor-mality
F77-36 After the pressure motor
(M107) is turned ON, pressure
HP sensor (PS112) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
Main body and
FNS stop
operation
immediately
and main relay
(RL1) is
turned OFF.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Pusher motor (M107)
Pusher HP sensor (PS112)
F77-37 After the holder motor (M106)
is turned ON, upper limit PS
sensor (PS110) is not turned
ON.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Holder motor (M106)
Upper limit PS sensor (PS110)
PI-
110 PI-110
abnor-mality
F77-41 After the tray up/down motor /L
(M202) is turned ON, tray
upper limit sensor /L (PS209)
or tray lower limit sensor /L
(PS210) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Tray up/down motor /L (M202)
Tray upper limit sensor /L
(PS209)
Tray lower limit sensor /L
(PS210)
F77-42 After the tray up/down motor /U
(M201) is turned ON, tray
upper limit sensor /U (PS204)
or tray lower limit sensor /U
(PS205) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Tray up/down motor /U (M201)
Tray upper limit sensor /U
(PS204)
Tray lower limit sensor /U
(PS205)
F77-43 After the PI conveyance motor
(M203) is turned ON, speed
does not reach the specified
level within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
PI Conveyance motor (M203)
PK
-120
, P
K-5
, P
K-5
07 PK-120,
PK-5,PK-507abnor-mality
F77-44 After the punch shift motor
(M802) is turned ON, punch
shift HP sensor (PS803) is not
turned ON within the specified
time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Punch drive board (PKDB)
Punch shift motor (M802)
Punch shift HP sensor (PS803)
F77-47 Communication abnormality
between FNS control board
(FNSCB) and punch drive
board (PKDB)
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Punch drive board (PKDB)
F77-54 After punch motor (M801) is
turned ON, punch HP sensor
(PS801) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Punch drive board (PKDB)
Punch motor (M801)
Punch HP sensor (PS801)
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST
5-27
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
FS FS
abnor-mality
F77-81 After the gate drive motor
(M712) is turned ON, gate HP
sensor (PS716) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
Main body and
FNS stop
operation
immediately
and main relay
(RL1) is
turned OFF.
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Gate drive motor (M712)
Gate HP sensor (PS716)
F77-91 Communication abnormality
when sub-CPU in FNS control
board (FNSCB) receives data
FNS control board (FNSCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
F77-92 Communication abnormality
when the main CPU in FNS
control board (FNSCB)
receives data.
F77-98 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was turned ON, unwrit-
ten control program of FNS
control Board (FNSCB) was
detected.
F77-99 Abnormality other than those
known to control program of
FNS control board (FNSCB)
was detected.
Ma
in b
od
y Commu-nication abnor-mality
E80-01 When the sub power switch
(SW2) is ON, no response is
received from the printer con-
trol board (PRCB) within the
specified time.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
E80-02 Printer control board (PRCB)
communication abnormality
E80-03 Operation board communica-
tion abnormality
Operation board /1 (OB1)
ISWabnor-mality
E80-11 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was ON, unwritten
range of ISW was detected in
the printer control program.
Printer control program
E80-21 When the sub power switch
(SW2) was ON, unwritten
range of ISW was detected in
the GIF control program.
VIF control program
E80-30 In the data transfer by ISW,
regular header information
cannot be received within the
specified time.
Printer cable
USB cable
PC parallel port
PC USB port
E80-31 In the data transfer by ISW,
check sum error or header
error was detected in the
downloaded data.
Printer cable
USB cable
Program file abnormality
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-28
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
Main
bod
y ISWabnor-mality
E80-32 When transferring data by ISW,
data cannot be correctly written
to flash ROM.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RL1) is
turned OFF.
Printer cable
USB cable
Program transferred board
E80-40 Engine continued operation
without preparing image or pro-
cess patch for the specified
time.
Printer control program
E81-01 A printer control ROM soft-
ware is not installed that is cor-
responding to the material
changeover setting.
Classification Abnormality code
Causes Resulting operation
Estimated abnormal parts
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION
5-29
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
2
2. ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION
In the event of following abnormalities, the failed unit can be isolated so that other functions may be tem-
porarily operated.
If any abnormality code is issued, press the Auto Reset key and turn OFF and ON the SW2 (sub power
switch). The unit subjected to abnormality is isolated in the software system and other functions can be
operated. If SW2 is turned OFF or ON without correcting the faulty unit, the abnormality is detected and
the abnormality code is indicated again (a function effective only one time).
Error code Error Unit to be cut off Remarks
18-01 Error in paper feed tray /1 up Paper feed tray /1 Tray can not be selected.
18-02 Error in paper feed tray /2 up Paper feed tray /2 Tray can not be selected.
18-03 Error in paper feed tray /3 up Paper feed tray /3 Tray can not be selected.
18-05 Error in LT tray up LT tray Tray can not be selected.
13-02 LT paper feed motor abnormality
46-40 to 43 HDD abnormality HDD HDD can not be used.
77-22, 25, 26 Folding drive abnormality Folding machine Folding mode, stitch-and-
fold mode, and cutting
mode can not be selected.
77-31, 37 Cutting drive abnormality TU-109, TMG-3
77-41, 42, 43 CF tray drive abnormality PI-110 Cover sheet mode can not
be selected.
77-44, 47, 55 Punch rocking motor abnormality PK-120, PK-5,
PK-507
Punch mode can not be
selected.
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
5-30
V E
RR
OR
CO
DE
LIS
T
Blank page
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-1
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
VI DIAGRAMS
1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
1.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 parts layout drawing
A. Switches and sensors
(1) Rear of the main body
[1] Encoder sensor /Y1 (PS60) [7] Encoder sensor /C2 (PS65)
[2] Encoder sensor /M1 (PS62) [8] Encoder sensor /K2 (PS67)
[3] Encoder sensor /C1 (PS64) [9] Waste toner full sensor (PS52)
[4] Encoder sensor /K1 (PS66) [10] Waste toner door sensor (PS53)
[5] Encoder sensor /Y2 (PS61) [11] Encoder sensor /belt 2 (PS68)
[6] Encoder sensor /M2 (PS63) [12] Encoder sensor /belt 1 (PS69)
8050fs6600
[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5]
[11] [12]
[4] [3] [2] [1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-2
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
(2) Top of the main body
(3) Front of the main body
[1] DF reset switch (RS1) [4] APS sensor /S (PS3)
[2] Toner supply unit open/close sensor (PS14) [5] Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
[3] APS sensor /L (PS4) [6] AAPS timing sensor (PS2)
[1] Front door open/close sensor (PS18) [3] Sub power switch (SW2)
[2] Front door interlock switch (MS1) [4] Main power switch (SW1)
[2][3]
[6][5]
[4]
[1]
8050fs6601
[2] [1]
[3] [4]
8050fs6602
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-3
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(4) Right side of the main body
(5) Front side of the main body
[1] Temp/humidity sensor (TEMP/HUM)
[1] 1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)
8050fs6603[1]
8050fs6604[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-4
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(6) Write unit
* Laser correction HP sensor does not attached to write unit /K.
(7) Process unit
[1] Index sensor board /Y (INDX SB Y) [5] Laser correction HP sensor /Y (PS5)*
[2] Index sensor board /M (INDX SB M) [6] Laser correction HP sensor /M (PS6)*
[3] Index sensor board /C (INDX SB C) [7] Laser correction HP sensor /C (PS7)*
[4] Index sensor board /K (INDX SB K)
[1] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K) [3] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)
[2] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C) [4] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)
8050fs6605[1][2][3][4]
[7][6][5]
8050fs6606[1][2][3][4]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-5
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(8) Developing unit
(9) Image correction unit
[1] Toner density sensor /K (TDS K) [3] Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)
[2] Toner density sensor /C (TDS C) [4] Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)
[1] Gamma sensor (PS11) [3] Color registration sensor /R (PS9)
[2] Color registration sensor /F (PS8)
[1][2][3][4] 8050fs6607
8050fs6608[1]
[2] [3]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-6
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(10)Toner supply unit
(11) Paper feed tray 1 to 3
[1] Toner level detection sensor /K (TLD K) [4] Toner supply door open/close sensor (PS54)
[2] Toner level detection sensor /C (TLD C) [5] Toner level detection sensor /M (TLD M)
[3] Toner supply interlock switch (MS2) [6] Toner level detection sensor /Y (TLD Y)
[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) [10] Paper size VR/1 (VR1)
[2] Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS35) [11] Paper size VR/2 (VR2)
[3] Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS41) [12] Paper size VR/3 (VR3)
[4] No paper sensor /1 (PS31) [13] Paper size /S1 (PS33)
[5] No paper sensor /2 (PS37) [14] Paper size /S2 (PS39)
[6] No paper sensor /3 (PS44) [15] Paper size /S3 (PS45)
[7] Tray upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) [16] Paper size /L1 (PS34)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /2 (PS36) [17] Paper size /L2 (PS40)
[9] Tray upper limit sensor /3 (PS42) [18] Paper size /L3 (PS46)
[2][3] [1]
[4] [6][5]
8050fs6609
8050fs6630[18]
[9] [8] [7]
[3] [2] [1]
[4] [5] [6]
[17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-7
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(12)Bypass feed unit
(13)Vertical conveyance unit
[1] Paper size /LBP (PS49) [3] Paper size VR/BP (VR4)
[2] No paper sensor /BP (PS47) [4] Paper size /SBP (PS48)
[1] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51) [2] Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)
8050fs6610[4] [3] [2] [1]
8050fs6631
[1][2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-8
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(14)ADU
(15)Paper exit section (left side of the main body)
[1] Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) [7] ADU conveyance sensor (PS20)
[2] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) [8] ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
[3] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) [9] Registration sensor (PS22)
[4] 2nd transfer HP sensor (PS24) [10] Bypass conveyance sensor (PS26)
[5] Conveyance lever sensor (PS55) [11] Tray upper limit sensor (PS25)
[6] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)
[1] Paper exit sensor (PS13) [2] Paper exit full sensor (PS12)
8050fs6611
[6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11]
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]
8050fs6612
[1][2]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-9
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(16)Fixing unit
[1] Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) [5] Thermostat /2 (TS2)
[2] Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) [6] Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)
[3] Thermostat /1 (TS1) [7] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17)
[4] Fixing pressure/release sensor (PS16) [8] Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[3]
[2]
[1]
8050fs6632
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-10
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. Loads
(1) Rear of the main body
[1] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [13] DCPS cooling fan (M42)
[2] Drum motor /Y (M14) [14] Developing motor /K (M23)
[3] Drum motor /M (M15) [15] Developing motor /C (M22)
[4] Drum motor /C (M16) [16] Developing motor /M (M21)
[5] Drum motor /K (M17) [17] Scanner motor (M1)
[6] Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10) [18] Developing motor /Y (M20)
[7] IP cooling fan (M24) [19] Drum cooling fan /2 (M13)
[8] IPB cooling fan (M25) [20] Drum cooling fan /1 (M12)
[9] Tray up drive motor /1 (M40) [21] Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36)
[10] Tray up drive motor /2 (M39) [22] Fixing cooling fan /2 (M37)
[11] Tray up drive motor /3 (M38) [23] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[12] Paper feed motor (M41)
8050fs6613
[12]
[11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6]
[2][3][4][5] [1]
[13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-11
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(2) Top of the main body
(3) Front of the main body
[1] Scanner cooling fan (M2) [2] Exposure lamp (L1)
[1] Transfer belt cooling fan (M11)
[2]
[1]
8050fs6614
8050fs6615[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-12
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
(4) Right side of the main body
(5) Left side of the main body
[1] Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46) [5] Writing intake fan /1 (M43)
[2] Heater /1 (HTR1) [6] Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)
[3] Heater /2 (HTR2) [7] Drum unit fan (M47)
[4] Writing intake fan /2 (M44)
[1] Paper exit fan /F (M28) [4] Paper exit fan /3 (M63) (New type only)
[2] Paper exit fan /M (M27) [5] Paper exit fan /2 (M62) (New type only)
[3] Paper exit fan /R (M26) [6] Paper exit fan /1 (M61) (New type only)
8050fs6616
[4] [5] [6] [7]
[3] [2] [1]
8050fs6617[1][3] [2]
[6][4] [5]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-13
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(6) Write unit
* Laser correction motor does not attached to write unit /K.
(7) Process unit
[1] Polygon motor /Y (M3) [5] Laser correction motor /Y (M7)*
[2] Polygon motor /M (M4) [6] Laser correction motor /M (M8)*
[3] Polygon motor /C (M5) [7] Laser correction motor /C (M9)*
[4] Polygon motor /K (M6)
[1] Pre-charging lamp /Y (PCL Y) [4] Pre-charging lamp /K (PCL K)
[2] Pre-charging lamp /M (PCL M) [5] Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)
[3] Pre-charging lamp /C (PCL C)
8050fs6618[4] [3] [2] [1][7] [6] [5]
[1][2][3][4][5]
8050fs6619
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-14
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(8) Image correction unit
(9) Toner supply unit
[1] Gamma shutter solenoid (SD3) [2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)
[1] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [6] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle motor (M53) [7] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [8] Charger intake fan (M48)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [9] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [10] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)
8050fs6620[1][2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4][5][6][7][8]
[9] [10]
8050fs6621
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-15
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(10)Paper feed tray 1 to 3
(11) Vertical conveyance unit
[1] Pick up solenoid /1 (SD7) [6] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11)
[2] Pick up solenoid /2 (SD8) [7] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)
[3] Pick up solenoid /3 (SD9) [8] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)
[4] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7) [9] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12)
[5] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)
[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)
8050fs6633
[6] [5] [4]
[3] [2] [1]
[7] [8] [9]
8050fs6634[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-16
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(12)ADU
[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [9] ADU reverse motor (M32)
[2] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [10] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
[3] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) [11] Registration motor (M30)
[4] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3) [12] Loop roller motor (M31)
[5] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1) [13] Pick up solenoid /BP (SD5)
[6] Reverse/exit motor (M33) [14] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)
[7] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2) [15] Tray up drive motor /BP (M35)
[8] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)
8050fs6622
[9]
[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]
[10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-17
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(13)Fixing unit
[1] Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2) [4] Fixing motor (M29)
[2] Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3) [5] Fixing lower lamp (L4)
[3] Web motor (M54)
[4]
[5]
[2]
[1]
[3]
8050fs6635
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-18
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
C. PCBs and others
(1) Rear of the main body
[1] AC drive board (ACDB) [13] HDD: option (HD-106)
[2] Noise filter (NF) [14] HDD I/F board: option (HDD IFB)
[3] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [15] Extended memory: option (MU-412)
[4] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [16] Memory board (MB)
[5] Transformer /LCT (TRNS2) [17] High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
[6] Transformer /main body (TRNS1) [18] Overall control board (OACB)
[7] DC power supply unit /2 (DCPS2) [19] Image processing board (IPB)
[8] DC power supply unit /1 (DCPS1) [20] Scanner drive board (SCDB)
[9] Drum drive board /Y (DRDB Y) [21] DC power supply unit /4:Option (DCPS4)
[10] Drum drive board /M (DRDB M) [22] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
[11] Drum drive board /C (DRDB C) [23] Printer control board (PRCB)
[12] Drum drive board /K (DRDB K) [24] Fixing heater control board: only in EU (FHCB)
8050fs6623
[17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]
[24]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[16] [15] [14] [13]
[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-19
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(2) Top of the main body
(3) Front of the main body
[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] L1 inverter board (L1 INVB)
[2] Key counter (C (K))
[1] Black counter (C (BK)) [5] OB inverter board (OB INVB)
[2] Total counter (C (T)) [6] LCD board (LCDB)
[3] Operation board /2 (OB2) [7] Touch panel board
[4] Operation board /3 (OB3) [8] Operation board /1 (OB1)
[1]
[2][3]
8050fs6624
8050fs6625
[3]
[2] [1]
[4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-20
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
(4) Write unit
(5) Process unit
[1] Temp detection board (TDB)
(attached to write unit /K only)
[3] Laser drive board /M (LDB M)
[4] Laser drive board /C (LDB C)
[2] Laser drive board /Y (LDB Y) [5] Laser drive board /K (LDB K)
[1] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRSPSB K) [3] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRSPSB M)
[2] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRSPSB C) [4] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRSPSB Y)
8050fs6626
[2] [3] [4] [5]
[1]
[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6627
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-21
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
(6) Image correction unit
(7) Toner supply section
(8) ADU
[1] Color registration board /F (CRB/F) [2] Color registration board /R (CRB/R)
[1] Toner supply drive board (TSDB)
[1] Conveyance drive board (CVDB)
8050fs6636[1] [2]
[1] 8050fs6628
8050fs6629[1]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-22
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing
[1] Paper feed motor (M301) [11] Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)
[2] Conveyance motor (M302) [12] Tray open/close sensor (PS308)
[3] Reverse/exit motor (M303) [13] Size sensor /S (PS309)
[4] Registration clutch (MC301) [14] Size sensor /L (PS310)
[5] Registration sensor (PS301) [15] Paper exit solenoid (SD301)
[6] Timing sensor (PS302) [16] Reverse solenoid (SD302)
[7] Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) [17] Size VR (VR301)
[8] No paper sensor (PS304) [18] RADF control board (DFCB)
[9] Reverse sensor (PS305) [19] Size sensor board (SSB)
[10] Paper exit sensor (PS306)
8050fs6031
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
[15]
[16]
[14][13]
[1]
[2] [9]
[18] [3] [11] [10]
[12][4][17]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-23
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing
[1] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [9] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)
[2] Paper mis-centering sensor (PS120) [10] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
[3] No paper sensor (PS108) [11] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[4] Paper feed sensor (PS107) [12] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[5] Feed sensor (PS106) [13] Top cover interlock switch (MS102)
[6] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [14] Top cover open/close sensor (PS100)
[7] Pre-registration clutch (MC102) [15] Paper feed clutch (MC101)
[8] Lower limit sensor (PS101) [16] LT drive board (LTDB)
[7][16]
SD100[15]
[2]
[4]
M101 8050fs6700
FRONT
[8] [6] [5]M100
[1]SW100[13] [14]
[3]
[9]
[10][11][12]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-24
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701)
Paper exit opening HP sensor (PS712)
Gate HP sensor (PS716)
FNS inlet sensor (PS704)
Stapler movement motor (M711)
FNS interlock switch (MS701)
Clincher rotation motor (M704)
Alignment HP sensor /L (PS724)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Alignment motor /L (M716)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Folding knife HP sensor (PS722)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Folding knife motor (M719)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Stopper motor (M718) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[13]
[14]
[15]
Clincher rotation HP sensor(PS714)
Folding passage sensor (PS726) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Stopper HP sensor (PS723)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
Stacker inlet sensor (PS705)
Stacker no paper sensor (PS720)
Stacker auxiliary solenoid (SD702)
Stack auxiliary motor (M722)
Alignment HP sensor /U (PS708)
Paper exit belt HP sensor (PS709)
Stacker inlet motor (M713)
Shift HP sensor (PS718)
Shift motor (M702)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706)
Sub-tray full sensor (PS719)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD704)
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[25]
[26]
[27]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[25][26]
[27]
[13]
[12]
[8]
8050fs6701
FRONT
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-25
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS707) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Tray upper limit sensor (PS702) [9] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Counter rest sensor (PS715) [10] Gate drive motor (M712)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD705) [11] FNS conveyance motor (M701)
[5] Tray lower limit sensor (PS703) [12] Paper exit opening motor (M708)
[6] Tray up/down motor (M703) [13] Sub-tray paper exit motor (M721)
[7] Folding conveyance motor (M720)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[14] Paper exit opening roller motor (M707)
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
8050fs6702
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12] [13]
[14]
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-26
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
[1] Folding paper exit sensor (PS725)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[5] Three-folding gate solenoid (SD706)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[2] Folding full LED (LED729)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[6]
[7]
[8]
Stapler rotation motor (M706)
Stapler movement HP sensor (PS711)
Alignment motor /U (M705)[3] Folding full sensor (PS729)
(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)
[4] Stapler rotation HP sensor (PS713)
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6703
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-27
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
[1] Clincher motor /R (M710)/ clincher motor /
F (M715)
[4] Stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) /stapler HP
sensor /F (PS731)
[2] Clincher HP sensor /R (PS732) / clincher
HP sensor /F (PS733)
[5] Cartridge switch/R (SW701) / cartridge
switch/F (SW703)
[3] Stapler motor /R (M709) /stapler motor /F
(M714)
[6] Stapler switch/R (SW702) /stapler switch/F
(SW704)
[1]
[3][4]
[5]
[6]
[2] 8050fs6704
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-28
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing
[1] Upper limit sensor (PS110) [7] Relay 2 (RL28)
[2] DC power unit (DCPS) [8] Coil (COL)
[3] Lower limit sensor (PS111) [9] Scrap box detection sensor (PS107)
[4] Holder motor (M106) [10] Conveyance motor (M101)
[5] Circuit breaker (CBR) [11] TU drive board (TUDB)
[6] Relay 1 (RL1)
[4]
[5][6][7]
[8][9]
[10]
[11]
[3]
[2]
[1]
8050fs6705
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
6-29
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
[1] Scrap removal fan motor (M108) [9] Front door MS2 (MS2)
[2] Scrap full LED (LED101) [10] Paper exit sensor (PS108)
[3] Scrap full sensor (PS109) [11] Stacker S3 (MS3)
[4] Entrance sensor (PS101) [12] Stacker door sensor (PS114)
[5] Trimmer motor (M102) [13] Stacker MS4 (MS4)
[6] Trimmer HP sensor (PS106) [14] Stacker full sensor (PS113)
[7] Press HP sensor (PS105) [15] Pusher HP sensor(PS112)
[8] Press motor (M105) [16] Pusher motor (M107)
[1] Stopper movement motor(M103) [4] Stopper release motor (M104)
[2] Conveyance sensor (PS102) [5] Stopper HP sensor (PS103)
[3] Stopper release HP sensor (PS104)
[4]
[5][6]
[7][8]
[9][10]
[11]
[3][2]
[1]
[16][15][14][13]
[12]
8050fs6706
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]8050fs6707
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-30
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing
8050fs6119eFRONT
M801
Punch motor
PAPER EDGE SENSOR
Paper edge sensor
(PK-120 only)PS802
Punch scraps full PS
PS801
Punch HP PS
PS803
Punch shift HP PS
(PK-120 only)
M802
Punch shift motor
(PK-120 only)
PKDB
Punch drive board
(PK-120 only)
PKDB
Punch drive board
(PK-110 only)
PS804
Punch scraps box set PS
(PK-120 only)
PS804
Punch scraps box set PS
(PK-110 only)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-31
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing
2.1.1 Relay connector
A. Main body rear side - 1
8050fs6107
621 (W : 7 pin) 622 (W : 4 pin)
127 (BK : 8 pin)
128 (BK : 8 pin)
501 (W : 34 pin)
504 (W : 8 pin)
146 (W : 2 pin)
141 (W : 2 pin)
140 (W : 4 pin)
142 (W : 4 pin)143 (W : 2 pin)
124 (BK : 8 pin)456 (W : 7 pin)
479 (W : 3 pin)
471 (W : 9 pin)
269 (W : 4 pin)
493 (BK : 4 pin)
623 (GY : 18 pin)
123 (BK : 10 pin)457 (W : 4 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-32
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
B. Main body rear side - 2
8050fs6108
294 (W : 9 pin)
355 (W : 4 pin)
295 (W : 2 pin)
358 (W : 6 pin)
296 (W : 9 pin)
297 (W : 2 pin)
291 (W : 3 pin)
298 (W : 9 pin)
299 (W : 2 pin)
304 (W : 6 pin)
292 (W : 9 pin)
293 (W : 2 pin)
496 (W : 22 pin)
354 (W : 7 pin)
347 (W : 4 pin)
344 (W : 7 pin)
348 (W : 4 pin)
126 (BK : 10 pin)
125 (BK : 10 pin)
341 (W : 7 pin)
345 (W : 4 pin)
342 (W : 7 pin)
346 (W : 4 pin)
343 (W : 7 pin)
377 (W : 22 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-33
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
C. Main body upper side
8050fs6109
161 (W : 4 pin)
701 (W : 26 pin)
487 (W : 4 pin)492 (W : 4 pin)
703 (W : 6 pin)
615 (W : 6 pin)617 (W : 9 pin)614 (W : 3 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-34
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
D. Main body right side
8050fs6110
655 (W : 2 pin)653 (W : 2 pin)652 (W : 2 pin)
443 (W : 12 pin)
452 (W : 8 pin)
465 (W : 11 pin)
466 (W : 8 pin)
654 (W : 2 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-35
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
E. Main body left side
F. Writing section
8050fs6111e
469 (W : 6 pin)
483 (W : 6 pin)
482 (W : 12 pin)
468 (W : 6 pin)
751 (W : 6 pin)
(New type only)
754 (W : 3 pin)
(New type only)
8050fs6112
273 (W : 17 pin)
281 (W : 17 pin)
285 (W : 17 pin)
656 (W : 15 pin)
660 (W : 15 pin)
664 (W : 15 pin)
668 (W : 15 pin)
277 (W : 17 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-36
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
G. Process unit section
H. Toner supply section
8050fs6113
366 (W : 8 pin)
367 (W : 12 pin)361 (BK : 60 pin)
8050fs6115
171 (W : 6 pin)
741 (W : 8 pin)
170 (W : 12 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-37
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
I. Paper supply tray 1 to 3
J. ADU section
8050fs6116
409 (W : 5 pin)
423 (W : 5 pin)
437 (W : 5 pin)
402 (W : 13 pin)
416 (W : 13 pin)
430 (W : 13 pin)
566 (W : 2 pin)
567 (W : 2 pin)
568 (W : 2 pin)
401 (BK : 32 pin)
415 (BK : 32 pin)
429 (BK : 32 pin)
8050fs6117
556 (W : 3 pin)
555 (W : 6 pin)
508 (W : 4 pin)
509 (W : 3 pin)
530 (B : 3 pin)
551 (BK : 3 pin)
554 (W : 3 pin)552 (W : 3 pin)
570 (W : 4 pin)
521 (W : 6 pin)
502 (W : 34 pin)
505 (W : 8 pin)
511 (W : 11 pin) 514 (W : 6 pin)
557 (W : 3 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-38
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
K. Fixing section
8050fs6118
130 (BK : 12 pin)
131 (BK : 12 pin)
516 (W : 3 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-39
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2.1.2 Connector in the board
A. Printer control board
8050fs6033e
391 (GY : 18 pin)360 (W : 40 pin)357 (W : 9 pin)650 (W : 20 pin)
340 (W : 28 pin)
572 (W : 10 pin)
(New type only)
572 (W : 10 pin)
(Old type only)
620 (BN : 7 pin)
700 (W : 26 pin)
309 (W : 36 pin)
353 (BN : 12 pin)
1 (N.C.)
150 (GY : 24 pin)442 (W : 34 pin)
36 (N.C.)
301 (W : 4 pin)
730 (W : 32 pin)151 (GY : 8 pin)
4 (N.C.)
573 (W : 3 pin)
651 (W : 20 pin) 384 (W : 30 pin)
574 (W : 3 pin)
376 (W : 28 pin)
564 (W : 2 pin)
393 (W : 24 pin)
459 (W : 10 pin)
736 (W : 24 pin)
37 (N.C.)
464 (BN : 19 pin)
467 (BN : 6 pin)
600 (BN : 20 pin)
300 (BN : 18 pin)
303 (W : 2 pin)
302 (W : 6 pin)
400 (BN : 32 pin)
414 (B : 32 pin)
2 (N.C.)
500 (BN : 34 pin)
428 (BN : 30 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-40
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. AC drive board
C. CCD drive board
D. Conveyance drive board
8050fs6034
121 (W : 8 pin)
120 (W : 5 pin)
157 (W : 4 pin)155 (W : 5 pin)
153 (W : 4 pin)
156 (W : 5 pin)152 (W : 11 pin)
8050fs6035511 (W : 50 pin)
8050fs6036
507 (W : 6 pin)
503 (W : 34 pin) 510 (W : 11 pin)1 (N.C.)527 (W : 15 pin)
536 (W : 6 pin)
518 (W : 15 pin) 569 (B : 4 pin) 513 (W : 6 pin)
3 (N.C.) 539 (W : 22 pin)5 (N.C.)534 (W : 12 pin)
548 (W : 6 pin)
524 (W : 7 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-41
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
E. DC power unit/1
F. DC power unit/2
G. DC power unit/3
8050fs6037
104 (W : 10 pin)
105 (W : 6 pin)
103 (W : 6 pin)
108 (W : 4 pin)
106 (W : 8 pin)
107 (W : 7 pin)
102 (W : 4 pin)
101 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6038
115 (W : 8 pin)
111 (W : 12 pin)
112 (W : 6 pin)
113 (W : 4 pin)
114 (W : 9 pin)
110 (W : 4 pin)
8050fs6100
109 (W : 6 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-42
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
H. Drum drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K
I. Fixing heater control board
J. High voltage unit/1
8050fs6039
312,319,326,333 (W : 2 pin)
311,318,325,332 (W : 9 pin)
316,323,330,337 (W : 3 pin)
313,320,327,334 (W : 6 pin)
8050fs6040
158 (W : 4 pin)
8050fs6041
734 (W : 8 pin)
733 (W : 8 pin)
735 (W : 3 pin)
732 (W : 8 pin)
731 (W : 8 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-43
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
K. High voltage unit/2
L. Image processing board
8050fs6042
738 (W : 10 pin)
740 (N.C.)
737 (W : 12 pin)
739 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6043
254 (BK : 120 pin)
253 (BK : 100 pin)
270 (BK : 60 pin)
8 (N.C.)9 (N.C.)
271 (W : 6 pin)
260 (W : 68 pin)
220 (W : 120 pin)272 (W : 34 pin)
280 (B : 34 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-44
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
M. Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K
N. L1 inverter board
O. Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K
P. Memory board
8050fs6044
274,278,282,286 (GY : 5 pin)
8050fs6045?? (W : 4 pin)
606 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6046
275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)
8050fs6047
142 (W : 20 pin)
141 (W : 40 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-45
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
Q. Overall control board
R. OB inverter board
8050fs6048
255 (BK : 8 pin)
259 (BK : 4 pin)
256 (BK : 36 pin)
257 (BK : 9 pin)
9 (N.C.)
14 (N.C.)
251 (W : 16 pin) 252 (W : 4 pin)
8 (N.C.)5 (N.C.)
250 (W : 18 pin) 217 (BN : 50 pin) 258 (N.C.)
254 (W : 120 pin)
253 (W : 100 pin)
270 (W : 60 pin)
13 (N.C.)
11 (N.C.)
10 (N.C.)
12 (N.C.)
6 (N.C.) 7 (N.C.)
8050fs6049
165 (W : 3 pin)166 (W : 4 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-46
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
S. Operation board /1
T. Operation board /2
U. Operation board /3
8050fs6050
176 (W : 6 pin) 173 (W : 6 pin) 172 (W : 12 pin)
175 (W : 4 pin)
174 (W : 14 pin)
8050fs6051
162 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6101
158 (W : 3 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-47
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
V. Scanner drive board
W. Temperature detection board
X. Toner supply drive board
Y. Gamma sensor
8050fs6052
601 (W : 20 pin)
605 (W : 3 pin)602 (W : 4 pin)
609 (W : 14 pin) 1 (N.C.)607 (W : 3 pin)
603 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6053
670 (W : 3 pin)
8050fs6054
711 (W : 8 pin)
708 (W : 11 pin)
702 (W : 26 pin)
705 (W : 7 pin)
706 (W : 6 pin)
704 (W : 6 pin) 724 (W : 18 pin)
726 (W : 12 pin)
8050fs6055
558 (W : 5 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-48
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
1
Z. Color registration board /F, /R
8050fs6056
498 (W : 4 pin)
381 (W : 4 pin)
379 (W : 4 pin)
382 (W : 4 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-49
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing
A. DF drive board
8050fs6102
13 (W : 15 pin)14 (W : 9 pin)
5 (W : 5 pin)
1 (N.C.)
8 (N.C.)
3 (W : 7 pin)
2 (W : 6 pin)
4 (W : 6 pin)
6 (W : 2 pin)10 (W : 8 pin)7 (W : 9 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-50
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing
8050fs6103
802 (W : 10 pin)
3 (N.C.)
807 (W : 14 pin)
5 (N.C.)
4 (N.C.)
808 (W : 2 pin)
803 (W : 6 pin)
805 (W : 11 pin)
800 (W : 6 pin)
801 (W : 11 pin)
806 (W : 15 pin) 1 (N.C.)2 (N.C.)
804 (W : 12 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
6-51
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing
A. FNS control board
B. Relay board
8050fs6104e
33 (W : 38 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
52 (W : 6 pin)
61 (W : 2 pin) 51 (W : 32 pin)
62 (W : 40 pin)
4 (W : 40 pin)
5 (W : 22 pin)
9 (W : 28 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
3 (W : 11 pin)2 (W : 5 pin)
43 (W : 8 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
42 (W : 5 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
41 (GY : 30 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
12 (W : 24 pin)
1 (W : 18 pin)
10 (W : 4 pin)11 (W : 9 pin)
7 (W: 6 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin)
8050fs6105e
5 (W : 30 pin)6 (W : 30 pin)
2 (W : 22 pin) 3 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
8 (W : 34 pin)
7 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
9 (W : 2 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
4 (W : 24 pin)
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only
10 (W : 8 pin)
1 (W : 40 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-52
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing
2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing
A. Punch control board
B. Paper edge sensor
8050fs6106
407 (W : 2 pin)
408 (W : 3 pin)
403 (W : 5 pin)
406 (GY : 20 pin)404 (GY : 18 pin)402 (GY : 28 pin)
401 (GY : 40 pin)
409 (W : 4 pin)
405 (W : 4 pin)
8050fs6120
68 (W : 8 pin)70 (W : 15 pin)69 (W : 6 pin)
65 (W : 5pin)
64 (W : 2 pin)
67 (W : 3 pin)
66 (GY : 9 pin)
63 (GY : 38 pin)
8050fs6121
25 (W : 7 pin)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-53
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3. TIMING CHART
3.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart
A. Full color, life size, ADF single sided original document of 2 sheets, double sided original doc-
ument of 2 copies, paper feed tray /1 paper feed
8050fs6324
Ite
mT
ime (
sec)
Pa
pe
r fe
ed m
oto
r (M
41
)P
ick
up
so
len
oid
/1
(S
D7
)P
ape
r fe
ed c
lutc
h /
1 (
MC
7)
Pre
-re
gis
tra
tion
clu
tch
/1
(M
C8
)
Pre
-re
gis
tra
tion
se
nso
r /1
(P
S2
9)
Inte
rmed
iate
con
veya
nce
sens
or /1
(PS
27)
Inte
rmed
iate
con
veya
nce
sens
or /2
(PS
28)
Re
gis
tratio
n s
en
sor
(PS
22
)
Inte
rmed
iate
con
veya
nce
clut
ch /1
(MC
13)
Inte
rmed
iate
con
veya
nce
clut
ch /2
(M
C4)
Inte
rmed
iate
con
veya
nce
clut
ch /3
(M
C5)
V_
TO
P
Lo
op
ro
ller
mo
tor
(M3
1)
Re
gis
ter
ou
t ro
ller
mo
tor
(M3
0)
Fix
ing
mo
tor
(M2
9)
F R
Fix
ing
pa
pe
r e
xit
sen
sor
(PS
17
)P
ape
r e
xit
sen
sor
(PS
13
)R
eve
rse/e
xit
sen
sor
(PS
19)
AD
U r
eve
rse
se
nso
r (P
S2
1)
AD
U c
on
veya
nce
(P
S2
0)
AD
U p
re-r
eg
istr
atio
n s
en
sor
(PS
23
)
1st t
rans
fer p
ress
ure/
rele
ase
mot
or (M
19)
2nd
trans
fer p
ress
ure/
rele
ase
mot
or(M
34)
Re
vers
e/e
xit
mo
tor
(M3
3)
F R
AD
U r
eve
rse
mo
tor
(M3
2)
Re
vers
e/e
xit
sole
no
id (
SD
4)
AD
U c
on
veya
nce
clu
tch
/1
(M
C2
)A
DU
co
nve
yan
ce c
lutc
h /
2 (
MC
1)
AD
U p
re-r
eg
istr
atio
n c
lutc
h (
MC
3)
Dru
m m
oto
r /Y
(M
14
)
Dru
m m
oto
r /M
(M
15
)D
rum
mo
tor
/C (
M1
6)
Dru
m m
oto
r /K
(M
17
)T
ran
sfe
r b
elt
mo
tor
(M1
8)
Ch
arg
ing
/Y
Ch
arg
ing
/M
Ch
arg
ing
/C
F R
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
AC
/K
1st
tra
nsf
er
/Y
1st
tra
nsf
er
/M1st
tra
nsf
er
/C1st
tra
nsf
er
/K
2n
d t
ransf
er
Se
pa
ratio
n A
C/D
CTr
ansf
er D
rum
sep
arat
ion
claw
sole
noid
(SD1
)
Ch
arg
ing
/K
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
DC
/Y
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
DC
/M
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
DC
/C
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
DC
/K
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
AC
/Y
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
AC
/M
De
velo
pe
r b
ias
AC
/C
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-54
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.2 DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart
A. A4, life size, single-sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/3)
8050fs6310
0
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
OF
F
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
150 m
m/s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sen
sor P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-55
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (2/3)
8050fs6311
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
OF
F
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 30
0 mm/
s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 15
0 mm/
s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sen
sor P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-56
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (3/3)
8050fs6312
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
OF
F
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 30
0 mm/
s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 15
0 mm/
s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sen
sor P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-57
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/4)
8050fs6313
0
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
OF
F
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 30
0 mm/
s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
150 m
m/s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sens
or P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-58
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (2/4)
8050fs6314
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
O
FF
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
p
CCW
138 m
m/s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 15
0 mm/
s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sens
or P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-59
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original documents of 3 sheets (3/4)
8050fs6315
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
O
FF
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0mm/
s
CW 35
0mm/
s
CW 15
0mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 15
0mm/
s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sens
or P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-60
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (4/4)
8050fs6316
No p
aper
sen
sor P
S304
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n sen
sor P
S301
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Regis
tratio
n clut
ch M
C301
OF
F
ON
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
M30
1CW
300 m
m/s
CW 67
mm/
s
Sto
p
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Pape
r unlo
aded
Conv
eyan
ce m
otor M
302
Sto
pCC
W 13
8 mm/
s
CCW
300 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
Reve
rse
sens
or P
S305
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Tim
ing
sens
or P
S30
2
Reve
rse/ex
it moto
r M30
3CW
710 m
m/s
CW 40
0 mm/
s
CW 35
0 mm/
s
CW 15
0 mm/
s
Sto
pCC
W 15
0 mm/
s
CCW
400 m
m/s
CCW
710 m
m/s
CCW
900 m
m/s
Pape
r loa
ded
Pape
r exit
sen
sor P
S306
Pape
r unlo
aded
Pape
r loa
ded
Reve
rse so
lenoid
SD3
02O
FF
ON
Pape
r exit
solen
oid S
D301
OF
F
ON
CW 71
0 mm/
s
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-61
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.3 LT-211/C-208 timing chart
A. A4, single sided, 2-sheet paper feed
8050fs6317
01
23
45
67
Ite
m
Pape
r fee
d m
otor
(M10
1)
Pape
r fee
d clu
tch
(MC1
01)
Pape
r fee
d so
leno
id (S
D100
)
Pre-
regis
tratio
n clut
ch (M
C102
)
Pape
r fee
d se
nsor
(PS1
07)
Feed
sen
sor (
PS
106)
Interm
ediat
e con
veya
nce s
enso
r /1
(PS2
7)
Sta
rt b
utt
on
ON
Tim
e (s
ec)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-62
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.4 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart
A. Sort, A4, document of 2 sheets, 3-copy setting, single sided
8050fs6318
01
23
4
67
8
A
9
A
Code
PS70
4
M70
1FN
S Con
veya
nce m
otor
670 m
m/s
400 m
m/s
FNS
Ent
ranc
e se
nsor
M70
2S
hift
moto
r
PS71
8S
hift
HP
senso
rSD
704
Pape
r exit
open
ing so
lenoid
M70
7Pa
per e
xit rol
ler m
otor
253 m
m/s
400 m
m/s
PS70
6M
ain
tray
pape
r exit
sen
sor
PS70
2Tr
ay u
pper
lim
it se
nsor
M70
3Tr
ay up
/down
moto
rU
P
DOW
N
Time (
sec)
Item
Code
PS70
4
M70
1FN
S Con
veya
nce m
otor
670 m
m/s
400 m
m/s
FNS
Ent
ranc
e se
nsor
M70
2S
hift
moto
r
PS71
8S
hift
HP
se
nso
r
SD70
4Pa
per e
xit op
ening
solen
oid
M70
7Pa
per e
xit rol
ler m
otor
253 m
m/s
400 m
m/s
Mai
n tra
y pa
per e
xit s
enso
r
Tray
upp
er li
mit
sens
or
Tray
up/do
wn m
otor
UP
DO
WN
Time (
sec)
Item
M70
3
PS70
2
PS70
6
FNS
oper
atio
n st
art s
igna
l ON
Copy
1 Pa
ge 1
Copy
1 Pa
ge 2
Copy
2 Pa
ge 1
Copy
2 Pa
ge 2
Copy
3 Pa
ge 1
Copy
3 Pa
ge 2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-63
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. Flat stapling at 2 points, A4, document of 11 sheets, 2-copy setting
8050fs6319
12
34
513
14
15
16
18
17
20
19
26
28
29
27
A
A
31
32
30
0C
ode
PS
70
4FN
S En
tranc
e se
nsor
M7
01
FNS C
onve
yanc
e driv
e moto
r
SD
70
5By
pass
gat
e so
leno
id
PS
70
5St
acke
r ent
ranc
e se
nsor
M7
13
Stac
ker e
ntra
nce
mot
orM
72
2S
tack
driv
e m
otor
SD
70
2S
tack
driv
e so
leno
id
M7
05
Alig
nmen
t mot
or /U
Clo
seO
pen
M7
11St
aple
r mov
emen
t mot
orM
714,
M71
5St
aple
r, cli
nche
r mot
or /F
M70
9, M
710
Stap
ler,
clinc
her m
otor
/RP
S7
09
Pape
r exit
belt H
P se
nsor
PS
70
6Ma
in tra
y pap
er ex
it sen
sor
SD
70
4Pa
per e
xit op
ening
solen
oid
M7
07
Pape
r exit
roller
moto
r
950 m
m/s
660 m
m/s
280 m
m/s
PS
70
7St
apler
pape
r exit
uppe
r limi
t sen
sor
M7
03
Tray
up/do
wn m
otor
UP
DOW
N
Item
670 m
m/s
FNS
Entra
nce
sens
orFN
S co
nvey
ance
drive
moto
r
Bypa
ss g
ate
sole
noid
Stac
ker e
ntran
ce se
nsor
Stac
ker e
ntra
nce
mot
orS
tack
driv
e m
otor
Sta
ck d
rive
sole
noid
Align
ment
motor
/UC
lose
Ope
nS
tapl
er m
ovem
ent m
otor
Stap
ler, c
linch
er m
otor /
FSt
apler
, clin
cher
moto
r /R
Pape
r exit
belt H
P se
nsor
Main
tray p
aper
exit s
enso
rPa
per e
xit op
ening
solen
oid
Pape
r exit
rolle
r moto
r
950
mm
/s
660
mm
/s
280
mm
/s
Stap
ler pa
per e
xit up
per li
mit s
enso
r
Tray u
p/dow
n moto
rU
PDO
WN
Item
Time (
sec)
Code
670 m
m/s
PS
70
4M
70
1S
D7
05
PS
70
5M
71
3M
72
2S
D702
M7
05
M7
11M
714,
M71
5
M70
9, M
710
PS
70
9P
S7
06
SD
70
4
M7
07
PS
70
7
M7
03
FNS
ope
ratio
n st
art s
igna
l ON
Cop
y 1
Pag
e 1
Copy
1 P
age
2Co
py 1
Page
3Co
py 1
Pag
e 9
Copy
1 P
age
10Co
py 1
Pag
e 11
Copy
2 P
age
1Co
py 2
Pag
e 2
Copy
2 P
age
3Co
py 2
Pag
e 4
Copy
2 P
age
9Co
py 2
Pag
e 10
Cop
y 2
Pag
e 11
Time (
sec)
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-64
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
C. Stitch and fold, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided
8050fs6320
A
01
23
45
67
89
10
1112
13
14
15
16
17
A
Code
Ite
mTim
e (se
c)
FNS
Entra
nce
sens
orFN
S Co
nvey
ance
drive
moto
rSt
acke
r Entr
ance
sens
or
Sta
cker
en
tranc
e m
otor
670 m
m/s
500 m
m/s
Align
ment
HP se
nsor
/UCl
ose
Ope
nAl
ignme
nt HP
sens
or /L
Align
ment
motor
/L
Staple
r moto
r,clinc
her m
otor /F
Staple
r moto
r,clinc
her m
otor /R
Stop
per H
P se
nsor
Stop
per m
otor
Fol
ding
con
-ve
yanc
e m
otor
Down
Up 670 m
m/s
500 m
m/s
Foldi
ng co
nvey
ance
sens
orFo
ldin
g kn
ife m
otor
Fold
ing
knife
HP
sens
orFo
lding
pas
sage
sens
orPa
per e
xit op
ening
HP se
nsor
Pape
r exit
open
ing m
otor
Code
Item
PS
704
PS
705
M7
13
PS
708
M7
05
M7
01
PS
72
4 M
71
6
M71
4, M
715
PS
72
3
M718
M720
PS
72
M719
PS
722
PS
72
6P
S7
12
M708
Time (
sec)
FNS
Entra
nce
sens
orFN
S Co
nvey
ance
mot
orSt
acke
r Ent
ranc
e se
nsor
Stacke
r entr
ance
moto
r67
0 mm/
s50
0 mm/
sAl
ignme
nt HP
sens
or /U
Align
ment
motor
/UC
lose
Ope
nAl
ignme
nt HP
sens
or /L
Alig
nmen
t moto
r /L
Staple
r moto
r,clin
cher
motor
/FSta
pler m
otor,c
linche
r moto
r /RS
topp
er H
P s
enso
r
Stop
per m
otor
Foldin
g Con
veya
nce m
otor
Down
Up 800 m
m/s
Foldi
ng co
nvey
ance
sens
orF
oldi
ng k
nife
mot
or
Foldi
ng p
assa
ge se
nsor
Pape
r exit
open
ing H
P sen
sor
Pape
r exit
open
ing H
P sen
sor
M70
9, M
710
400 m
m/s
Fold
ing
knife
HP
sens
or
Alig
nm
en
t m
oto
r /U
PS
70
4
PS
70
5
M7
13
PS
70
8
M7
05
M7
01
PS
72
4M
71
6
M71
4, M
715
PS
72
3
M7
18
M7
20
PS
72
5M
71
9P
S7
22
PS
72
6P
S7
12
M7
06
M70
9, M
710
Copy
2 Pa
ge 1
Copy
2 Pa
ge 2
Copy
2 Pa
ge 3
FNS
Ope
ratio
n O
pen
star
t sig
nal O
NC
op
y 1
Pa
ge
1C
op
y 1 P
age
2C
op
y 1
Pa
ge
3
Clo
seO
pen
Clos
eO
pen
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-65
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
D. Three-folding, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided
8050fs6321
A
A
01
23
45
67
89
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
14
Co
de
M7
07
Pa
pe
r e
xit
rolle
r m
oto
rP
S70
9P
ap
er
exi
t b
elt
HP
se
nso
rP
S70
4F
NS
En
tra
nce
se
nso
rM
71
2G
ate
dri
ve m
oto
r
M7
05
Alig
nm
en
t m
oto
r /U
Clo
seO
pe
n
M7
16
Alig
nm
en
t m
oto
r /L
Clo
seO
pe
n
PS
705
Sta
cke
r E
ntr
an
ce s
enso
r
M7
13
Stac
ker e
ntran
ce m
otor
670
mm
/s
500
mm
/s
PS
726
Fold
ing
pa
ssa
ge
se
nso
r
M7
19
Fold
ing k
nife
moto
r
PS
722
Fo
ldin
g k
nife
HP
se
nso
r
M7
01
FN
S C
on
veya
nce
mo
tor
M7
18
Sto
pp
er
mo
tor
Dow
nU
pS
D70
6T
hre
e-f
old
ing g
ate
sole
noid
M7
20
Fold
ing
Conve
yance
moto
rP
S72
5F
old
ing
exi
t se
nso
r
Item
Tim
e (s
ec)
Code
M7
07
Pa
pe
r e
xit
rolle
r m
oto
rP
S7
09
Pa
pe
r e
xit
be
lt H
P s
en
sor
PS
70
4F
NS
En
tra
nce
se
nso
rM
71
2G
ate
drive
moto
r
M7
05
Alig
nmen
t mot
or /U
Clo
seO
pen
M7
16
Alig
nmen
t mot
or /L
Clo
seO
pen
PS
70
5S
tack
er
En
tra
nce
se
nso
r
M7
13
Stac
ker e
ntra
nce
mot
or67
0 m
m/s
500
mm
/s
PS
726
Fo
ldin
g p
ass
ag
e s
en
sor
M7
19
Fold
ing k
nife
moto
r
PS
72
2F
old
ing k
nife
HP
senso
r
M7
01
FN
S C
on
veya
nce
mo
tor
M7
18
Sto
ppe
r m
oto
rD
ow
nU
pS
D7
06
Th
ree
-fo
ldin
g g
ate
so
len
oid
M7
20
Fo
ldin
g C
on
veya
nce
mo
tor
PS
72
5F
old
ing
exi
t se
nso
r
Ite
mTi
me
(sec
)FN
S o
pera
tion
star
t sig
nal O
N
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-66
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.5 TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart
A. Cutting mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies
8050fs6322
01
-52
-51
23
45
67
89
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
Code
Ite
mTi
me
(sec
)
Foldi
ng C
onve
yanc
e moto
r M72
0 (FN
S)
Con
veya
nce
mot
or M
101
En
tra
nce
se
nso
r P
S1
01
Sto
pp
er
mo
tor
M1
03
Con
veya
nce
sens
or P
S10
2
Pre
ss m
oto
r M
105
Cu
tte
r m
oto
r M
10
2
Sto
pper
cle
ar m
otor
M10
4
Hold
er
moto
r M
106
Pre
ssu
re m
oto
r M
107
Pap
er e
xit s
enso
r PS
108
Co
py
1C
op
y 2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART
6-67
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
B. Through mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies
8050fs6323
01
-52
-51
23
45
67
89
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
Co
de
Ite
mTi
me
(sec
)
Foldi
ng C
onve
yanc
e moto
r M72
0 (FN
S)
Conve
yance
moto
r M
101
En
tra
nce
se
nso
r P
S1
01
Sto
pp
er
mo
tor
M1
03
Con
veya
nce
sens
or P
S10
2
Pre
ss m
oto
r M
10
5
Cu
tte
r m
oto
r M
10
2
Sto
pper
cle
ar m
otor
M10
4
Ho
lde
r m
oto
r M
10
6
Pre
ssure
mo
tor
M107
Pap
er e
xit s
enso
r P
S10
8
Copy
1C
op
y 2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-68
VI D
IAG
RA
MS
2
3.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart
A. Punch, 2-staple flat stapling, A4, 2 sheets, 3 copies set, single sided
8050fs6122
01
23
45
67
89
10
Sym
bol
Ite
ms
Tim
e (
sec)
Pa
pe
r e
xit
PS
Sta
rt s
ign
al f
or
FN
S O
N
Ga
te d
rive
mo
tor
PS
FN
S e
ntr
an
ce P
SP
ape
r e
dg
e s
en
sor
Pun
ch s
hift
mot
or
Pu
nch
mo
tor
Pu
nch
HP
PS
FN
S c
onve
yan
ce m
oto
r
Byp
ass
ga
te S
DS
tack
er
en
tra
nce
PS
Sta
cke
r e
ntr
an
ce m
oto
r
Alig
nmen
t mot
or /U
Sta
ple
r, c
linch
er
mo
tor
/FS
tap
ler,
clin
che
r m
oto
r /R
Pa
pe
r e
xit
rolle
r m
oto
rP
ape
r e
xit
belt
HP
PS
Ma
in tra
y pa
pe
r e
xit P
S
Pa
pe
r e
xit
SD
PS
37
M71
2P
S7
04
M80
2
M80
1P
S8
01
M70
1
SD
705
PS
705
M71
3
M70
5
M7
14
M7
15
M7
09
M7
10
M70
7P
S70
9
PS
706
SD
70
4
F R
CLO
SE
OP
EN
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
6-69 2
4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PAPER FEEDCOVER SENSOR
PAPER FEED MOTOR
CONVEYANCE MOTOR
REVERSE/EXIT MOTOR
REVERSE SOLENOID
PAPER EXIT SOLENOID
REGISTRATION CLUTCH
REGISTRATIONSENSOR
TRAY OPEN/CLOSESENSOR
PAPER EXITCOVER SENSOR
TIMING SENSOR
SIZESENSOR/L
SIZESENSOR/S
REVERSE SENSOR
PAPER EXITSENSOR
SIZE VR
NO PAPER SENSOR
SIZE SENSOR BOARD
DFCB
PS303
PS304
M301
M302
M303
SD302
MC301
SD301
PS301
PS302
PS308
SSB
PS310
PS309
PS305
PS306
PS307
VR301
Symbol
Crimp
Connector Faston
Relay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-70
Symbol Part name Location
DFCB RADF control board 4-A
M301 Paper feed motor 7-A
M302 Conveyance motor 7-B
M303 Reverse/exit motor 7-C
MC301 Registration clutch 7-F
PS301 Registration sensor 1-B
PS302 Timing sensor 1-C
PS303 Paper feed cover sensor 1-A
PS304 No paper sensor 1-B
PS305 Reverse sensor 1-F
PS306 Paper exit sensor 1-G
PS307 Paper exit cover sensor 1-G
PS308 Tray open/close sensor 1-D
PS309 Size sensor /S 1-E
PS310 Size sensor /L 1-D
SD301 Paper exit solenoid 7-E
SD302 Reverse solenoid 7-D
SSB Size sensor board 2-D
VR301 Size VR 1-E
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
6-71 2
4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105PS101
REMAINING
PAPER
SENSOR/3
REMAINING
PAPER
SENSOR/4
LOWER LIMIT
SENSOR
REMAINING
PAPER
SENSOR/1
REMAINING
PAPER
SENSOR/2
UP/DOWN
MOTOR
M100
82
1-1
82
1-2
82
1-3
82
2-1
82
2-2
82
2-3
81
8-1
81
8-2
81
8-3
81
9-1
81
9-2
81
9-3
82
0-1
82
0-2
82
0-3
81
4-1
81
4-2
UPPER
LIMIT
SENSOR
PAPER
FEED
SOLENOID
FEED
SENSOR
PAPER
FEED
SENSOR
NO PAPER
SENSOR
PS106 PS107 PS108 PS109 SD100M136 M137
PAPER FEED
ASSIST FAN/F
PAPER FEED
ASSIST FAN/R
82
3-3
82
4-1
82
4-2
82
4-3
82
5-1
82
5-2
82
5-3
83
1-1
83
1-2
83
1-3
82
3-1
82
3-2
81
2-3
-1
81
2-2
-2
81
2-1
-3
81
1-3
-1
81
1-2
-2
81
1-1
-3
82
9-2
-1
82
9-1
-2
80
7-1
4 S
GN
D
80
7-1
1 S
GN
D
80
7-7
P
S
80
7-6
S
GN
D
84
1-1
4-1
84
1-1
3-2
84
1-1
2-3
84
1-8
-7
84
1-7
-8
84
1-6
-9
84
1-1
1-4
84
1-1
0-5
84
1-9
-6
84
1-2
-13
84
1-1
-14
84
1-5
-10
84
1-4
-11
84
1-3
-12
80
7-3
S
GN
D
83
7-6
-1
83
7-5
-2
83
7-4
-3
83
7-3
-4
83
7-2
-5
83
7-1
-6
80
3-5
LO
CK
80
3-2
LO
CK
80
3-1
DR
IVE
80
3-3
PG
ND
80
3-4
DR
IVE
80
3-6
PG
ND
80
7-4
P
S
80
7-5
5
V2
80
7-8
5
V2
80
7-9
5
V2
80
7-1
0 P
S
80
7-1
2 5
V2
80
7-1
3 P
S
80
7-2
C
ON
T
80
7-1
2
4V
801-7 LTCCL
801-8 SGND
801-5 LTRCL
80
6-1
5 5
V2
80
6-1
3 S
GN
D
80
6-1
4 P
S
80
6-1
2 5
V2
80
6-1
0 S
GN
D
80
6-9
5
V2
80
6-7
S
GN
D
80
6-6
5
V2
80
6-4
S
GN
D
80
6-3
5
V2
80
6-1
S
GN
D
80
6-1
1 P
S
80
6-8
P
S
80
6-5
P
S
80
6-2
P
S
801-11 LTNP_SIG
801-10 LTRP_SIG
801-9 LTSO_SIG
801-6 LTSSD
801-4 LTSCL
801-3 SGND
801-2 SIN(RXD)
801-1 SOUT(TXD)
465-1
465-2
465-3
465-4
465-5
465-6
465-7
465-8
465-9
465-10
465-11 80
8-1
DR
IVE
1
80
8-2
DR
IVE
2
800-3 24V2
800-4 SGND
800-2 12V
800-1 5V2
800-5 SGND
800-6 PGND
464-5 LTCCL
464-4 SGND
464-7 LTRCL
464-1 LTNP_SIG
464-2 LTRP_SIG
464-3 LTSO_SIG
464-6 LTSSD
464-8 LTSCL
464-9 SGND
464-10 SOUT(TXD)
464-11 SIN(RXD)
106-7 12V
106-3 5V2
153-4 24VAC(N)
153-3 24VAC(H)
111-10 PGND
111-7 24V2
106-6 SGND
106-8 SGND
ACDB
MAIN BODY
DCPS2
DCPS1
PRCB
466-1
466-2
466-3
466-4
466-5
466-6
466-7
466-8
80
5-1
5
V2
80
5-4
L
CT
M_
CL
OC
K
80
5-5
L
CT
M_
F/R
80
5-1
0 2
4V
2
80
5-1
1 2
4V
2
80
2-3
5
V2
80
2-4
-5
V
LTDB
80
5-2
S
GN
D
80
5-3
L
CT
MC
ON
T
80
5-6
L
CT
M_
EM
80
5-7
L
CT
MG
AIN
80
5-8
P
GN
D
80
5-9
P
GN
D
80
2-1
V
IDE
O
80
2-8
C
LO
CK
80
2-9
L
ED
80
4-2
SG
ND
80
4-1
DW
_S
W
80
2-1
0 2
4V
2
80
2-7
S
GN
D
80
2-6
S
I
80
2-5
S
GN
D
80
2-2
S
GN
D
80
4-8
S
GN
D
80
4-5
S
GN
D
80
4-4
P
S
80
4-3
5
V2
80
4-6
5
V2
80
4-7
P
S
80
4-9
2
4V
2
80
4-1
0
CO
NT
80
4-1
1
24
V2
80
4-1
2
CO
NT
TRAY DOWN
SWITCH
SW100
81
0-1
0
81
0-4
81
0-3
81
0-1
81
0-6
81
0-8
81
0-9
81
0-2
PS120
PAPER MIS-CENTERING SENSOR
81
3-2
81
3-1
81
0-5
81
0-7
83
9-1
-5
83
9-2
-4
FRONT DOOR
OPEN/CLOSE
SENSOR
PS115
83
2-1
83
2-2
83
2-3
83
9-3
-3
83
9-4
-2
83
9-5
-1
UPPER COVER
OPEN/CLOSE
SENSOR
PS100
83
3-1
83
3-2
83
3-3
MC101
PAPER FEED
CLUTCH
82
6-2
-1
82
6-1
-2
MC102
PRE-
REGIST-
RATION
CLUTCH
83
0-2
-1
83
0-1
-2
817-2
816-1
81
5-3
81
5-4
81
5-1
81
5-7
81
5-8
81
5-9
81
5-1
0
81
5-1
1
81
5-6
CO
NT
CW
/CC
W
H/L
M101
5V
S.G
.
CL
K
LD
P.G
.
P.G
.
24
V
24
V
PAPER FEED MOTOR
81
5-5
81
5-2
817-1
816-2 MS101
MS102
HTR100
HTR101
HTR102
834-1
834-2
835-1
835-2
836-1
836-2
Symbol
Crimp
Connector Faston
Relay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-72
Symbol Part name Location
LT211 LT211 4-D
M101 Paper feed motor 8-A
M100 Up/down motor 5-H
M136 Paper feed assist fan/F 7-H
M137 Paper feed assist fan/R 7-H
MC101 Paper feed clutch 7-B
MC102 Pre-registration clutch 7-B
MS101 Front door interlock switch 9-C
MS102 Upper cover interlock switch 9-C
PS120 Paper mis-centering sensor 6-A
PS100 Upper cover open/close sensor 7-A
PS101 Lower limit sensor 5-H
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-H
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 6-H
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 6-H
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 6-H
PS106 Feed sensor 7-H
PS107 Paper feed sensor 8-H
PS108 No paper sensor 8-H
PS109 Upper limit sensor 8-H
PS115 Front door open/close sensor 7-A
SD100 Paper feed solenoid 8-H
SW100 Tray down switch 6-B
HTR100 Heater/1 5-B
HTR101 Heater/2 5-B
HTR102 Heater/3 5-C
LTDB LT drive board 4-D
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
6-73 2
4.3 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
19
1-5
19
1-4
15
0-1
15
0-2
15
0-3
15
0-4
15
0-5
15
0-6
16
0-1
16
0-2
15
3-7
15
3-3
15
3-4
15
3-6
15
3-5
15
3-1
01
53
-11
15
3-8
15
3-9
15
3-2
15
1-2
15
1-5
15
1-4
15
1-6
15
1-3
15
1-1
19
0-3
19
0-2
19
0-1
17
1-1
17
1-2
17
1-3
17
0-1
17
0-2
17
0-3
15
2-1
15
2-2
15
3-1
19
1-6
17
2-1
17
2-2
17
2-3
15
3-1
17
9-4
17
9-3
17
9-2
17
9-1
17
9-5
17
9-6
17
9-7
17
8-4
17
8-3
17
8-2
17
8-1
17
8-5
17
8-6
17
8-7
18
1-1
11
81
-12
18
1-8
18
1-9
18
1-6
18
1-3
18
1-5
18
1-4
18
1-1
18
1-7
15
6-1
15
6-2
15
6-5
15
6-6
15
6-3
15
6-4
18
2-3
18
2-2
18
2-1
18
0-1
11
80
-12
18
0-8
18
0-9
18
0-6
18
0-3
18
0-5
18
0-4
18
0-1
18
0-7
15
4-1
15
4-2
15
4-5
15
4-6
15
4-3
15
4-4
17
7-3
17
7-2
17
7-1
19
3-3
19
3-2
19
3-1
19
1-3
19
1-2
19
1-1
17
3-1
17
3-2
17
3-3
17
4-1
17
4-2
17
4-3
17
6-1
17
6-3
19
4-1
19
4-2
17
5-1
17
5-3
18
0-2
18
1-2
18
3-3
18
3-2
18
3-1
19
5-6
19
5-5
19
5-4
4 5 6
15
7-1
15
7-2
15
7-3
15
7-4
15
7-5
15
7-6
18
4-3
18
4-2
18
4-1
19
5-9
19
5-8
19
5-7
18
5-3
18
5-2
18
5-1
19
5-3
19
5-2
19
5-1
1 2 3 7 8 9
15
8-1
15
8-6
15
8-3
15
8-4
15
8-5
15
8-6
19
8-3
19
8-2
19
8-1
1 2 3
15
5-1
15
5-2
15
5-5
15
5-6
15
5-3
15
5-4
18
7-3
18
7-2
18
7-1
19
9-3
19
9-2
19
9-1
1 2 3
18
6-3
18
6-2
18
6-1
113-1
111-1
111-2
113-2
29
-2
29
-1
75
3-4
75
3-5
75
2-1
75
2-2
75
2-3
75
2-4
75
2-5
75
2-6
75
3-1
75
3-3
75
3-2
75
3-6
75
2-6
75
2-5
75
2-4
75
2-3
75
2-2
75
2-1
14
0
1 3
2 2
3 1
12
4-3
12
4-2
12
4-1
14
1
1 4
2 3
3 2
12
0-3
12
0-2
12
0-1
10
3-4
10
4-6
10
4-5
10
4-2
10
4-1
10
4-3
13
0-3
13
0-2
13
0-1
10
6-2
10
6-1
13
1-3
13
1-2
13
1-1
13
2-3
13
2-2
13
2-1
13
3-1
13
3-2
13
3-3
11
1-1
11
1-2
10
1-1
10
1-2
12
2-3
12
2-2
12
2-1
11
0
10
4-4
10
4-5
10
4-6
10
4-8
10
4-9
10
4-3
10
4-1
10
4-1
01
04
-11
104-7
NC
104-2
NC
12
5-3
12
5-2
12
5-1
14
2
3 1
2 2
1 3
12
1-3
12
1-2
12
1-1
10
0-2
10
0-5
10
0-1
10
0-3
10
0-4
10
0-6
10
2-2
10
2-1 1
27
-31
27
-21
27
-1
10
5
4
2
3
1
6
5
3
5
4
6
1
2
12
3-1
12
3-2
12
3-3
5-B
6 5
V
5-B
4 S
GN
D5
-B5
PS
73
2
5-B
12
24
V5
-B1
3 2
4V
5-B
14
M7
10
DR
IVE
25
-B1
5 M
71
0 D
RIV
E2
5-B
3 5
V
5-B
1 S
GN
D
5-B
8 2
4V
5-B
9 2
4V
5-B
10
M7
15
DR
IVE
25
-B1
1
M7
15
DR
IVE
2
5-B
2 P
S7
33
8-B
7 P
S7
31
8-B
9 F
_C
ST
-IN
8-B
5 5
V8
-B6
F_
LS
8-B
1 M
71
4 D
RIV
E1
8-B
2 M
71
4 D
RIV
E1
8-B
3 M
71
4 D
RIV
E2
8-B
4 M
71
4 D
RIV
E2
8-B
10
F_
CD
8-B
11
SG
ND
8-B
8 F
_C
S
8-A
12
24
V8
-A1
3 2
4V
8-A
14
A8
-A1
5 A
8-A
16
B8
-A1
7 B
8-B
17
GN
D
8-B
15
5V
8-B
16
PS
8-A
5 5
V8
-A6
R_
LS
8-A
7 P
S7
30
8-A
9 R
_C
ST
-IN
8-A
1 M
70
9 D
RIV
E1
8-A
2 M
70
9 D
RIV
E1
8-A
3 M
70
9 D
RIV
E2
8-A
4 M
70
9 D
RIV
E2
8-A
10
R_
CD
8-A
11
SG
ND
8-A
8 R
_C
S
5-A
1 2
4V
5-A
2 2
4V
5-A
3 A
5-A
4 A
5-A
5 B
5-A
6 B
5-A
13
SG
ND
5-A
15
5V
5
-A1
4 I
N
6-A
9 5
V
6-A
7 G
ND
6-A
1 2
4V
6-A
8 P
S
6-A
6 B
6-A
5 B
6-A
4 A
6-A
3 A
6-A
2 2
4V
6-A
12
5V
6-A
15
5V
6-A
13
GN
D
6-A
10
GN
D
6-A
14
PS
6-A
11
PS
6-B
15
B
6-B
13
A6
-B1
2 A
6-B
11
24
V6
-B1
0 2
4V
6-B
14
B
6-B
3 5
V
6-B
1 G
ND
6-B
2 P
S
5-A
7 2
4V
5-A
8 2
4V
5-A
9 A
5-A
10
A5
-A1
1 B
5-A
12
B
6-B
6 5
V
6-B
4 G
ND
6-B
5 P
S
7-B
13
24
V
7-B
1 5
V
7-B
7 2
4V
7-B
8 2
4V
7-B
2 B
RA
KE
7-B
3 C
ON
T7
-B4
CL
OC
K7
-B5
PL
L7
-B6
F/R
7-B
14
CO
NT
7-B
9 P
GN
D7
-B1
0 P
GN
D7
-B1
1 S
GN
D
7-A
8 2
4V
7-A
7 2
4V
7-A
10
A7
-A9
A
7-A
11
B7
-A1
2 B
4-A
6 5
V
4-A
4 G
ND
4-A
5 P
S
4-A
3 5
V
4-A
1 G
ND
4-A
2 P
S
7-A
13
24
V7
-A1
4 D
RIV
E
4-B
3 5
V
4-A
12
5V
4-A
10
GN
D
4-B
1 G
ND
9-2
GN
D
4-A
11
PS
4-B
2 P
S
9-1
PS
4-B
4 G
ND
4-B
6 5
V
4-A
7 G
ND
4-A
9 5
V4
-A8
PS
7-A
1 2
4V
7-A
2 2
4V
7-A
3 A
7-A
5 B
7-A
4 A
7-A
6 B
10-6 N.C.
10-4 N.C.10-3 DRIVE
10-2 N.C.10-1 24V
10-5 N.C.
10-8 CONT10-7 24V
1-A
11
-A2
1-A
31
-A4
1-A
51
-A6
1-A
71
-A8
1-A
9
1-B
11
-B2
1-B
31
-B4
1-B
51
-B6
2-B
11
2-B
10
2-B
9
2-B
2
2-B
4
2-B
72
-B6
2-B
3
2-B
5
2-B
8
2-A
10
2-A
11
2-B
1
2-A
82
-A9
2-A
12
-A2
2-A
32
-A4
2-A
52
-A6
2-A
7
1-B
10
1-B
11
1-B
12
1-B
13
1-B
14
1-B
15
1-B
17
1-B
18
1-B
20
1-B
16
1-B
19
1-B
71
-B8
1-B
9
1-A
20
1-A
15
1-A
16
1-A
17
1-A
18
1-A
19
1-A
13
1-A
14
1-A
12
1-A
11
1-A
10
3-B
4
3-B
12
3-B
13
3-B
14
3-B
10
3-A
1 N
C3
-A2
3-A
33
-A4
3-A
53
-A6
3-A
73
-A8
3-A
93
-A1
0 S
GN
D3
-A1
13
-A1
23
-A1
33
-A1
43
-B1
3-B
23
-B3
NC
3-B
53
-B6
3-B
73
-B8
3-B
9
3-B
11
5-A
10
5-A
11
4-A
6 P
GN
D4
-A7
PG
ND
4-A
8 P
GN
D4
-A9
PG
ND
4-B
1 S
G4
-B1
SG
4-B
3 S
G4
-B4
5V
4-B
5 5
V4
-B6
5V
5-A
9 R
_C
HP
5-B
15
-B2
F_
LS
5-B
3 F
_D
HP
5-B
4 F
_C
S5
-B5
F_
LS
T5
-B6
F_
CD
5-B
7 R
_L
S5
-B8
R_
DH
P5
-B9
R_
CS
5-B
11
R_
CD
5-B
10
R_
LS
T
4-A
3 2
4V
4-A
2 2
4V
4-A
1 2
4V
4-A
5 N
C4
-A4
24
V
4-A
10
M7
13
CL
OC
K4
-A1
1 M
71
3 R
ES
ET
4-A
12
M7
13
CO
NT
4-A
13
M7
04
A4
-A1
4 M
70
4 A
4-A
15
M7
04
B4
-A1
6 M
70
4 B
4-A
17
M7
05
A4
-A1
8 M
70
5 A
4-A
19
M7
05
B4
-A2
0 M
70
5 B
4-B
7 M
71
1 A
4-B
8 M
71
1 A
4-B
9 M
71
1 B
4-B
10
M7
11
B4
-B1
1 M
70
6 A
4-B
12
M7
06
A4
-B1
3 M
70
6 B
4-B
14
M7
06
B4
-B1
5 M
70
9 C
ON
T4
-B1
6 M
70
9 F
/R4
-B1
7 M
71
0 C
ON
T4
-B1
8 M
71
4 C
ON
T4
-B1
9 M
71
4 F
/R4
-B2
0 M
71
5 C
ON
T5
-A1
PS
70
55
-A2
PS
70
85
-A3
PS
70
95
-A4
PS
71
15
-A5
PS
71
35
-A6
PS
71
45
-A7
PS
72
05
-A8
F_
CH
P
9-A
2 S
D7
06
CO
NT
9-A
13
M7
16
B9
-A1
4 M
71
6 B
9-B
1 M
71
9 D
RIV
E1
9-B
2 M
71
9 D
RIV
E2
9-B
4 M
71
8 M
OD
E9
-B5
M7
18
CL
OC
K9
-B6
M7
18
RE
SE
T9
-B7
M7
18
F/R
9-B
8 M
71
8 C
ON
T1
9-B
9 M
71
8 C
ON
T2
9-B
10
M7
20
BR
AK
E9
-B1
1 M
72
0 C
ON
T9
-B1
2 M
72
0 C
LO
CK
9-B
13
M7
20
PL
L9
-B1
4 M
72
0 F
/R
9-A
11
M7
16
A9
-A1
2 M
71
6 A
9-A
1 S
UB
IN5
PI
9-A
10
BM
SE
T
9-B
3 S
UB
OU
T1
9-A
3 P
S7
22
9-A
4 P
S7
23
9-A
5 P
S7
24
9-A
6 P
S7
25
9-A
7 P
S7
26
9-A
8 P
S7
29
9-A
9 P
S7
30
12
-A8
PS
12
-B5
GN
D
12
-A2
5V
8-1
24
V8
-2 2
4V
8-3
A8
-4 A
8-5
B8
-6 B
10
-2 D
RIV
E1
0-1
24
V
11
-6 P
S1
1-9
GN
D
11
-3 5
V
12
-B1
2 B
12
-B1
1 B
12
-B1
0 A
12
-B8
24
V1
2-B
7 2
4V
12
-B9
A
12
-B3
G
ND
12
-A1
0 P
S1
2-A
4 5
V
7-2
SG
ND
7-5
SG
ND
6-4
PG
ND
6-5
PG
ND
6-3
SG
ND
6-2
5V
6-1
24
V-P
S
7-1
SR
XD
7-3
SR
TS
7-4
ST
XD
7-6
SC
TS
12
-A7
PS
12
-B6
GN
D
12
-A1
5V
1-B
8 B
1-B
7 B
1-B
6 A
1-B
5 A
1-B
4 2
4V
1-B
3 2
4V
12
-A1
1 P
S1
2-B
2 G
ND
12
-A5
5V
2-4
PS
2-5
GN
D
2-3
5V
2-1
DR
IVE
-F2-2
DR
IVE
-R
3-4
PS
3-7
GN
D
3-1
5V
3-8
GN
D3
-5 P
S3
-2 5
V
3-6
PS
3-9
GN
D
3-3
5V
3-1
1 D
RIV
E3
-10
24
V
8-7
24
V8
-8 D
RIV
E
12
-A9
PS
12
-B4
GN
D
12
-A3
5V
10
-3 2
4V
10-4
DR
IVE
1-A
3 P
/S1
-A4
CL
OC
K1
-A5
F/R
1-A
6 L
OC
K1
-A7
H/L
1-A
8 P
GN
D1
-A9
PG
ND
1-B
2 2
4V
1-B
1 2
4V
1-A
1 5
V
11
-7 G
ND
11
-4 P
S1
1-1
5V
106-
2 S
GN
D
106-
4 M
RX
D10
6-5
SG
ND
106-
1 M
TX
D
1-3
SG
ND
1-6
FG
ND
1-5
PG
ND
1-4
PG
ND
1-1
24V
1-2
5V
106-
3 M
CT
S
106-
6 M
RT
S1
SG
ND
5V
PS
DR
IVE
2D
RIV
E2
SG
ND
5V
DR
IVE
2D
RIV
E2
PS
SG
ND
5V
5V
5V
DR
IVE
1D
RIV
E1
DR
IVE
2D
RIV
E2
PS
F_
CS
T
F_
LS
SG
ND
5V
DR
IVE
1D
RIV
E1
DR
IVE
2D
RIV
E2
PS
5V
5V
R_
CS
T
R_
LS
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY
MAIN BODY
PS70
4S
EN
SO
RF
NS
EN
TR
AN
CE
MO
TOR
FN
S C
ON
VE
YA
NC
EM7
01 MS70
1F
NS
IN
TE
RL
OC
KS
WIT
CH
PS70
1E
XIT
SE
NS
OR
SU
B-T
RA
Y P
AP
ER
M721
EX
IT M
OT
OR
SU
B-T
RA
Y P
AP
ER
PS71
9F
ULL
SE
NS
OR
SU
B-T
RA
Y
M703
MO
TOR
TR
AY
UP
/DO
WN
PS70
3
PS70
2
PS70
7
LIM
IT S
EN
SO
R
TR
AY
LO
WE
R
LIM
IT S
EN
SO
RT
RA
Y U
PP
ER
UP
PE
R L
IMIT
SE
NS
OR
ST
AP
LER
PA
PE
R E
XIT
PS71
5S
EN
SO
R
CO
UN
TE
R R
ES
ET
SD70
5B
Y-P
AS
S G
AT
E
SO
LEN
OID
M708
OP
EN
ING
MO
TO
R
PA
PE
R E
XIT
PS71
2P
AP
ER
EX
IT
OP
EN
ING
HP
SE
NS
OR
SD70
4O
PE
NIN
G S
OLE
NO
IDP
AP
ER
EX
IT
M707
RO
LLE
R M
OT
OR
PA
PE
R E
XIT
PS70
6E
XIT
SE
NS
OR
MA
IN T
RA
Y P
AP
ER
M702
PS71
8S
HIF
T H
P S
EN
SO
R
SH
IFT
MO
TO
R
M712
MO
TOR
GA
TE
DR
IVE
PS71
6G
AT
E H
P S
EN
SO
R
SD702
M722
ST
AP
LER
RO
TA
TIO
NM
OTO
R
ST
AP
LER
RO
TA
TIO
NH
P S
EN
SO
R
PS70
8S
EN
SO
R/U
ALI
GN
ME
NT
HP
MO
TOR
/UA
LIG
NM
EN
TM7
05
PS70
9
PS72
0S
EN
SO
RS
TA
CK
ER
NO
PA
PE
R
HP
SE
NS
OR
PA
PE
R E
XIT
BE
LT
MO
TOR
ST
AC
KE
R E
NT
RA
NC
E
PS70
5S
EN
SO
RS
TA
CK
ER
EN
TR
AN
CE
STACKING ASSIST MOTOR
STACKING ASSIST SOLENOID
ST
AP
LER
MO
VE
ME
NT
MO
TO
R
PS71
1S
TA
PLE
R M
OV
EM
EN
TH
P S
EN
SO
R
PS73
1
SW70
3
SW70
4
CA
RTR
IDG
E S
WIT
CH
/F
ST
AP
LE S
WIT
CH
/F
ST
AP
LER
HP
SE
NS
OR
/F
ST
AP
LER
MO
TO
R/F
M714
M706
PS71
3
M709
PS73
0
SW70
1
SW70
2S
TA
PLE
SW
ITC
H/R
CA
RTR
IDG
E S
WIT
CH
/R
ST
AP
LER
HP
SE
NS
OR
/R
ST
AP
LER
MO
TO
R/R
M704
CLI
NC
HE
R R
OT
AT
ION
PS71
4C
LIN
CH
ER
RO
TA
TIO
NH
P S
EN
SO
R
M713M7
11
M710
PS73
2C
LIN
CH
ER
HP
SE
NS
OR
/R
CLI
NC
HE
RM
OTO
R/R
M715
PS73
3C
LIN
CH
ER
HP
SE
NS
OR
/F
CLI
NC
HE
RM
OTO
R/F
MO
TOR
THR
EE
-FO
LDIN
G G
ATE
SO
LEN
OID
FO
LDIN
G C
ON
VE
YA
NC
E
SD70
6
FO
LDIN
G S
TO
PP
ER
PS72
3F
OLD
ING
ST
OP
PE
RH
P S
EN
SO
R
PS72
2F
OLD
ING
KN
IFE
HP
SE
NS
OR
FO
LDIN
G K
NIF
E
PS72
5
PS72
6
PS72
9F
OLD
ING
FU
LL
FO
LDIN
G P
AS
SA
GE
FO
LDIN
G E
XIT
LED7
29F
OLD
ING
FU
LL
PS72
4A
LIG
NM
EN
T H
PS
EN
SO
R/L
ALI
GN
ME
NT
MO
TOR
/L
FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY
M720
MO
TOR
M718
MO
TOR
M719
MO
TOR
SE
NS
OR
SE
NS
OR
SE
NS
OR
LED
M716
FNS CB
RB
Symbol
CrimpConnector Faston
Relay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-74
Symbol Part name Location
FNSCB FNS control board 1-C
M701 FNS conveyance motor 1-A
M702 Shift motor 3-A
M703 Tray up/down motor 5-B
M704 Clincher rotation motor 4-H
M705 Alignment motor/U 7-H
M706 Stapler rotation motor 6-H
M707 Paper exit roller motor 3-A
M708 Paper exit opening motor 4-A
M709 Stapler motor/R 5-H
M710 Clincher motor/R 4-H
M711 Stapler movement motor 6-H
M712 Gate drive motor 2-B
M713 Stacker entrance motor 7-H
M714 Stapler motor/F 5-H
M715 Clincher motor/F 4-H
M716 Alignment motor/L 1-H
M718 Folding stopper motor 2-H
M719 Folding knife motor 2-H
M720 Folding conveyance motor 2-H
M721 Sub-tray paper exit motor 7-A
M722 Stacking assist motor 9-E
SD702 Stacking assist solenoid 9-E
SD704 Paper exit opening solenoid 4-B
SD705 Bypass gate solenoid 6-B
SD706 Three-folding gate solenoid 3-H
MS701 FNS interlock switch 8-A
PS701 Sub-tray paper exit sensor 7-A
PS702 Tray upper limit sensor 5-B
PS703 Tray lower limit sensor 5-B
PS704 FNS entrance sensor 1-A
PS705 Stacker entrance sensor 7-H
PS706 Main tray paper exit sensor 4-B
PS707 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor 6-B
PS708 Alignment HP sensor/U 7-H
PS709 Paper exit belt HP sensor 8-H
PS711 Stapler movement HP sensor 7-H
PS712 Paper exit opening HP sensor 4-A
PS713 Stapler rotation HP sensor 6-H
PS714 Clincher rotation HP sensor 5-H
PS715 Counter reset sensor 6-B
PS716 Gate HP sensor 2-A
Symbol Part name Location
PS718 Shift HP sensor 3-B
PS719 Sub-tray full sensor 7-A
PS720 Stacker no paper sensor 8-H
PS722 Folding knife HP sensor 2-H
PS723 Folding stopper HP sensor 2-H
PS724 Alignment HP sensor/L 1-H
PS725 Folding exit sensor 3-H
PS726 Folding passage sensor 3-H
PS729 Folding full sensor 3-H
PS730 Stapler HP sensor/R 5-H
PS731 Stapler HP sensor/F 5-H
PS732 Clincher HP sensor/R 4-H
PS733 Clincher HP sensor/F 4-H
LED729 Folding full LED 3-H
SW701 Cartridge switch/R 5-H
SW702 Staple switch/R 5-H
SW703 Cartridge switch/F 6-H
SW704 Staple switch/F 6-H
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
6-75 2
4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Symbol
CrimpConnector Faston
Relay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-76
Symbol Part name Location
CBR Circuit breaker 2-H
Coil Coil 4-H
DCPS DC power supply unit 5-H
LED101 Scraps full LED 2-D
M101 Conveyance motor 1-D
M102 Trimmer motor 3-D
M103 Stopper motor 3-C
M104 Stopper release motor 3-C
M105 Press motor 5-D
M106 Holder motor 7-B
M107 Pusher motor 7-B
M108 Scraps removal motor 1-C
MS2 Front door MS 3-H
MS3 Stacker MS3 6-D
MS4 Stacker MS4 7-D
PS101 Entrance PS 2-D
PS102 Conveyance PS 4-D
PS103 Stopper HP PS 4-D
PS104 Stopper release HP PS 4-D
PS105 Press HP PS 5-D
PS106 Trimmer HP PS 3-D
PS107 Scraps box detection PS 2-D
PS108 Exit PS 6-D
PS109 Scraps full PS 2-D
PS110 Upper limit PS 6-D
PS111 Lower limit PS 6-D
PS112 Pusher PS 6-D
PS113 Stacker full PS 5-C
PS114 Stacker door PS 5-C
RL1 Relay 1 2-H
RL2 Relay 2 2-H
TUDB TU drive board 1-E
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
6-77 2
4.5 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
M8
01
CN
62-A
2 5
VC
N62-A
1 5
V
CN
62-B
19 S
GC
N62-B
20 S
G
CN
551-1
CN
551-2
CN
61-1
2
4V
CN
61-2
P
G
CN
63-A
1 5
VC
N63-A
2 5
V
CN
64-2
P
GC
N64-1
2
4V
CN
63-B
20 S
GC
N63-B
19 S
G
PS
80
2
PS
80
4
CN
502-1
CN
502-2
CN
502-3
CN
504-1
CN
504-2
CN
504-3
CN
63-B
4 P
KS
ET
CN
63-B
16
CN
62-B
16 M
801F
/R
CN
62-B
4 P
KS
ET
CN
63-B
15
CN
63-A
17 P
S802 IN
CN
63-A
18 P
S804 IN
CN
63-A
19 N
.C.
CN
66-3
5V
NC
CN
66-6
IN
NC
CN
62-A
17
CN
62-A
18
CN
62-A
19 N
.C.
CN
62-B
15 M
801C
ON
T
CN
62-A
3C
N62-A
4
CN
62-A
7C
N62-A
8
CN
62-A
5C
N62-A
6
CN
62-A
13 N
.C.
CN
62-A
11
CN
62-A
10
CN
62-A
9
CN
62-A
15 N
.C.
CN
62-A
16 N
.C.
CN
62-B
1 N
.C.
CN
62-A
20 N
.C.
CN
62-B
2 N
.C.
CN
62-B
12 S
IG_8
CN
62-B
11 S
IG_7
CN
62-B
10 S
IG_6
CN
62-B
6 S
IG_2
CN
62-B
5 S
IG_1
CN
62-B
7 S
IG_3
CN
62-B
8 S
IG_4
CN
62-B
9 S
IG_5
CN
62-B
13 S
IG_9
CN
63-A
3 O
UT
-1C
N63-A
4 O
UT
-2
CN
63-A
7 O
UT
-5C
N63-A
8 O
UT
-6
CN
63-A
5 O
UT
-3C
N63-A
6 O
UT
-4
CN
63-A
13 N
.C.
CN
63-A
11 O
UT
-9C
N63-A
10 O
UT
-8C
N63-A
9 O
UT
-7
CN
63-A
15 N
.C.
CN
63-A
16 N
.C.
CN
63-A
20 N
.C.
CN
63-B
2 N
.C.
CN
63-B
1 N
.C.
CN
63-B
12
CN
63-B
11
CN
63-B
10
CN
63-B
6C
N63-B
5
CN
63-B
7C
N63-B
8C
N63-B
9
CN
63-B
13
CN
63-B
17 N
.C.
CN
63-B
18 N
.C.
CN
531-3
CN
531-2
CN
531-1
CN
531-1
CN
531-2
CN
531-3
CN
66-1
PS
802 5
VC
N66-4
PS
802 IN
CN
66-7
PS
802 S
G
CN
66-2
PS
804 5
VC
N66-5
PS
804 IN
CN
66-8
PS
804 S
G
CN
66-9
SG
NC
CN
65-1
M801 D
RV
1C
N65-2
M801 D
RV
2
CN
62-A
12
CN
62-B
14 S
IG_10
CN
62-B
17 N
.C.
CN
62-B
18 N
.C.
CN
63-B
14
CN
63-A
12 O
UT
-10
CN
63-A
14 P
S801
CN
62-A
14
CN
62-B
3 P
KS
ET
2C
N63-B
3 P
KS
ET
2
PS
80
3
CN
505-1
CN
505-2
CN
505-3
CN
67-1
PS
803 5
VC
N67-2
PS
803 IN
CN
67-3
PS
803 S
G
CN
158-3
CN
158-9
CN
158-1
CN
158-5
CN
158-7
CN
158-1
1
M8
02
CN
69-3
M802 D
RV
A
CN
69-5
M802 D
RV
B
CN
69-1
24V
CN
69-2
24V
CN
69-4
M802 D
RV
A
CN
69-6
M802 D
RV
B
PS
80
1C
N501-3
CN
501-2
CN
501-1
CN
65-3
PS
801 5
VC
N65-4
PS
801 IN
CN
65-5
PS
801 S
G
CN
504-3
CN
504-2
CN
504-1
CN
68-1
5V
CN
504-6
CN
504-5
CN
504-4
CN
504-7
CN
68-2
IN
1C
N68-3
IN
2C
N68-4
IN
3C
N68-5
IN
4C
N68-6
IN
5
CN
68-8
N.C
.C
N68-7
SG
PKDB
FNS CB
PU
NC
H M
OT
OR
PU
NC
H H
P
SE
NS
OR
PA
PE
R E
DG
E
SE
NS
OR
PU
NC
H S
CR
AP
S
BO
X S
ET
SE
NS
OR
PU
NC
H S
CR
AP
S
FU
LL S
EN
SO
R
PU
NC
H S
HIF
T H
P
SE
NS
OR
PU
NC
H S
HIF
T
MO
TO
R
P P P P P P P P P P
P P P P P P P P P P
H H
H H H H
L L
L
L L L L L
P P P P
Symbol
CrimpConnector Faston
Relay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
6-78 2
Symbol Part name Location
PKDB Punch drive board 2-D
FNS CB FNS control board 2-H
M801 Punch motor 3-B
PS801 Punch HP PS 4-B
— Paper edge sensor 5-B
PS804 Paper scraps box set PS 5-B
PS802 Paper scraps full PS 6-B
M802 Punch shift motor 7-A
PS803 Punch shift HP PS 8-B
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-1 2
5. APPENDIX
5.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
60
9-5
PS
60
3-1
U
60
3-2
V
60
3-3
W
60
9-2
PS
60
9-8
PS
60
9-1
1 P
S
613-
3
613-
2
613-
1
612-
3
612-
2
612-
1
610-
3
610-
2
610-
1
611-
3
611-
2
611-
1
606-
1
606-
2
606-
3
60
5-1
24
V4
60
5-2
CO
NT
60
7-1
CO
NT
60
7-2
EM
60
5-3
PG
ND
60
7-3
PG
ND
604-
7
604-
3
604-
1
60
9-1
SG
ND
60
9-4
SG
ND
60
9-7
5V
2
60
9-3
5V
2
60
9-6
5V
2
60
9-9
SG
ND
60
2-1
5V
2
60
2-2
SG
ND
60
2-3
24
V2
60
2-4
PG
ND
60
1-1
9
60
1-1
8
60
1-1
5
60
1-1
4
60
1-1
3
60
1-1
2
60
1-1
1
60
1-9
60
1-8
60
1-7
60
1-6
60
1-5
60
1-4
60
1-3
60
1-2
60
1-1
60
1-1
0
60
1-2
0
60
9-1
0 5
V2
60
9-1
2 S
GN
D
608-
3-1
608-
2-2
608-
1-3
60
1-1
7
60
1-1
6
621-
7-1
621-
6-2
621-
5-3
621-
4-4
621-
3-5
621-
2-6
621-
1-7
616-
2
616-
1
60
9-1
3 S
IG
24
V
24
V
PG
ND
PG
ND
SG
ND
SG
ND
DT
XD
SG
ND
CT
S
DR
XD
SG
ND
RT
S
DS
ET
623-
1B-8
B
623-
2B-7
B
623-
3B-6
B
623-
4B-5
B
623-
5B-4
B
623-
6B-3
B
623-
8B-1
B
623-
1-1
623-
9A-1
A
623-
8A-2
A
623-
7A-3
A
623-
6A-4
A
623-
4A-6
A
623-
5A-5
A
623-
3A-7
A
623-
2A-8
A
623-
1A-9
A
60
9-1
4 S
GN
D
623-
7B-2
B
622-
3-3
622-
4-4
622-
1-1
622-
2-2
5V
5V
604-
2
604-
460
4-5
604-
6
26
6-1
12
V
26
6-2
SG
ND
26
6-3
SG
ND
26
6-4
5V
2
269-
1
269-
2
269-
4
269-
3
285-
11 -
7
285-
17 -
1
285-
16 -
2
285-
15 -
3
285-
14 -
4
285-
13 -
5
287-
12
287-
11
287-
10
287-
9
287-
8
286-
4
286-
3
286-
2
286-
1
287-
7
287-
6
287-
5
287-
4
287-
3
287-
2
287-
1
285-
12 -
6
285-
10 -
8
285-
8 -
10
285-
7 -
11
285-
6 -
12
285-
5 -
13
285-
4 -
14
285-
3 -
15
285-
2 -
16
285-
1 -
17
286-
5
281-
11 -
7
281-
17 -
1
281-
16 -
2
281-
15 -
3
281-
14 -
4
281-
13 -
5
282-
5
282-
4
282-
3
282-
2
282-
1
283-
7
283-
6
283-
5
283-
4
283-
3
283-
2
283-
1
281-
12 -
6
281-
10 -
8
281-
8 -
10
281-
7 -
11
281-
6 -
12
281-
5 -
13
281-
4 -
14
281-
3 -
15
281-
2 -
16
281-
1 -
17
283-
12
283-
11
283-
10
283-
9
283-
8
277-
11 -
7
277-
17 -
1
277-
16 -
2
277-
15 -
3
277-
14 -
4
277-
13 -
5
273-
11 -
7
273-
17 -
1
273-
16 -
2
273-
15 -
3
273-
14 -
4
273-
13 -
5
274-
5
274-
4
274-
3
274-
2
274-
1
275-
7
275-
6
275-
5
275-
4
275-
3
275-
2
275-
1
273-
12 -
6
273-
10 -
8
273-
8 -
10
273-
7 -
11
273-
6 -
12
273-
5 -
13
273-
4 -
14
273-
3 -
15
273-
2 -
16
273-
1 -
17
275-
12
275-
11
275-
10
275-
9
275-
8
278-
5
278-
4
278-
3
278-
2
278-
1
279-
7
279-
6
279-
5
279-
4
279-
3
279-
2
279-
1
277-
12 -
6
277-
10 -
8
277-
8 -
10
277-
7 -
11
277-
6 -
12
277-
5 -
13
277-
4 -
14
277-
3 -
15
277-
2 -
16
277-
1 -
17
279-
12
279-
11
279-
10
279-
9
279-
8
285-
9 -
9
281-
9 -
9
277-
9 -
9
273-
9 -
9
27
2-1
6B
SG
ND
27
2-1
6A
SG
ND
27
2-1
3A
LD
5V
27
2-1
4A
SG
ND
27
2-1
4B
SG
ND
27
2-1
5A
LD
YID
X
27
2-6
A P
WM
Y-
27
2-5
A P
WM
Y+
27
2-2
A S
GN
D
27
2-1
A L
D5
V
27
2-1
5B
LD
MID
X
27
2-1
3B
LD
5
27
2-6
B P
WM
M-
27
2-5
B P
WM
M+
27
2-2
B S
GN
D
27
2-1
B L
D5
V
27
2-3
A /
S/H
_Y
27
2-4
A /
LD
YE
NB
27
2-7
A /
LD
YA
LM
27
2-8
A /
AL
MY
RS
T
27
2-9
A M
PC
YC
K
27
2-1
0A
MP
CY
DI
27
2-1
1A
MP
CY
LD
27
2-1
2A
LD
YJT
B
27
2-1
7A
ID
XY
JT
B
27
2-3
B /
S/H
_Y
27
2-4
B /
LD
ME
NB
27
2-7
B /
LD
MA
LM
27
2-8
B /
AL
MM
RS
T
27
2-9
B M
PC
MC
K
27
2-1
0B
MP
CM
DI
27
2-1
1B
MP
CM
LD
27
2-1
2B
LD
MJT
B
27
2-1
7B
ID
XM
JT
B
28
0-1
6B
SG
ND
28
0-1
3B
LD
5V
28
0-1
4B
SG
ND
28
0-1
6A
SG
ND
28
0-1
3A
LD
5V
28
0-1
4A
SG
ND
28
0-1
5A
LD
CID
X
28
0-6
A P
WM
C-
28
0-5
A P
WM
C+
28
0-2
A S
GN
D
28
0-1
A L
D5
V
28
0-1
5B
LD
KID
X
28
0-6
B P
WM
K-
28
0-5
B P
WM
K+
28
0-2
B S
GN
D
28
0-1
B L
D5
V
28
0-3
A /
S/H
_C
28
0-4
A /
LD
CE
NB
28
0-7
A /
LD
CA
LM
28
0-8
A /
AL
MC
RS
T
28
0-9
A M
PC
CC
K
28
0-1
0A
MP
CC
DI
28
0-1
1A
MP
CC
LD
28
0-1
2A
LD
CJT
B
28
0-1
7A
ID
XC
JT
B
28
0-3
B /
S/H
_K
28
0-4
B /
LD
KE
NB
28
0-7
B /
LD
KA
LM
28
0-8
B /
AL
MK
RS
T
28
0-9
B M
PC
KC
K
28
0-1
0B
MP
CK
DI
28
0-1
1B
MP
CK
LD
28
0-1
2B
LD
KJT
B
28
0-1
7B
ID
XK
JT
B
614-
3-1
614-
2-2
614-
1-3
615-
6-1
615-
5-2
615-
4-3
615-
3-4
615-
2-5
615-
1-6
617-
6-4
617-
5-5
617-
4-6
617-
3-7
617-
2-8
617-
1-9
617-
7-3
617-
8-2
617-
9-1
26
0-A
28
ON
LIN
E+
26
0-A
26
EN
G_
SL
P+
26
0-A
22
PS
IG0
+2
60
-A2
3 T
XD
-
26
0-A
25
EN
G_
SE
T-
26
0-A
24
RT
S+
26
0-A
27
AC
_D
OW
N-
26
0-A
29
RX
D-
26
0-A
30
CT
S+
26
0-A
31
CP
RD
Y-
26
0-A
32
WA
KE
UP
+2
60
-A3
3 N
.C2
60
-A3
4 G
ND
26
0-B
1 G
ND
26
0-B
3 G
ND
26
0-B
2 S
SIG
0+
26
0-B
4 S
SIG
1+
26
0-B
5 S
SIG
2+
26
0-B
7 S
CL
K+
26
0-B
8 S
SIG
3+
26
0-B
10
PS
IG7
-2
60
-B1
1 P
SIG
6-
26
0-B
12
GN
D2
60
-B1
3 P
SIG
5-
26
0-B
14
PS
IG4
-2
60
-B1
5 G
ND
26
0-B
16
PS
IG3
-2
60
-B1
7 P
CL
K-
26
0-B
18
GN
D2
60
-B1
9 P
SIG
2-
26
0-B
20
PS
IG1
-2
60
-B2
1 G
ND
26
0-B
22
PS
IG0
-2
60
-B2
3 T
XD
+2
60
-B2
4 R
TS
-2
60
-B2
5 E
NG
_S
ET
+2
60
-B2
6 E
NG
_S
LP
-2
60
-B2
7 A
C_
DO
WN
+2
60
-B2
8 O
NL
INE
-2
60
-B2
9 R
XD
+2
60
-B3
0 C
TS
-2
60
-B3
1 C
PR
DY
+2
60
-B3
2 W
AK
EU
P-
26
0-B
33
N.C
26
0-B
34
GN
D
26
9-5
26
9-6
26
9-8
26
9-7
28
0-1
SG
ND
28
0-2
SG
ND
28
0-3
5V
3
28
0-4
5V
3
26
7-1
12
V
26
7-4
5V
2
26
7-2
SG
ND
26
7-3
SG
ND
PS1PS3 PS4 PS2
L 1
1112
1314
RS1
11515
11416
M1M2
ADF (OPTION)
132 133 131130
CN220(PCi B to B)
LDB YINDEX SB Y LDB MINDEX SB M LDB CINDEX SB C LDB KINDEX SB K
F/G
F/G
HD
-106
HD-106 (OPTION)
MU-412(OPTION)
134135
136
137138
139140 144
143142
141
148147
146145
152151
150149
156155
154153
160159
158157
138139 140 141136 137
135 134
SC
AN
NE
R
MO
TO
R
EX
PO
SU
RE
LA
MP
AP
S
SE
NS
OR
/S
AP
S
SE
NS
OR
/L
SC
AN
NE
R H
P
SE
NS
OR
AP
S T
IMIN
G
SE
NS
OR
RE
SE
T S
WIT
CH
SC
AN
NE
R
CO
OL
ING
FA
N
SCDB
SCANNER UNIT 1/2
L1 INVB
HDD
IFBIP-901(OPTION) 1/2
IPB 1/2
IP-921 (OPTION) 1/2HDD
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-2 2
Symbol Part name Location
ADF ADF (option) 1-A
HD-106 HD-106 (option) 6-D
HDD HDD (IP-921) 7-D
HDD IFB HDD I/F board 5-D
INDX SB Y INDEX sensor board /Y 3-I
INDX SB M INDEX sensor board /M 5-I
INDX SB C INDEX sensor board /C 6-I
INDX SB K INDEX sensor board /K 8-I
IP-901 IP-901 (option) 7-D
IP-921 IP-921 (option) 7-D
L1 Exposure lamp 3-A
LDB Y Laser drive board /Y 4-I
LDB M Laser drive board /M 5-I
LDB C Laser drive board /C 7-I
LDB K Laser drive board /K 8-I
M1 Scanner motor 2-A
M2 Scanner cooling fan 5-A
MU-412 MU-412 (option) 3-F
PS1 Scanner HP sensor 4-A
PS2 APS timing sensor 4-A
PS3 APS sensor /S 3-A
PS4 APS sensor /L 4-A
RS1 DF Reset switch 4-A
L1INVB L1 inverter 3-B
IPB Image processing board 3-F
SCDB Scanner drive board 2-C
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-3 2
5.2 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (2/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25
2-2
SG
ND
25
2-1
5V
1
25
2-4
AC
_O
FF
25
2-3
RE
M/1
25
9-1
VB
US
25
9-2
D-
25
9-3
D+
25
9-4
GN
D
25
6-1
6 N
.C2
56
-17
N.C
25
6-2
0 G
ND
25
6-2
1 G
ND
25
6-2
4 G
ND
25
6-2
5 G
ND
25
6-2
8 N
.C2
56
-29
N.C
25
6-1
HT
_C
LO
CK
25
6-2
CE
NT
D0
25
6-3
CE
NT
D1
25
6-4
CE
NT
D2
25
6-5
CE
NT
D3
25
6-6
CE
NT
D4
25
6-7
CE
NT
D5
25
6-8
CE
NT
D6
25
6-9
CE
NT
D7
25
6-1
0 P
R_
CL
OC
K2
56
-11
PR
_B
US
Y2
56
-12
AD
RE
Q2
56
-13
XF
LA
G2
56
-14
HT
_B
US
Y2
56
-15
N.C
25
6-1
8 N
.C2
56
-19
GN
D
25
6-2
2 G
ND
25
6-2
3 G
ND
25
6-2
6 G
ND
25
6-2
7 G
ND
25
6-3
0 N
.C2
56
-31
IN
T_
ISW
B2
56
-32
DA
VA
LB
25
6-3
3 N
.C2
56
-34
N.C
25
6-3
6 A
C1
28
42
56
-35
N.C
25
0-7
25
0-8
25
0-9
25
0-1
0
25
0-1
1
25
0-1
2
25
0-1
3
25
0-1
4
25
0-1
5
25
0-1
6
25
0-1
7
25
0-4
25
0-5
25
0-6
25
0-3
25
0-2
25
0-1
25
0-1
8
27
1-3
5V
2
27
1-1
12
V
27
1-2
SG
ND
27
1-6
SG
ND
27
1-4
SG
ND
27
1-5
3.5
V
DS
P_
OF
F
Y1
CO
NT
X1
CO
NT
Y2
CO
NT
X2
CO
NT
LC
D_
AD
J
LC
D_
24
V
LD
3
LD
2
LD
1
LD
0
LC
D_
24
V
GN
D
5V
CP
LP
FL
M
NC
16
5-1
PW
M
16
5-2
GN
D
161-4-1
161-3-2
16
5-3
5V
15
8-3
SG
ND
15
8-1
LC
D_
24
V
15
8-2
LC
D_
AD
J
25
1-1
DA
TA
_M
25
1-2
DA
TA
_O
P
25
1-3
AC
K_
M
25
1-4
AC
K_
OP
25
1-5
RE
Q_
M
25
1-6
RE
Q_
OP
25
1-7
CA
RD
IN
25
1-8
CA
RD
_R
XD
25
1-9
CA
RD
_T
XD
170-
12-1
170-
11-2
170-
10-3
170-
9-4
170-
8-5
170-
7-6
170-
6-7
170-
5-8
170-
4-9
25
1-1
0 W
T_
LE
D
25
1-1
1 S
T_
LE
D
25
1-1
2 S
T_
SIG
17
3-2
5V
2
17
3-3
SG
ND
25
1-1
3 S
W_
SIG
25
1-1
4 S
GN
D
170-
3-10
170-
2-11
170-
1-12
17
3-1
5V
2
17
3-4
SG
ND
17
3-5
12
V
17
2-1
2
17
2-1
1
17
2-1
0
17
2-9
17
2-8
17
2-7
17
2-6
17
2-5
17
2-4
17
2-3
17
2-2
17
2-1
17
1-6
-1
17
1-5
-2
17
1-4
-3
17
1-3
-4
17
1-2
-5
17
1-1
-61
75
-4
17
5-3
17
5-2
17
5-1
17
4-1
4
17
4-1
3
17
4-1
2
17
4-1
1
17
4-1
0
17
4-
9
17
4-
8
17
4-
7
17
4-
6
17
4-
5
17
4-
4
17
4-
3
17
4-
2
17
4-
1
17
6-3
17
6-2
17
6-1
17
6-6
17
6-5
17
6-4
FT-32
FT-31
161-2-3
161-1-4
25
1-1
5 5
V
162-1
162-3
25
1-1
6 S
GN
D
21
7-1
GN
D
21
7-3
CL
AM
P2
17
-4 A
CL
AM
P2
17
-5 B
CL
AM
P
21
7-2
TG
21
7-6
GN
D2
17
-7 T
CK
+2
17
-8 T
CK
-2
17
-9 G
ND
21
7-1
0 R
CK
+2
17
-11
RC
K-
21
7-1
2 G
ND
21
7-1
5 G
ND
21
7-1
6 S
CK
21
7-1
7 /
SE
N2
17
-18
SD
I2
17
-19
SD
O2
17
-20
GN
D2
17
-21
AD
_D
0-
21
7-2
2 A
D_
D0
+2
17
-23
GN
D2
17
-24
AD
_D
1-
21
7-2
9 G
ND
21
7-2
8 A
D_
D2
+
21
7-2
5 A
D_
D1
+2
17
-26
GN
D2
17
-27
AD
_D
2-
21
7-3
0 L
VD
SC
K0
-
21
7-1
3 L
VD
SC
K+
21
7-1
4 L
VD
SC
K-
21
7-3
1 L
VD
SC
K0
+
21
7-4
0 L
VD
SC
K1
+2
17
-39
LV
DS
CK
1-
21
7-3
2 G
ND
21
7-3
3 A
D_
D3
-2
17
-34
AD
_D
3+
21
7-3
5 G
ND
21
7-3
6 A
D_
D4
-2
17
-37
AD
_D
4+
21
7-3
8 G
ND
21
7-4
1 A
DR
ST
21
7-4
2 A
D_
5V
21
7-4
3 A
D_
5V
21
7-4
4 A
D_
5V
21
7-4
5 A
D_
5V
21
7-4
6 A
D_
5V
21
7-4
7 G
ND
21
7-4
8 A
D_
12
V2
17
-49
AD
_1
2V
21
7-5
0 G
ND
55
1-1
55
1-2
55
1-4
55
1-3
55
1-5
55
1-6
55
1-8
55
1-7
55
1-9
55
1-1
0
55
1-1
25
51
-11
55
1-1
35
51
-14
55
1-1
65
51
-15
55
1-1
75
51
-18
55
1-1
9
55
1-2
15
51
-22
55
1-2
3
55
1-2
55
51
-26
55
1-2
85
51
-27
55
1-2
95
51
-30
55
1-3
25
51
-31
55
1-3
35
51
-34
55
1-3
65
51
-35
55
1-3
75
51
-38
55
1-4
05
51
-39
55
1-4
15
51
-42
55
1-4
45
51
-43
55
1-4
55
51
-46
55
1-4
85
51
-47
55
1-4
95
51
-50
55
1-2
0
55
1-2
4
17
3-6
162-2
255-1 TX+255-2 TX-
255-3 RX+255-4 GND255-5 GND255-6 RX-
255-7 GND255-8 GND
257-1 DCD257-2 RXD257-3 TXD257-4 DTR257-5 GND257-6 DSR257-7 RTS257-8 CTS
257-9 RI
26
0-A
1 G
ND
26
0-A
3 G
ND
26
0-A
9 G
ND
26
0-A
2 S
SIG
0-
26
0-A
4 S
SIG
1-
26
0-A
5 S
SIG
2-
26
0-A
6 G
ND
26
0-A
7 S
CL
K-
26
0-A
8 S
SIG
3-
26
0-A
10
PS
IG7
+2
60
-A1
1 P
SIG
6+
26
0-A
12
GN
D2
60
-A1
3 P
SIG
5+
26
0-A
14
PS
IG4
+2
60
-A1
5 G
ND
26
0-A
16
PS
IG3
+2
60
-A1
7 P
CL
K+
26
0-A
18
GN
D2
60
-A1
9 P
SIG
2+
26
0-A
20
PS
IG1
+2
60
-A2
1 G
ND
1 2 43
5 6 78 9 10
4PIN 14PIN 6PIN
78 7675 77 79
CT6PIN CT12PIN
SW2
RJ-
45 LAN I/F
DB
-9 KRDS I/F(RS-232)
USB Amphenol 36pin
164163
162161
168167
166165
172171
170169
176175
174173
178177
CCDB
TOUCH PANEL
BOARDLCDB OB_INVB
OB3
OB1
OB2
SUB POWER
SWITCH
OACB
MB
SCANNER UNIT 2/2
IPB 2/2
IP-901(OPTION) 2/2
IP-921 (OPTION) 2/2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-4 1
Symbol Part name Location
SW2 Sub power switch 8-D
OB INVB OB inverter board 7-A
LCDB LCD board 6-A
Touch panel board 5-A
CCDB CCD board 2-A
OB1 Operation board /1 5-C
OB2 Operation board /2 8-E
OB3 Operation board /3 8-A
OACB Overall control board 3-F
MB Memory board 6-G
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-5 2
5.3 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (3/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
62
0-5
SG
ND
62
0-2
SG
ND
62
0-4
SO
UT
62
0-1
SIN
62
0-3
RT
S
62
0-6
CT
S
62
0-7
DS
ET
60
0-1
8 S
CA
N_
EN
60
0-1
L1
CO
NT
60
0-2
SG
ND
60
0-3
PS
4
60
0-4
PS
3
60
0-5
PS
2
60
0-6
PS
1
60
0-7
SG
ND
60
0-8
M2
EM
60
0-2
0 S
CA
N_
CK
60
0-9
M2
CO
NT
60
0-1
1 A
PS
2
60
0-1
2 A
PS
3
60
0-1
9 S
GN
D
60
0-1
3 S
CA
N_
CW
60
0-1
4 S
CA
N_
PC
60
0-1
0 A
PS
1
60
0-1
5 S
GN
D
60
0-1
6 S
CA
NV
RE
F
60
0-1
7 S
GN
D
657-
3
657-
4
657-
5
657-
1
657-
2
659-
6
659-
5
659-
3
659-
4
659-
2
659-
1
656-
10-6
656-
11-5
656-
12-4
656-
13-3
656-
14-2
656-
15-1
656-
2-14
656-
3-13
656-
4-12
656-
5-11
656-
7-9
656-
8-8
656-
9-7
65
0-6
A
B
65
0-4
A
A
55
0-3
A
A
65
0-2
A
5V
2
65
0-1
A
5V
2
65
0-9
A
5V
2
65
0-8
A
PS
65
0-7
A
SG
ND
65
0-1
3A
CO
NT
65
0-1
2A
CL
OC
K
65
0-1
1A
LO
CK
656-
1-15
65
0-5
A
B
661-
3
661-
4
661-
5
661-
1
662-
1
662-
2
662-
3
661-
2
663-
6
663-
5
663-
3
663-
4
663-
2
663-
1
660-
10-6
660-
11-5
660-
12-4
660-
13-3
660-
14-2
660-
15-1
660-
2-14
660-
3-13
660-
4-12
660-
5-11
660-
7-9
660-
8-8
660-
9-7
65
0-6
B
B
65
0-4
B
A
55
0-3
B
A
65
0-2
B
5V
2
65
0-1
B
5V
2
65
0-9
B
5V
2
65
0-8
B
PS
65
0-7
B
SG
ND
65
0-1
3B
CO
NT
65
0-1
2B
CL
OC
K
65
0-1
1B
LO
CK
660-
1-15
65
0-5
B
B
665-
3
665-
4
665-
5
665-
1
666-
1
666-
2
666-
3
665-
2
667-
6
667-
5
667-
3
667-
4
667-
2
667-
1
664-
10-6
664-
11-5
664-
12-4
664-
13-3
664-
14-2
664-
15-1
664-
2-14
664-
3-13
664-
4-12
664-
5-11
664-
7-9
664-
8-8
664-
9-7
65
1-1
3 B
65
1-1
1 A
65
1-1
4 S
GN
D
65
1-2
0 C
ON
T
65
1-1
8 L
OC
K
664-
1-15
669-
3
669-
4
669-
5
669-
1
670-
1
670-
2
670-
3
669-
266
8-2-
14
668-
3-13
668-
4-12
668-
5-11
668-
7-9
668-
8-8
668-
9-7
65
1-1
S
GN
D
65
1-7
C
ON
T
65
1-5
L
OC
K
668-
1-15
65
1-1
9 C
LO
CK
65
1-1
6 5
V2
65
1-1
5 P
S
65
1-1
2 B
65
1-9
5
V2
65
1-8
5
V2
65
1-6
C
LO
CK
65
1-3
5
V2
65
1-2
K
HP
_S
IG
668-
10-6
668-
11-5
668-
12-4
668-
13-3
668-
14-2
668-
15-1
652-
1-2
652-
2-1
653-
1-2
653-
2-1
654-
1-2
654-
2-1
655-
1-2
655-
2-1
656-
6-10
657-
66
50
-10
A T
EM
P.E
RR
OR
660-
6-10
661-
66
50
-10
B T
EM
P.E
RR
OR
665-
666
4-6-
106
51
-17
TE
MP
.ER
RO
R
669-
666
8-6-
106
51
-4
TE
MP
.ER
RO
R
55
1-1
0 A
382-
4
382-
3
382-
2
382-
1
379-
4
379-
3
379-
2
379-
1
378-
1
378-
23
76
-1A
2
4V
2
389-
3
389-
2
389-
1
387-
3
387-
2
387-
1
388-
3
388-
2
388-
1
37
6-4
B 5
V2
37
6-3
B S
GN
D
37
6-2
B C
RE
G2
LE
D
37
6-5
A
SG
ND
499-
1
499-
2
499-
3
499-
4
383-
1
383-
2
383-
3
383-
4
498-
1
498-
2
498-
3
498-
4
381-
1
381-
2
381-
3
381-
4
38
4-8
A S
GN
D
491-
4-1
491-
3-2
491-
2-3
491-
1-4
490-
4-1
490-
3-2
490-
2-3
490-
1-4
489-
4-1
489-
3-2
489-
2-3
489-
1-4
483-
1-6
483-
2-5
483-
3-4
483-
4-3
483-
5-2
483-
6-1
38
4-2
A E
M
558-
2
558-
1
37
6-7
B S
GN
D
37
6-5
B D
S2
_V
RE
F
558-
3
558-
4
558-
5
37
6-8
B 1
2V
37
6-9
B D
S2
_S
IG
37
6-6
B D
S2
_C
NT
37
6-1
B C
RE
G2
MO
N
37
6-3
A
CR
EG
1M
ON
37
6-4
A
CR
EG
1L
ED
306-
1
306-
2
37
6-2
A
DR
IVE
37
6-6
A
5V
2
37
6-1
0B
2
4V
2
37
6-1
1B
D
RIV
E
38
4-3
A H
/L
38
4-1
A D
RIV
E
38
4-6
A P
S
38
4-7
A 5
V
38
4-5
A S
GN
D
38
4-9
A P
S
38
4-1
0A
5V
38
4-1
1A
TC
NT
_D
RIV
E2
38
4-1
2A
SH
UT
_2
4V
38
4-1
3A
TC
NT
_D
RIV
E1
38
4-1
4A
SH
UT
_2
4V
38
4-2
B
EM
38
4-4
B
GN
D
38
4-6
B E
M
38
4-1
0B
EM
38
4-1
4B
PS
38
4-1
5B
5V
38
4-4
A S
GN
D
38
4-8
B S
GN
D
38
4-1
2B
SG
ND
38
4-1
3B
SG
ND
559-
1-2
559-
2-1
390-
1-2
390-
2-1
496-
1A-1
1A
496-
2A-1
0A
496-
3A-9
A
496-
4A-8
A
496-
5A-7
A
496-
6A-6
A
496-
1B-1
1B
496-
2B-1
0B
496-
3B-9
B
496-
4B-8
B
496-
5B-7
B
496-
6B-6
B
496-
7B-5
B
496-
8B-4
B
496-
9B-3
B
496-
10B
-2B
496-
11B
-1B
377-
1A-1
1A
377-
2A-1
0A
377-
3A-9
A
377-
4A-8
A
377-
5A-7
A
377-
6A-6
A
377-
1B-1
1B
377-
2B-1
0B
377-
3B-9
B
377-
4B-8
B
377-
5B-7
B
377-
6B-6
B
377-
7B-5
B
377-
8B-4
B
377-
9B-3
B
377-
10B
-2B
377-
11B
-1B
37
6-1
2A
N.C
37
6-1
3A
N.C
37
6-1
4A
N.C
37
6-1
2B
N
.C
37
6-1
3B
N
.C
37
6-1
4B
N
.C
38
4-1
5A
38
4-1
B
DR
IVE
38
4-3
B
H/L
38
4-5
B D
RIV
E
38
4-7
B H
/L
38
4-9
B D
RIV
E
38
4-1
1B
H/L
487-
1
487-
2
487-
3
487-
4
492-
4
492-
3
492-
2
492-
148
8-1-
3
488-
2-2
488-
3-112
V
TD
S_
SIG
SG
ND
TD
S_
VR
EF
12
V
TD
S_
SIG
SG
ND
TD
S_
VR
EF
12
V
SG
ND
TD
S_
VR
EF
12
V
TD
S_
SIG
TD
S_
SIG
SG
ND
TD
S_
VR
EF
36
0-9
A 1
2V
36
0-1
A 2
4V
2
36
0-2
A P
CL
CO
NT
Y
36
0-4
A P
CL
CO
NT
M
36
0-6
A P
CL
CO
NT
C
36
0-8
A P
CL
CO
NT
K
36
0-6
B S
UR
F_
EV
Y
36
0-7
B S
GN
D
36
0-8
B P
GN
D
36
0-1
0A
TO
NE
RY
_S
36
0-1
1A
SG
ND
36
0-1
2A
TD
SY
VR
EF
36
0-1
4A
TO
NE
RM
_S
36
0-1
6A
TD
SM
VR
EF
36
0-1
0B
SU
RF
_E
VM
36
0-1
1B
SG
ND
36
0-1
4B
SU
RF
_E
VC
36
0-1
5B
SG
ND
36
0-1
8B
SU
RF
_E
VK
36
0-1
9B
SG
ND
36
0-1
8A
TO
NE
RC
_S
36
0-2
0A
TD
SC
VR
EF
36
0-2
B T
ON
ER
K_
S
36
0-4
B T
DS
KV
RE
F
24
V2
CO
NT
24
V2
CO
NT
24
V2
CO
NT
24
V2
CO
NT
362-
1-2
362-
2-1
363-
1-2
363-
2-1
364-
1-2
364-
2-1
365-
1-2
365-
2-1
36
0-1
2B
PG
ND
36
0-1
6B
PG
ND
36
0-2
0B
PG
ND
361A
-3-8
361A
-4-7
361A
-5-6
361A
-6-5
361A
-7-4
361A
-8-3
361A
-9-2
36
0-1
5A
SG
ND
36
0-1
9A
SG
ND
36
0-3
B S
GN
D
36
0-1
7A
12
V
36
0-3
A 2
4V
2
36
0-5
A 2
4V
2
36
0-7
A 2
4V
2
36
0-5
B 2
4V
2
36
0-9
B 2
4V
2
36
0-1
3B
24
V2
361A
-10-
1
361B
-5-1
6
361B
-6-1
5
361B
-7-1
4
361B
-14-
7
361B
-15-
6
361B
-16-
5
361B
-17-
4
361B
-18-
3
361B
-19-
2
361B
-20-
1
361C
-1-1
2
361C
-2-1
1
361C
-3-1
0
361C
-10-
3
361C
-11-
2
361C
-12-
1
361B
-1-2
0
361B
-2-1
9
361B
-3-1
8
361B
-4-1
7
36
0-1
7B
24
V2
371-
4-1
371-
3-2
371-
2-3
371-
1-4
370-
4-1
370-
3-2
370-
2-3
370-
1-4
369-
4-1
369-
3-2
369-
2-3
369-
1-4
368-
4-1
368-
3-2
368-
2-3
368-
1-4
366-
4-5
366-
3-6
366-
2-7
366-
1-8
366-
8-1
366-
7-2
366-
6-3
366-
5-4
367-
4-9
367-
3-10
367-
2-11
367-
1-12
367-
8-5
367-
7-6
367-
6-7
367-
5-8
367-
12-1
367-
11-2
367-
10-3
367-
9-4
24
V2
SU
RF
Y_
EV
SG
ND
PG
ND
24
V2
SU
RF
M_
EV
SG
ND
PG
ND
24
V2
SU
RF
C_
EV
SG
ND
PG
ND
24
V2
SU
RF
K_
EV
SG
ND
PG
ND
372-
4
372-
3
372-
2
372-
1
373-
4
373-
3
373-
2
373-
1
374-
4
374-
3
374-
2
374-
1
375-
4
375-
3
375-
2
375-
1
361C
-4-9
361C
-5-8
361C
-6-7
361C
-7-6
361C
-8-5
361C
-9-4
361B
-8-1
3
361B
-9-1
2
361B
-10-
11
361B
-11-
10
361B
-12-
9
361B
-13-
8
36
0-1
3A
12
V
36
0-1
B 1
2V
361A
-2-9
361A
-1-1
0
361D
-2-1
7
361D
-1-1
847
5-1-
2
475-
2-1
361D
-4-1
5
361D
-3-1
6
361D
-6-1
3
361D
-5-1
4
361D
-8-1
1
361D
-7-1
2
477-
6
477-
5
477-
4
477-
3
477-
2
477-
1
476-
1
476-
2
476-
3
476-
4
476-
5
476-
6
56
4-1
2
4V
2
56
4-2
DR
IVE
57
3-2
M_
TE
MP
1
57
3-1
5V
57
3-3
GN
D
57
4-3
GN
D
57
4-2
M_
TE
MP
2
57
4-1
5V
PS5
658-
1
658-
2
658-
3
M3M7
17 18
PS6M4
M8
19 20
PS7M5
M9
21 22
TDBM6
23 24
SD2 CRB/F CRB/R
PS14PS13PS12
M11
M12 M13M10
SD3
SD1
PS8 PS9
PS11
DRPS Y DRPS M DRPS C DRPS K
TD
S Y
TD
S M
TD
S C
TD
S K
PC
L Y
PC
L M
PC
L C
PC
L K
DRPSB Y DRPSB M DRPSB C DRPSB K
134135
136
137138
139140 144
143142
141
148147
146145
152151
150149
156155
154153
160159
158157
TO
NE
R S
UP
PLY
DO
OR
OP
EN
/CL
OS
E S
EN
SO
R
TR
AN
SF
ER
BE
LT
CO
OL
ING
FA
N
BL
AC
K C
OU
NT
ER
TO
TA
L C
OU
NT
ER
DR
UM
CO
OL
ING
FA
N/1
DR
UM
CO
OL
ING
FA
N/2
C(T
)
C(B
K)
PA
PE
R E
XIT
FU
LL S
EN
SO
R
PA
PE
R E
XIT
SE
NS
OR
FIX
ING
CO
OL
ING
FA
N/1
COLOR REGISTRATION
SENSOR/R
COLOR REGISTRATION
SENSOR/F
GA
MM
A S
HU
TT
ER
SO
LE
NO
ID
GA
MM
A S
EN
SO
R
CO
LO
R R
EG
IST
RA
TIO
N
SH
UT
TE
R S
OL
EN
OID
PR
E-
CH
AR
GIN
G
LA
MP
/Y
PR
E-
CH
AR
GIN
G
LA
MP
/M
PR
E-
CH
AR
GIN
G
LA
MP
/C
PR
E-
CH
AR
GIN
G
LA
MP
/K
TO
NE
R
DE
NS
ITY
SE
NS
OR
/Y
TO
NE
R
DE
NS
ITY
SE
NS
OR
/M
TO
NE
R
DE
NS
ITY
SE
NS
OR
/C
TO
NE
R
DE
NS
ITY
SE
NS
OR
/K
DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/Y
DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/M
DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/C
DRUM POTENTIAL
SENSOR BOARD/K
DR
UM
SE
PA
RA
TIO
N
CL
AW
SO
LE
NO
ID
POLYGON MOTOR/K
POLYGON
MOTOR/C
TEMP
DETECTION
BOARD
LASER
CORRECTION
SENSOR/C
LASER
CORRECTION
MOTOR/C
POLYGON
MOTOR/M
LASER
CORRECTION
SENSOR/M
LASER
CORRECTION
MOTOR/M
POLYGON
MOTOR/Y
LASER
CORRECTION
SENSOR/Y
LASER
CORRECTION
MOTOR/Y
PRCB 1/2
PROCESS UNIT IMAGE CORRECTION UNIT
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-6 1
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
TDS Y Toner density sensor /Y 2-H CRB /F Color registration board /F 5-H
TDS M Toner density sensor /M 2-H CRB /R Color registration board /R 6-H
TDS C Toner density sensor /C 2-H
TDS K Toner density sensor /K 3-H
M3 Polygon motor /Y 3-A
M4 Polygon motor /M 5-A
M5 Polygon motor /C 6-A
M6 Polygon motor /K 8-A
M7 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A
M8 Laser correction motor /M 6-A
M9 Laser correction motor /C 7-A
M10 Fixing cooling fan /1 7-G
M11 Transfer belt cooling fan 8-H
M12 Drum cooling fan /1 9-G
M13 Drum cooling fan /2 9-G
PCL Y Pre-charging lamp /Y 1-H
PCL M Pre-charging lamp /M 1-H
PCL C Pre-charging lamp /C 1-H
PCL K Pre-charging lamp /K 1-H
PS5 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A
PS6 Laser correction motor /M 5-A
PS7 Laser correction motor /C 7-A
PS8 Color registration sensor /F 5-I
PS9 Color registration sensor /R 6-I
PS11 Gamma sensor 6-H
PS12 Paper exit full sensor 7-G
PS13 Paper exit sensor 7-G
PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor 9-G
SD1 Drum separation claw solenoid 5-H
SD2 Color Registration shutter solenoid 5-H
SD3 Gamma shutter solenoid 7-H
DRPS Y Drum potential sensor /Y 3-I
DRPS M Drum potential sensor /M 3-I
DRPS C Drum potential sensor /C 4-I
DRPS K Drum potential sensor /K 4-I
DRPSB Y Drum potential sensor board /Y 3-H
DRPSB M Drum potential sensor board /M 3-H
DRPSB C Drum potential sensor board /C 4-H
DRPSB K Drum potential sensor board /K 4-H
TDB Temp detection board 8-A
PRCB Printer control board 1-D
C (T) Total counter 8-G
C (BK) Black counter 8-G
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-7 2
5.4 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (4/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
30
0-1
8 P
_C
MD
30
0-1
7 P
_R
TS
30
0-1
6 P
_S
TS
30
0-1
5 P
_C
TS
30
0-1
4 S
GN
D
30
0-9
SG
ND
30
0-6
SG
ND
30
0-5
RE
M/4
30
0-4
S_
VV
30
0-3
EE
_V
V
30
0-2
AC
_O
FF
30
0-7
P_
PT
OP
30
0-8
P_
VT
OP
30
0-1
1 P
C_
IDX
30
0-1
2 P
M_
IDX
30
0-1
3 P
Y_
IDX
30
0-1
MR
L_
OF
F
30
0-1
0 P
K_
IDX
30
1-2
12
V
30
1-3
SG
ND
30
1-4
SG
ND
30
2-1
24
V1
30
2-2
PG
ND
30
2-3
24
V2
30
1-1
5V
2
30
2-4
PG
ND
30
3-1
5V
2
30
3-2
SG
ND
30
2-5
N.C
30
2-6
N.C
465-
10-2
465-
9-3
465-
8-4
465-
7-5
465-
6-6
465-
5-7
465-
4-8
46
4-6
L
TS
SD
CN
T
465-
3-9
465-
2-10
465-
1-11
466-
3
466-
4
466-
6
466-
5
PG
ND
24
V2
SG
ND
12
V
466-
8
466-
7
PG
ND
24
VA
C
466-
1
466-
2S
GN
D
5V
2
46
4-1
L
TN
PS
IG46
5-11
-1
46
4-1
1 S
IN2
-2
46
4-1
0 S
OU
T2
-2
46
4-9
S
GN
D
46
4-8
L
TS
CL
CN
T
46
4-7
L
TR
CL
CN
T
46
4-5
L
TC
CL
CN
T
46
4-4
S
GN
D
46
4-3
L
TS
O_
SIG
46
4-2
L
TP
R_
SIG
PG
ND
24
V2
SG
ND
5V
2
468-
1-6
468-
2-5
468-
3-4
468-
4-3
468-
5-2
468-
6-1
46
7-1
SO
UT
46
7-2
SG
ND
46
7-3
CT
S
46
7-4
SIN
46
7-5
SG
ND
46
7-6
RT
S
469-
2
469-
3
469-
4
469-
1
469-
5
469-
6
35
-1 C
VM
1_
SIG
35
-2 C
VF
D_
SIG
35
-3 C
V_
SIZ
E0
35
-4 C
V_
SIZ
E1
35
-5 C
V_
SIZ
E2
35
-6 C
V_
SIZ
E3
35
-7 C
VU
P_
SIG
35
-8 C
PF
0
35
-9 C
PF
1
37
-6 O
P_
RT
S
37
-5 O
P_
DS
R
37
-4 O
P_
SIN
37
-3 O
P_
CT
S
35
-10
PG
ND
37
-11
5V
2
37
-9 2
4V
37
-2 O
P_
DT
R
37
-1 O
P_
SO
UT
37
-7 S
GN
D
37
-8 C
OP
V_
EN
B
37
-10
GN
D
31
3-2
PS
315-
3
314-
3
315-
1
315-
2
314-
1
314-
2
31
3-1
5V
2
31
3-3
SG
ND
31
3-4
5V
2
31
6-1
U
31
6-2
V
31
6-3
W
31
1-1
31
1-2
31
1-3
31
1-4
31
1-5
31
1-6
31
1-7
31
1-8
31
2-2
31
2-1
31
1-9
317-
3
317-
2
317-
1
31
3-5
PS
31
3-6
SG
ND
32
0-2
PS
322-
3
321-
3
322-
1
322-
2
321-
1
321-
2
32
0-1
5V
2
32
0-3
SG
ND
32
0-4
5V
2
32
3-1
U
32
3-2
V
32
3-3
W
31
8-1
31
8-2
31
8-3
31
8-4
31
8-5
31
8-6
31
8-7
31
8-8
31
9-2
31
9-1
31
8-9
324-
3
324-
2
324-
1
32
0-5
PS
32
0-6
SG
ND
30
9-1
8A
SG
ND
32
7-2
PS
329-
3
328-
3
329-
1
329-
2
328-
1
328-
2
32
7-1
5V
2
32
7-3
SG
ND
32
7-4
5V
2
33
0-1
U
33
0-2
V
33
0-3
W
32
5-1
32
5-2
32
5-3
32
5-4
32
5-5
32
5-6
32
5-7
32
5-8
32
6-2
32
6-1
32
5-9
331-
3
331-
2
331-
1
30
9-4
B
H/L
1
30
9-5
B
H/L
2
30
9-6
B
EN
A1
30
9-7
B
EN
A2
32
7-5
PS
32
7-6
SG
ND
30
9-9
B
SG
ND
30
9-2
B
FH
30
9-3
B
EN
AB
LE
33
4-2
PS
336-
3
335-
3
336-
1
336-
2
335-
1
335-
2
33
4-1
5V
2
33
4-3
SG
ND
33
4-4
5V
2
33
7-1
U
33
7-2
V
33
7-3
W
33
2-1
33
2-2
33
2-3
33
2-4
33
2-5
33
2-6
33
2-7
33
2-8
33
3-2
33
3-1
33
2-9
338-
3
338-
2
338-
1
33
4-5
PS
33
4-6
SG
ND
30
9-1
8B
SG
ND
30
9-1
1A
FH
30
9-1
2A
EN
AB
LE
30
9-1
3A
H/L
1
30
9-1
4A
H/L
2
30
9-1
5A
EN
A1
30
9-1
6A
EN
A2
30
9-1
1B
FH
30
9-1
2B
EN
AB
LE
30
9-1
3B
H/L
1
30
9-1
4B
H/L
2
30
9-1
5B
EN
A1
30
9-1
6B
EN
A2
30
9-1
A
CL
OC
K
30
9-8
A
5V
2
30
9-1
0A
CL
OC
K
30
9-2
A
FH
30
9-3
A
EN
AB
LE
30
9-4
A
H/L
1
30
9-5
A
H/L
2
30
9-6
A
EN
A1
30
9-7
A
EN
A2
30
9-9
A
SG
ND
30
9-1
7A
5V
2
30
9-1
B
CL
OC
K
30
9-8
B
5V
2
30
9-1
0B
CL
OC
K
30
9-1
7B
5V
2
349-
1
349-
2
349-
3
349-
4
349-
5
349-
6
349-
7
349-
8
349-
9
349-
10
349-
11
350-
1
350-
2
350-
3
350-
4
350-
5
350-
6
350-
7
350-
8
350-
9
350-
10
350-
11
34
0-1
3A
SG
ND
34
0-6
A S
GN
D
34
0-1
1A
CL
OC
K
34
0-9
A L
OC
K
34
0-8
A H
/L
34
0-1
A H
/L
34
0-4
A C
LO
CK
34
0-1
4A
5V
2
340-1
2A
ST
AR
T/S
TO
P
34
0-1
0A
CW
/CC
W
34
0-7
A 5
V2
340-5
A S
TA
RT
/ST
OP
34
0-3
A C
W/C
CW
34
0-2
A L
OC
K
351-
1
351-
2
351-
3
351-
4
351-
5
351-
6
351-
7
351-
8
351-
9
351-
10
351-
11
352-
1
352-
2
352-
3
352-
4
352-
5
352-
6
352-
7
352-
8
352-
9
352-
10
352-
11
34
0-1
3B
SG
ND
34
0-1
4B
5V
2
34
0-3
B C
W/C
CW
34
0-6
B S
GN
D
34
0-7
B 5
V2
34
0-8
B H
/L
34
0-1
0B
CW
/CC
W
34
0-1
1B
CL
OC
K
340-1
2B
ST
AR
T/S
TO
P
340-5
B S
TA
RT
/ST
OP
34
0-4
B C
LO
CK
34
0-2
B L
OC
K
34
0-1
B H
/L
34
0-9
B L
OC
K
35
3-7
5V
235
6-1
356-
2
356-
3
356-
4
356-
5
356-
6
356-
7
356-
8
356-
9
356-
10
356-
11
35
3-2
LO
CK
35
3-3
CW
/CC
W
35
3-4
CL
OC
K
35
3-5
CO
NT
35
3-6
SG
ND
35
3-1
H/L
358-
1-6
358-
2-5
358-
3-4
358-
4-3
358-
5-2
358-
6-1
35
7-1
A
35
7-2
A
35
7-3
B
35
7-4
B
35
7-6
24
V2
35
7-5
24
V2
359-
3
359-
2
359-
1
35
7-7
SG
ND
35
7-9
5V
2
35
7-8
PS
341-
7-1
341-
6-2
341-
5-3
341-
4-4
341-
3-5
341-
2-6
341-
1-7
345-
4-1
345-
3-2
345-
2-3
345-
1-4
342-
7-1
342-
6-2
342-
5-3
342-
4-4
342-
3-5
342-
2-6
342-
1-7
346-
4-1
346-
3-2
346-
2-3
346-
1-4
343-
7-1
343-
6-2
343-
5-3
343-
4-4
343-
3-5
343-
2-6
343-
1-7
347-
4-1
347-
3-2
347-
2-3
347-
1-4
344-
7-1
344-
6-2
344-
5-3
344-
4-4
344-
3-5
344-
2-6
344-
1-7
348-
4-1
348-
3-2
348-
2-3
348-
1-4
354-
7-1
354-
6-2
354-
5-3
354-
4-4
354-
3-5
354-
2-6
354-
1-7
355-
4-1
355-
3-2
355-
2-3
355-
1-4
291-
1-3
291-
2-2
291-
3-1
298-
9-1
298-
8-2
298-
7-3
298-
6-4
298-
5-5
298-
4-6
298-
3-7
298-
2-8
298-
1-9
299-
1-2
299-
2-1
296-
9-1
296-
8-2
296-
7-3
296-
6-4
296-
5-5
296-
4-6
296-
3-7
296-
2-8
296-
1-9
297-
1-2
297-
2-1
294-
9-1
294-
8-2
294-
7-3
294-
6-4
294-
5-5
294-
4-6
294-
3-7
294-
2-8
294-
1-9
295-
1-2
295-
2-1
292-
9-1
292-
8-2
292-
7-3
292-
6-4
292-
5-5
292-
4-6
292-
3-7
292-
2-8
292-
1-9
293-
1-2
293-
2-1
289-
3
289-
2
35
3-8
5
V2
289-
130
4-6-
1
304-
5-2
304-
4-3
35
3-1
0 S
GN
D
305-
3
305-
2
35
3-1
1 5
V2
305-
130
4-3-
4
304-
2-5
304-
1-6
35
3-1
3 S
GN
D
35
3-1
2 P
S
35
3-9
P
S
470-
1-4
470-
2-3
470-
3-2
470-
4-1
463-
4-1
463-
3-2
463-
2-3
463-
1-4
471-
7-3
471-
6-4
471-
5-5
471-
4-6
471-
2-8
471-
1-9
471-
3-7
471-
8-2
471-
9-1
46
4-1
9 P
GN
D
46
4-1
8 H
/L
46
4-1
6 D
RIV
E
(
24
V1
)
46
4-1
5 P
GN
D
46
4-1
4 H
/L
46
4-1
2 D
RIV
E
(2
4V
1)
46
4-1
3 S
TF
AN
_E
R
46
4-1
7 S
TF
AN
_E
R
57
2-1
N.C
57
2-2
N.C
57
2-3
N.C
57
2-4
N.C
DCPS1
53 54 5556 57 58
59 60 63 64
70 69 7172 73 74116 117
LCT (OPTION)FNS (OPTION)
65 66 6768
PS60 PS61
28 32
PS62 PS63
27 31
PS64 PS65
26 30
PS66 PS67
25 29
M14 M15 M16 M17
M20 M21 M22 M23M18
M19
4546
47
48 4142
43
44 3738
39
40 3334
35
365251
50
49
PS15
PS69 PS68
M24 M25164
163162
161
168167
166165
172171
170169
176175
174173
178177
IPB
CO
OL
ING
FA
N
IP
CO
OL
ING
FA
N
CV
(PARALLEL)
CV
(SERIAL)
COIN VENDOR COIN VENDOR
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R
HP
SE
NS
OR
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R
PR
ES
SU
RE
/RE
LE
AS
E
MO
TO
R
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G
MO
TO
R/Y
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G
MO
TO
R/M
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G
MO
TO
R/C
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G
MO
TO
R/K
TR
AN
SF
ER
BE
LT
MO
TO
R
EN
CO
DE
R S
EN
SO
R/B
ELT
2
EN
CO
DE
R S
EN
SO
R/B
ELT
1
DRDB/KDRDB/CDRDB/MDRDB/Y
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/M1
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/K2
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/K1
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/C2
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/C1
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/M2
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/Y1
EN
CO
DE
R
SE
NS
OR
/Y2
DR
UM
MO
TO
R/Y
DR
UM
MO
TO
R/M
DR
UM
MO
TO
R/C
DR
UM
MO
TO
R/K
PRCB 2/2
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-8 2
Symbol Part name Location
PS60 Encoder sensor /Y1 1-I
PS61 Encoder sensor /Y2 2-I
PS62 Encoder sensor /M1 2-I
PS63 Encoder sensor /M2 2-I
PS64 Encoder sensor /C1 3-I
PS65 Encoder sensor /C2 3-I
PS66 Encoder sensor /K1 4-I
PS67 Encoder sensor /K2 4-I
PS69 Encoder sensor /BELT1 4-G
PS68 Encoder sensor /BELT2 5-G
FNS FNS (option) 8-A
LCT LCT (option) 6-A
M14 Drum motor /Y 1-I
M15 Drum motor /M 2-I
M16 Drum motor /C 3-I
M17 Drum motor /K 4-I
M18 Transfer belt motor 5-G
M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor 6-G
M20 Developing motor /Y 7-G
M21 Developing motor /M 7-G
M22 Developing motor /C 8-G
M23 Developing motor /K 9-G
M24 IP cooling fan 7-A
M25 IPB cooling fan 8-A
PS15 1st transfer HP sensor 6-G
CV Coin vendor (parallel) 4-A
CV Coin vendor (serial) 5-A
DRDB /Y Drum drive board /Y 1-G
DRDB /M Drum drive board /M 2-G
DRDB /K Drum drive board /C 3-G
DRDB /C Drum drive board /K 4-G
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-9 2
5.5 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (5/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
2-3
RE
M/1
10
2-1
5V
1
10
4-1
5V
2
10
2-2
SG
ND
10
3-2
5V
2
10
4-3
12
V
10
3-5
SG
ND
10
3-3
3.5
V
10
3-1
12
V
10
3-6
SG
ND
10
4-4
24
V1
101-1 AC(H)
AC(N)
10
3-4
SG
ND
10
4-2
5V
2
10
2-4
AC
_O
FF
10
5-1
5V
2
10
5-2
5V
2
12
1A
-4
12
1B
-4 156-1
156-2
156-4
156-5
12
1A
-2
12
1B
-2
12
1A
-3
12
1B
-3
12
1A
-1
10
4-6
SG
ND
10
4-7
SG
ND
10
4-8
SG
ND
10
4-9
PG
ND
10
5-5
24
V1
10
5-3
SG
ND
10
5-4
SG
ND
10
5-6
N.C
12
0-1
12
0-3
12
0-5
10
4-5
24
V1
10
4-1
0 P
GN
D
10
8-2
SG
ND
10
8-4
SG
ND
10
8-1
5V
2
101-2 NC
12
0-2
12
0-4
15
3-1
24
V1
FT
16
AC
_H
FT
17
AC
_N
FT
18
AC
_N
FT
19
AC
_N
15
2-9
-2
4V
IN
15
2-1
0 P
GN
D
155-4 H1(H)
155-5 H1(N)
155-1 H1(H)
155-2 H1(N)
15
3-3
24
VA
C(H
)
15
3-4
24
VA
C(N
)
15
2-1
1 P
GN
D
15
7-1
SG
ND
15
7-3
L2
_C
ON
T
15
7-4
5V
2
15
7-2
L3
_C
ON
T
15
3-2
NC
15
2-8
15
2-7
15
2-6
15
2-5
15
2-4
15
2-3
15
2-2
15
2-1
15
8-4
15
8-3
15
8-2
15
8-1
10
8-3
24
V1
DCPS1 1/2Y/G
AC(H)
AC(N)
16
23
45
78
953
5455
5657
5863
6467
6884
85
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
FT1510 107
133
130 131
132
RL1
24V1
RL224V1
RL324V1
123-
5
123-
412
3-1
123-
3
123-
2
123-
9
123-
812
3-10
123-
7
123-
6
268-
5 G
ND
268-
6 24
V
268-
4 5V
IN
268-
2 G
ND
268-
1 12
V
268-
3 5V
OU
T
130-
A1
- A
4
130-
A2
- A
3
130-
B2
- B
3
130-
B4
- B
1
130-
2 -
2
130-
3 -
3
130-
4 -
4
131-
2 -
2
131-
3 -
3
131-
1 -
1
131-
A2
- A
3
131-
B2
- B
3
131-
B4
- B
1
130-
1 -
1
130-
A3
- A
2
131-
A3
- A
2
CH12
144-1
144-2
145-1
145-2
131-
A1
- A
4
143-
1
143-
2
141-
1
141-
2
140-
1
142-
1
140-
4
142-
4
146-
2
146-
1
142-
2
140-
2
142-
3
140-
3
131-
B3
- B
2
131-
B1
- B
4
130-
A4
- A
1
131-
A4
- A
1
131-
4 -
4
130-
B3
- B
2
130-
B1
- B
4
146-
2
146-
1F
T18
FT
17
482-
12-1
482-
11-2
482-
10-3
482-
9-4
482-
8-5
482-
7-6
482-
6-7
482-
5-8
482-
4-9
482-
3-10
482-
2-11
482-
1-12
403-
1
403-
2
403-
3
404-
1
404-
2
404-
3
405-
1
405-
2
405-
3
412-
1
412-
2
412-
3
413-
3
413-
1
406-
2
406-
1
407-
2
407-
1
413-
2
411-
1
411-
2
411-
3
410-
2
410-
3
410-
1
401-
1B-1
6B
401-
2B-1
5B
401-
3B-1
4B
401-
4B-1
3B
401-
5B-1
2B
401-
6B-1
1B
401-
7B-1
0B
401-
8B-9
B
401-
9B-8
B
401-
4A-1
1A
401-
5A-1
0A
401-
6A-9
A
401-
10B
-7B
401-
11B
-6B
401-
1A-1
4A
401-
2A-1
3A
401-
3A-1
2A
401-
7A-8
A
401-
8A-7
A
401-
9A-6
A
401-
10A
-5A
401-
11A
-4A
401-
12A
-3A
401-
13A
-2A
401-
14A
-1A
402-
1-13
402-
2-12
402-
3-11
402-
4-10
402-
5-9
402-
6-8
402-
7-7
402-
8-6
402-
9-5
402-
10-4
402-
11-3
402-
12-2
402-
13-1
401-
15B
-2B
401-
14B
-3B
401-
13B
-4B
401-
12B
-5B
408-
2
408-
1
409-
5-1
409-
4-2
409-
3-3
409-
2-4
409-
1-5
417-
1
417-
2
417-
3
418-
1
418-
2
418-
3
419-
1
419-
2
419-
3
415-
1B-1
6B
415-
2B-1
5B
415-
3B-1
4B
415-
4B-1
3B
415-
5B-1
2B
415-
6B-1
1B
415-
7B-1
0B
415-
8B-9
B
415-
9B-8
B
416-
1-13
416-
2-12
416-
3-11
416-
4-10
416-
5-9
416-
6-8
416-
7-7
416-
8-6
416-
9-5
401-
16B
-1B
484-
4
484-
3
484-
2
484-
1
485-
4
485-
3
485-
2
485-
1
486-
4
486-
3
486-
2
486-
1
566-
1-2
566-
2-1
109
SW1
TRNS1
TRNS2
9798
99
96
107
101100
102103
104
105106
6970
HTR1
HTR2
9697
9899
100101
102103
104105
106
CBR2
CBR1
NF
BT-4
BT-2
BT-3
BT-1
DC
PS
4
FT3
FT4 FT6
FT5 FT7
FT8
FT1
FT2
FT9 FT10
MC7 MC8 PS33PS29 PS30 PS31 PS34 VR1PS32SD7 PS35 PS36 PS37M26 M27 M28
F/G
POWER PLUG
OACB IPB PRCB
DRDB
CVDBFNS ACDB
ACDB
TRANSFORMER/MAIN BODY
TRANSFORMER/LCT
PA
PE
R S
IZE
VR
/1
PIC
K U
P
SO
LE
NO
ID/1
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
CL
UT
CH
/1
PA
PE
R F
EE
D
CL
UT
CH
/1
NO
PA
PE
R
SE
NS
OR
/2
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
SE
NS
OR
/2
TR
AY
UP
PE
R L
IMIT
SE
NS
OR
/2
NO
PA
PE
R
SE
NS
OR
/1
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
SE
NS
OR
/1
TR
AY
UP
PE
R L
IMIT
SE
NS
OR
/1
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/S1
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/L1
RE
MA
ININ
G P
AP
ER
SE
NS
OR
/1
PA
PE
R E
XIT
FA
N/R
PA
PE
R E
XIT
FA
N/F
PA
PE
R E
XIT
FA
N/M
FIXING UNIT
FHCB
EUROPE ONLY
PRCBPRCB
TRAY /1 TRAY /2 1/2
MAIN POWER SWITCH
199195
194
193192
191
190189
188187
186
185184
183
182181180
179198
197196
203202
201200
207206
205204
211210
209208
218217
216215
222221
220219
226225
224223
230229
228227
234233
232231
238237
236235
242241
240239
246245
244243
250249
248247
254253
252251
260259
258257
264263 265
262261
256255
214213
212
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-10 1
Symbol Part name Location
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 1-A
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 1-B
DCPS1 DC power suply unit /1 6-A
DCPS4 DC power suply unit /4 (HD-106) 9-D
RL1 Main relay 4-D
RL2 DCPS2 relay 4-D
RL3 HTR relay 4-D
HTR1 Heater /1 6-E
HTR2 Heater /2 6-E
M26 Paper exit fan /R 5-F
M27 Paper exit fan /M 5-F
M28 Paper exit fan /F 6-F
MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 7-F
MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 7-F
PS29 Pre-registration sensor /1 6-F
PS30 Tray upper limit sensor /1 6-F
PS31 No paper sensor /1 6-F
PS32 Remaining paper sensor /1 8-F
PS33 Paper size /S1 8-F
PS34 Paper size /L1 8-F
PS35 Pre-registration sensor /2 9-F
PS36 Tray upper limit sensor /2 9-F
PS37 No paper sensor /2 9-F
SD7 Pick up solenoid /1 7-F
SW1 Main power switch 3-A
TRNS1 Transformer/main body 5-C
TRNS2 Transformer/LCT 5-C
VR1 Paper size VR /1 8-F
NF Noise filter 2-A
Power plug 1-B
ACDB AC drive board 1-D
FHCB Fixing heater control board 2-F
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-11 2
5.6 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (6/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
6-2
5V
2
11
1-4
PG
ND
11
1-2
24
V2
11
2-1
24
V2
11
2-6
N.C
11
1-1
24
V2
11
3-2
PG
ND
11
2-4
N.C
11
2-3
PG
ND
11
1-5
PG
ND
110-1 AC(H)
110-4 AC(N)
10
6-3
5V
2
10
7-1
5V
2
10
7-2
5V
2
10
7-7
12
V
11
3-1
24
V2
11
3-4
PG
ND
11
5-6
PG
ND
11
5-7
PG
ND
11
3-3
24
V2
11
5-5
N.C
11
4-2
24
V2
11
4-6
PG
ND
11
1-6
PG
ND
11
1-3
24
V2
11
1-7
24
V2
11
1-8
24
V2
11
1-9
24
V2
11
4-3
24
V2
11
4-7
PG
ND
11
5-8
PG
ND
11
4-8
PG
ND
11
4-9
PG
ND
11
4-4
24
V2
11
4-5
24
V2
11
5-1
24
V2
11
5-2
24
V2
11
5-3
PG
ND
11
5-4
PG
ND
11
2-2
24
V2
11
2-5
PG
ND
10
7-3
5V
2
11
1-1
0 P
GN
D
11
1-1
1 P
GN
D
11
1-1
2 P
GN
D
10
6-1
5V
2
10
6-7
12
V
11
4-1
NC
10
6-5
SG
ND
10
6-6
SG
ND
10
6-8
SG
ND
10
6-4
SG
ND
10
7-4
SG
ND
10
7-5
SG
ND
10
7-6
SG
ND
110-2 NC
110-3 NC
112-1
112-3
10
9-6
SG
ND
10
9-7
SG
ND
10
9-8
12
V
10
9-5
5V
2
10
9-2
SG
ND
10
9-3
5V
3
10
9-4
5V
3
10
9-1
SG
ND
112-2DCPS1 2/2 DCPS2
1112
7374
7576
7778
798687
1314
1516
17 1819 2021 2223 24 33 34 35 3637 38 39 4041 42 43 4445 46 47 48 52 51 49 50
6059
6566
7271
8889
9091
9392
9495
110111
112113
8081
8283
121
116117 114
115
127-
1
127-
2
127-
3
127-
6
127-
712
7-5
128-
7
128-
6
128-
5
128-
112
8-3
128-
2
126-
5
126-
412
6-1
126-
3
126-
2
125-
5
125-
412
5-1
125-
3
125-
2
126-
9
126-
812
6-10
126-
7
126-
6
125-
9
125-
812
5-10
125-
7
125-
6
127-
4
127-
8
128-
4
128-
8
124-
8
124-
7
124-
6
124-
2
124-
3
124-
4
124-
1
124-
5
458-
10
458-
9
458-
8
458-
11
449-
1
449-
2
450-
1
450-
2
451-
1
451-
2
444-
1
444-
2
444-
3
445-
1
445-
2
445-
3
446-
1
446-
2
446-
3
447-
1
447-
2
447-
3
453-
2
453-
1
454-
1
454-
2
454-
3
455-
1
455-
2
455-
3
460-
1
460-
2
460-
3
458-
7
458-
6
443-
12-1
443-
11-2
443-
10-3
443-
9-4
443-
8-5
443-
7-6
443-
6-7
443-
5-8
443-
4-9
443-
2-11
443-
1-12
458-
5
458-
4
458-
3
458-
2
458-
1
452-
8-1
452-
7-2
452-
6-3
452-
5-4
452-
4-5
452-
3-6
452-
2-7
452-
1-8
461-
1
461-
2
461-
3
456-
6-2
456-
4-4
456-
5-3
456-
7-1
456-
3-5
456-
1-7
456-
2-6
457-
4-1
426-
1
426-
2
426-
3
427-
3
427-
1
420-
2
420-
1
421-
2
421-
1
427-
2
425-
1
425-
2
425-
3
424-
2
424-
3
424-
1
415-
4A-1
1A
415-
5A-1
0A
415-
6A-9
A
415-
10B
-7B
415-
11B
-6B
415-
1A-1
4A
415-
2A-1
3A
415-
3A-1
2A
415-
7A-8
A
415-
8A-7
A
415-
9A-6
A
415-
10A
-5A
415-
11A
-4A
415-
12A
-3A
415-
13A
-2A
415-
14A
-1A
416-
10-4
416-
11-3
416-
12-2
416-
13-1
415-
15B
-2B
415-
14B
-3B
415-
13B
-4B
415-
12B
-5B
422-
2
422-
1
423-
5-1
423-
4-2
423-
3-3
423-
2-4
423-
1-5
431-
1
431-
2
431-
3
432-
1
432-
2
432-
3
433-
1
433-
2
433-
3
440-
1
440-
2
440-
3
441-
3
441-
1
434-
2
434-
1
435-
2
435-
1
441-
2
439-
1
439-
2
439-
3
438-
2
438-
3
438-
1
429-
1B-1
6B
429-
2B-1
5B
429-
3B-1
4B
429-
4B-1
3B
429-
5B-1
2B
429-
6B-1
1B
429-
7B-1
0B
429-
8B-9
B
429-
9B-8
B
429-
4A-1
1A
429-
5A-1
0A
429-
6A-9
A
429-
10B
-7B
429-
11B
-6B
429-
1A-1
4A
429-
2A-1
3A
429-
3A-1
2A
429-
7A-8
A
429-
8A-7
A
429-
9A-6
A
429-
10A
-5A
429-
11A
-4A
429-
12A
-3A
429-
13A
-2A
429-
14A
-1A
430-
1-13
430-
2-12
430-
3-11
430-
4-10
430-
5-9
430-
6-8
430-
7-7
430-
8-6
430-
9-5
430-
10-4
430-
11-3
430-
12-2
430-
13-1
429-
15B
-2B
429-
14B
-3B
429-
13B
-4B
429-
12B
-5B
436-
2
436-
1
437-
5-1
437-
4-2
437-
3-3
437-
2-4
437-
1-5
457-
1-4
457-
2-3
457-
3-2
415-
16B
-1B
429-
16B
-1B
462-
4-1
462-
3-2
462-
2-3
462-
1-4
479-
1-3
479-
2-2
479-
3-1
567-
1-2
567-
2-1
568-
1-2
568-
2-1
443-
3-10
109
110111
112113
PS47 VR4 PS48
M41
PS52PS49 PS51PS50M38 M39 M40 PS53 M42
MC9 PS39 PS40 VR2PS38SD8 PS45PS41 PS42 PS43 PS46 VR3PS44SD9MC10 MC11 MC12
MC13
M18
CVDBSCDB TSDB OB1LCT ADF SCDB ADF FNS LCT TSDB
M3 M4 M5 M6 M20,M21,M22,M23
PRCB HV1 M41
DC
PS
CO
OL
ING
FA
N
WA
ST
E T
ON
ER
FU
LL S
EN
SO
R
WA
ST
E T
ON
ER
DO
OR
SE
NS
OR
PAPER FEED MOTOR
TR
AY
UP
DR
IVE
M
OT
OR
/3
TR
AY
UP
DR
IVE
M
OT
OR
/1
TR
AY
UP
DR
IVE
M
OT
OR
/2
INT
ER
ME
DIA
TE
CO
NV
EY
AN
CE
CL
UT
CH
/1
VE
RT
ICA
L C
ON
VE
YA
NC
E S
EN
SO
R
VE
RT
ICA
L C
ON
VE
YA
NC
E D
OO
R S
EN
SO
R
NO
PA
PE
R S
EN
SO
R/B
P
NO
PA
PE
R
SE
NS
OR
/3
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/SB
P
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/LB
P
PA
PE
R S
IZE
VR
/BP
PA
PE
R S
IZE
VR
/2
PA
PE
R S
IZE
VR
/3
RE
MA
ININ
G
PA
PE
R S
EN
SO
R/3
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/S2
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/L2
PIC
K U
P
SO
LE
NO
ID/3
PIC
K U
P
SO
LE
NO
ID/2
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
CL
UT
CH
/3
PA
PE
R F
EE
D
CL
UT
CH
/3
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
CL
UT
CH
/2
PA
PE
R F
EE
D
CL
UT
CH
/2
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/S2
PR
E-
RE
GIS
TR
AT
ION
SE
NS
OR
/3
PA
PE
R S
IZE
/L2
TR
AY
UP
PE
R L
IMIT
SE
NS
OR
/3
RE
MA
ININ
G P
AP
ER
SE
NS
OR
/2
TRAY /2 2/2 TRAY /3 BY-PASS TRAY
IP-921
DCPS3
IP-921 (OPTION)
269268
267266
276275
274273
280279
278277
284283
282281
290289
288287
294293
292291
298297
296295
302301
300299
306305
304303
310309
308307
314313
312311
320319
318317
324323
322321
328327
326325
338337
336335
342341
340339
353352
351350
357356
359358
355354
346345
344343
349348
347
330329
332331
334333
316315
286285
272271
270
137140134
135136138
139141
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-12 1
Symbol Part name Location
DCPS2 DC power supply unit /2 4-A
DCPS3 DC power supply unit /3 (IP-921) 3-A
M38 Tray up drive motor /3 7-F
M39 Tray up drive motor /2 7-F
M40 Tray up drive motor /1 7-F
M41 Paper feed motor 8-F
M42 DCPS cooling fan 9-F
MC9 Paper feed clutch /2 1-F
MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2 1-F
MC11 Paper feed clutch /3 3-F
MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3 4-F
MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 7-F
PS38 Remaining paper sensor /2 2-F
PS39 Paper size /S2 2-F
PS40 Paper size /L2 2-F
PS41 Pre-registration sensor /3 3-F
PS42 Tray upper limit sensor /3 3-F
PS43 No paper sensor /3 3-F
PS44 Remaining paper sensor /3 4-F
PS45 Paper size /S2 5-F
PS46 Paper size /L2 5-F
PS47 No paper sensor /BP 6-F
PS48 Paper size /SBP 6-F
PS49 Paper size /LBP 6-F
PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor 7-F
PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor 8-F
PS52 Waste toner full sensor 9-F
PS53 Waste toner door sensor 9-F
SD8 Pick up solenoid /2 1-F
SD9 Pick up solenoid /3 4-F
VR2 Paper size VR /2 2-F
VR3 Paper size VR /3 5-F
VR4 Paper size VR /BP 6-F
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-13 2
5.7 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (7/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95
03
-7B
CW
/CC
W
50
3-9
B S
TA
RT
/ST
OP
50
3-8
B C
LO
CK
50
3-6
B L
OC
K
50
3-5
B H
/L
52
7-6
5V
2
50
3-8
A F
D_
OP
EN
50
3-4
A B
PN
F_
SIG
50
7-6
SG
ND
50
7-5
5V
2
53
9-B
1 5
V2
53
9-B
9 5
V2
53
9-B
6 5
V2
50
7-1
24
V2
50
7-2
24
V2
50
7-4
PG
ND
50
7-3
PG
ND
50
3-1
5A
SG
ND
50
3-1
4A
AD
UP
_S
IG
50
3-1
3A
AD
UH
_S
IG
50
3-1
2A
BM
AX
_S
IG
50
3-1
A R
EG
_C
ON
T
50
3-1
7B
BP
SD
CO
NT
50
3-1
6B
EX
SD
CO
NT
50
3-1
5B
AM
C1
CO
NT
50
3-1
4B
AM
C2
CO
NT
50
3-1
3B
AP
CL
CO
NT
50
3-1
2B
MC
L2
CO
NT
50
3-1
1B
MC
L3
CO
NT
50
3-1
0B
BP
CL
CO
NT
50
0-1
A
50
0-2
A
50
0-3
A
50
0-4
A
50
0-5
A
50
0-6
A
50
0-7
A
50
0-8
A
50
0-9
A
50
0-1
B
50
0-2
B
50
0-3
B
50
0-4
B
50
0-5
B
50
0-1
0A
50
0-1
1A
50
0-1
2A
50
0-1
3A
50
0-1
4A
50
0-1
5A
50
0-1
0B
50
0-1
1B
50
0-1
2B
50
0-1
3B
50
0-1
4B
54
8-5
24
V2
54
8-3
A
54
8-1
B
53
6-2
24
V2
53
6-6
B
53
4-2
24
V2
53
4-3
A
53
4-8
24
V2
52
4-2
24
V2
52
4-6
B
51
8-2
PS
51
3-3
5V
2
52
7-1
2 5
V2
52
7-1
1 P
S
51
8-6
5V
2
51
8-3
5V
2
52
7-9
5V
2
52
7-8
PS
51
8-7
SG
ND
51
0-5
H/L
51
3-2
PS
51
0-1
1 5
V2
51
0-9
ST
AR
T/S
TO
P
51
0-8
CL
OC
K
51
0-7
CW
/CC
W
51
0-6
LO
CK
51
0-3
PG
ND
51
0-4
PG
ND
51
3-6
5V
2
51
3-4
SG
ND
51
3-1
SG
ND
54
8-6
24
V2
51
0-1
0 S
GN
D
51
0-2
24
V2
51
0-1
24
V2
51
8-4
SG
ND
51
8-8
PS
51
8-9
5V
2
51
8-1
SG
ND
52
7-7
SG
ND
52
7-1
6 D
RIV
E
52
7-1
7 2
4V
2
51
8-1
5 2
4V
2
53
9-A
5 5
V2
53
9-A
11
24
V2
53
9-A
4 2
4V
2
50
3-1
7A
DD
RV
_T
xd
50
3-1
6A
DD
RV
_R
xd
50
3-1
0A
AD
UR
_S
IG
50
3-9
A F
EX
T_
SIG
50
3-7
A H
AN
1_
SIG
50
3-6
A H
AN
2_
SIG
50
3-5
A R
EV
_S
IG
51
3-5
PS
50
3-3
A F
RL
_S
IG
54
8-2
B
54
8-4
A
53
9-B
5 P
S
53
9-B
8 P
S
53
9-A
6 P
S
53
9-B
2 P
S
51
8-1
4 D
RIV
E
51
8-5
PS
52
7-1
3 5
V2
52
7-4
SG
ND
51
8-1
2 D
RIV
E
51
8-1
3 2
4V
2
53
9-A
7 S
GN
D
53
9-B
3 S
GN
D
53
9-A
8 D
RIV
E
53
9-A
9 2
4V
2
53
9-A
10
DR
IVE
52
4-5
B
52
4-4
A
52
4-3
A
52
4-1
24
V2
53
6-4
A
53
6-1
24
V2
53
4-7
24
V2
53
4-5
B
53
4-1
24
V2
50
0-1
5B
50
0-1
6A
50
3-1
1A
RE
G_
SIG
50
3-2
A 1
2V
53
9-B
4 S
GN
D
53
9-B
7 S
GN
D
53
9-B
10
1
53
9-B
11
2
53
9-A
1 D
RIV
E
53
9-A
2 2
4V
2
53
9-A
3 D
RIV
E
53
6-3
A
53
6-5
B
53
4-4
A
53
4-6
B
53
4-9
A
53
4-1
0 A
53
4-1
2 B
53
4-1
1 B
51
8-1
0 D
RIV
E
51
8-1
1 2
4V
2
50
3-3
B T
R4
_C
W
50
3-4
B T
R4
_C
ON
T
50
0-1
7A
50
0-6
B
50
0-7
B
50
0-8
B
50
0-9
B
50
3-1
B N
.C
50
3-2
B N
.C
50
0-1
7B
24
V
50
0-1
6B
LO
CK
SD
52
4-7
N.C
52
7-1
4 P
S
52
7-1
5 S
GN
D
52
7-5
PS
52
7-1
SG
ND
52
7-3
5V
2
52
7-1
0 S
GN
D
52
7-2
PS
56
9-1
A
56
9-2
A
56
9-3
B
56
9-4
B
40
0-1
3A
5V
2
40
0-1
5A
PS
40
0-1
4A
SG
ND
40
0-1
2A
PS
40
0-4
A D
RIV
E
40
0-3
B S
GN
D
40
0-1
0B
PS
40
0-2
B T
1D
ET
(H)
40
0-1
6A
5V
2
40
0-9
B S
GN
D
40
0-1
1A
SG
ND
40
0-8
A S
GN
D
40
0-5
A 2
4V
2
40
0-6
B S
GN
D
40
0-7
B P
S
40
0-8
B 5
V2
40
0-1
6B
N.C
40
0-1
5B
N.C
40
0-1
3B
PS
40
0-1
2B
SG
ND
40
0-1
4B
5V
2
40
0-1
B S
GN
D
40
0-1
0A
5V
2
40
0-1
A N
.C
40
0-6
A D
RIV
E
40
0-7
A 2
4V
2
40
0-3
A 2
4V
2
40
0-2
A D
RIV
E
40
0-9
A P
S
40
0-1
1B
5V
2
40
0-5
B 3
.3V
40
0-4
B V
R
41
4-1
3A
5V
2
41
4-1
5A
PS
41
4-1
4A
SG
ND
41
4-1
2A
PS
41
4-1
6A
5V
2
41
4-1
1A
SG
ND
41
4-8
A S
GN
D
41
4-1
0A
5V
2
41
4-9
A P
S
15
0-1
0A
DR
IVE
15
0-9
A
EM
15
0-8
A
H/L
15
0-7
A
PG
ND
15
0-2
B
DR
IVE
15
0-1
B
EM
15
0-1
2A
H/L
15
0-1
1A
PG
ND
15
0-6
B
DR
IVE
15
0-5
B
EM
15
0-4
B
H/L
15
0-3
B
PG
ND
15
0-1
A
FIX
TE
MP
1
15
0-2
A
FIX
TE
MP
1
15
0-3
A
FIX
TE
MP
1
15
0-4
A
FIX
TE
MP
2
15
0-5
A
FIX
TE
MP
2
15
0-9
B
FIX
TE
MP
4
15
0-8
B
FIX
TE
MP
4
15
0-6
A
FU
SE
RS
ET
15
1-1
5V
2
15
1-5
L2
_D
RIV
E
15
1-6
L3
_D
RIV
E
15
1-2
S_
GN
D
15
0-1
2B
FIX
TE
MP
3
15
0-1
1B
FIX
TE
MP
3
15
0-1
0B
FIX
TE
MP
3
15
0-7
B
N.C
15
1-8
PW
RL
_D
RIV
E
(
RE
M/2
)
15
1-7
L4
_D
RIV
E
15
1-4
MR
L_
DR
IVE
15
1-3
H1
_D
RIV
E
73
4-4
73
4-5
73
3-7
73
3-8
73
1-3
73
1-4
73
1-5
73
1-6
73
1-7
73
1-8
73
3-1
73
3-2
73
0-1
0A
DE
VE
YD
CV
73
0-1
B
DE
VE
KC
LO
CK
73
0-1
A
DE
VE
CC
LO
CK
73
0-8
B
CH
GK
CO
NT
73
0-9
A
SG
ND
73
0-2
B
DE
VE
KD
CV
73
0-9
B
SG
ND
73
0-1
4A
GY
DC
V
73
0-1
3A
CH
GY
_E
R
73
0-1
2A
DE
VE
DC
Y
73
0-1
1A
DE
VE
AC
Y
73
0-3
B
DE
VE
AC
K
73
0-4
B
DE
VE
DC
K
73
0-7
B
CH
GK
DC
V
73
0-6
B
GK
DC
V
73
0-5
B
CH
GK
_E
R
73
2-1
73
2-2
73
2-3
73
2-4
73
4-6
73
4-7
73
4-8
73
2-5
73
2-6
73
2-7
73
2-8
73
3-3
73
3-4
73
3-5
73
3-6
73
4-1
73
4-2
73
4-3
73
1-1
73
1-2
73
5-1
24
V2
73
5-3
PG
ND
73
0-1
5A
CH
GY
DC
V
73
0-1
6A
CH
GY
CO
NT
73
5-2
NC
73
0-2
A
DE
VE
MD
CV
73
0-8
A
CH
GM
CO
NT
73
0-7
A
CH
GM
DC
V
73
0-6
A
GM
DC
V
73
0-5
A
CH
GM
_E
R
73
0-4
A
DE
VE
DC
M
73
0-3
A
DE
VE
AC
M
73
0-1
6B
CH
GC
CO
NT
73
0-1
5B
CH
GC
DC
V
73
0-1
4B
GC
DC
V
73
0-1
0B
DE
VE
CD
CV
73
0-1
1B
DE
VE
AC
C
73
0-1
3B
CH
GC
_E
R
73
0-1
2B
DE
VE
DC
C
M29 M54HV1
135-
1-2
135-
2-1
134-
1-3
134-
3-1
134-
2-2
133-
1-2
133-
2-1
132-
1-3
132-
3-1
132-
2-2
565-
1
565-
2
565-
3
542-
2
542-
3
547-
1
547-
2
547-
3
543-
1
543-
2
543-
3
PS25
546-
1
546-
2
546-
3
PS26
542-
1
501-
1A-1
7A50
2-1A
-17A
501-
2A-1
6A
501-
3A-1
5A
501-
4A-1
4A
501-
5A-1
3A
501-
6A-1
2A
501-
7A-1
1A
501-
8A-1
0A
501-
9A-9
A
501-
10A
-8A
501-
11A
-7A
501-
12A
-6A
501-
13A
-5A
501-
14A
-4A
501-
15A
-3A
501-
17A
-1A
501-
1B-1
7B
501-
2B-1
6B
501-
3B-1
5B
501-
4B-1
4B
501-
5B-1
3B
501-
7B-1
1B
501-
8B-1
0B
501-
9B-9
B
501-
10B
-8B
501-
11B
-7B
501-
12B
-6B
501-
13B
-5B
501-
14B
-4B
502-
2A-1
6A
502-
3A-1
5A
502-
4A-1
4A
502-
5A-1
3A
502-
6A-1
2A
502-
7A-1
1A
502-
8A-1
0A
502-
9A-9
A
502-
10A
-8A
502-
11A
-7A
502-
12A
-6A
502-
13A
-5A
502-
14A
-4A
502-
15A
-3A
502-
17A
-1A
502-
1B-1
7B
502-
2B-1
6B
502-
3B-1
5B
502-
4B-1
4B
502-
5B-1
3B
502-
6B-1
2B
502-
7B-1
1B
502-
8B-1
0B
502-
9B-9
B
502-
10B
-8B
502-
11B
-7B
502-
12B
-6B
502-
13B
-5B
502-
14B
-4B
MC6SD5
550-
6
514-
1-6
514-
2-5
514-
3-4
514-
4-3
514-
5-2
514-
6-1
538-
2
538-
5
538-
1
538-
3
538-
4
538-
6
525-
2
525-
5
525-
1
525-
3
525-
4
525-
6
537-
2
537-
5
537-
1
537-
3
537-
4
537-
6
523-
1
523-
2
523-
3
522-
1
522-
2
522-
3
526-
1
526-
2
531-
3
531-
2
531-
1
520-
1
520-
2
520-
3
532-
1
532-
2
532-
3
533-
3
533-
2
533-
1
511-
1-11
511-
2-10
511-
3-9
511-
4-8
511-
5-7
511-
6-6
511-
7-5
511-
8-4
511-
9-3
511-
10-2
511-
11-1
550-
1
550-
2
550-
3
550-
4
550-
5
515-
1
515-
2
515-
3
517-
1
517-
2
517-
3
512-
1
512-
2
512-
3
512-
4
512-
5
512-
6
512-
7
512-
8
512-
9
512-
10
512-
11
516-
1-3
516-
2-2
516-
3-1
519-
2-1
519-
1-2
521-
5-2
521-
4-3
521-
6-1
521-
2-5
521-
1-6
521-
3-4
528-
2-1
528-
1-2
529-
2-1
529-
1-2
530-
2-2
530-
1-3
530-
3-1
540-
2-1
540-
1-2
541-
2-1
541-
1-2
545-
1-2
545-
2-1
544-
1-2
544-
2-1
552-
2-2
552-
1-3
552-
3-1
551-
2-2
551-
1-3
551-
3-1
553-
2
553-
1
502-
15B
-3B
502-
16A
-2A
501-
16A
-2A
501-
15B
-3B
535-
3
535-
9
535-
1
535-
5
535-
7
535-
11
554-
2-2
554-
1-3
554-
3-1
555-
5-2
555-
4-3
555-
6-1
555-
2-5
555-
1-6
555-
3-4
556-
2-2
556-
1-3
556-
3-1
557-
2-2
557-
1-3
557-
3-1
501-
16B
-2B
501-
17B
-1B
501-
6B-1
2B
563-
2-1
563-
1-2
502-
16B
-2B
502-
17B
-1B
549-
1
549-
2
549-
3
535-
10
535-
8
535-
6
535-
4
535-
2
570-
3-2
570-
2-3
570-
4-1
570-
1-4
571-
4-1
571-
3-2
571-
2-3
571-
1-4
FT20
FT29
FT25 FT26
FT30
FT21
FT23
FT22
FT24
FT27 FT28
137-
131
91-0
1P1
504-
5
504-
6
505-
5
504-
3
504-
4
505-
3
505-
4
505-
6
8081
8283
8485
118119
120
120119
118
508-
3
508-
4
508-
1
508-
2
509-
3-1
121
506-
2B
506-
1B
506-
2A
506-
1A
9293
PS28PS27
MC5MC4
MS1
M33
PS21PS20SD4MC2
PS19
L 2 L 3
TH
4
TH
2
TH
3
TH
1
L 4
PS55
M34M30 M31
MC3 PS22 PS23
PS18
MC1
PS16 PS17
M35
M32
PS24
SD6
F/G
F/G
F/G
504-
1
504-
2
505-
1
505-
2
505-
750
4-7
509-
1-3
509-
2-2
504-
850
5-8
PAPER
FEED
CLUTCH/
BP
PRCB(2/2) 1/2FIX
ING
UP
PE
R H
EA
TE
R L
AM
P/1
FIX
ING
UP
PE
R H
EA
TE
R L
AM
P/2
TS
1
TS
2F
IXIN
G L
OW
ER
HE
AT
ER
LA
MP
FIXING
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR/4
FIXING
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR/2
FIXING
EMPERATURE
SENSOR/3
FIXING
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR/1
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G B
IAS
/Y
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G B
IAS
/M
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G B
IAS
/C
DE
VE
LO
PIN
G B
IAS
/K
CHARGER/Y CHARGER/M CHARGER/C CHARGER/K
GRID/Y GRID/M GRID/C GRID/K
ADU LOCK
SOLENOID
FRONT
DOOR
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR
OPEN/CLOSE
SENSORFIXING MOTOR
FIXING UNITFIXING PRESSURE/
RELEASE SENSORFIXING
EXIT SENSOR
WEB MOTOR
CVDB
CONVEYANCE UNITADU
PRE-
STRATION
CLUTCH
ADU
CONVEYANCE
CLUTCH/2ADU
CONVEYANCE
CLUTCH/1
REVERSE/
EXIT
SENSOR ADU
CONVEYANCE
SENSOR
ADU
REVERSE
SENSOR
REGISTRATION
SENSOR ADU
PRE-
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
REVERSE/
EXIT
SOLENOID 2nd
TRANSFER
HP
SENSOR
CONVEYANCE
LEVER
SENSOR
REGISTRATION
ROLLER
MOTOR
REVERSE/
EXIT MOTOR
LOOP
ROLLER
MOTOR
ADU
REVERSE
MOTOR
2nd TRANSFER
PRESSURE/RELEASE
MOTOR
TRAY UP
DRIVE
MOTOR/BP INTERMEDIATE
CONVEYANC
CLUTCH/3
INTERMEDIATE
CONVEYANC
CLUTCH/2
TRAY
UPPER
LIMIT
SENSOR/BP
BY-PASS
CONVEYANCE
SENSORINTERMEDIATE
CONVEYANCE
SENSOR/1
INTERMEDIATE
CONVEYANCE
SENSOR/2
PICK UP
SOLENOID/
BP
195
194
193192
191
190189
188187
186
185184
183
182181180
179
199198
197196
203202
201200
207206
205204
211210
209208
218217
216215
222221
220219
226225
224223
230229
228227
234233
232231
238237
236235
242241
240239
246245
244243
250249
248247
254253
252251
260259
258257
264263 265
262261
256255
214213
212
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-14
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
TS1 Thermostat /1 1-C Developing bias /Y 9-E
TS2 Thermostat /2 2-C Developing bias /M 9-E
HV1 High voltage unit /1 7-C Developing bias /C 9-E
L2 Fixing upper heater lamp /1 1-B Developing bias /K 9-E
L3 Fixing upper heater lamp /2 1-B Charger /Y 7-E
L4 Fixing lower heater lamp 2-B Charger /M 8-E
M29 Fixing motor 1-D Charger /C 8-E
M30 Registration roller motor 4-H Charger /K 8-E
M31 Loop roller motor 4-H Grid /Y 7-E
M32 ADU reverse motor 4-H Grid /M 7-E
M33 Reverse/exit motor 5-H Grid /C 8-E
M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor 6-H Grid /K 8-E
M35 Tray up drive motor /BP 6-H PRCB Printer control board 3-A
M54 Web motor 2-D CVDB Conveyance drive board 1-F
MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /2 1-H
MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /1 1-H
MC3 ADU Pre-registration clutch 2-I
MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 7-H
MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 7-H
MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP 8-H
PS16 Fixing pressure/release sensor 2-D
PS17 Fixing exit sensor 2-D
PS18 Front door open/close sensor 3-D
PS19 Reverse/Exit sensor 1-I
PS20 ADU conveyance sensor 2-I
PS21 ADU reverse sensor 2-I
PS22 Registration sensor 2-I
PS23 ADU Pre-registration sensor 3-I
PS24 2nd Transfer HP sensor 3-I
PS25 Tray upper limit sensor /BP 6-I
PS26 By-pass conveyance sensor 7-I
PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 7-I
PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 8-I
PS55 Conveyance lever sensor 3-I
SD4 Reverse/Exit solenoid 1-H
SD5 Pick up solenoid /BP 8-H
SD6 ADU lock solenoid 7-F
MS1 Front door interlock switch 3-D
TH1 Fixing temperature sensor /1 1-C
TH2 Fixing temperature sensor /2 3-C
TH3 Fixing temperature sensor /3 2-C
TH4 Fixing temperature sensor /4 3-C
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX
Appendix-15 2
5.8 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (8/8)
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
70
2-1
A
70
2-2
A
70
2-1
1A
70
2-1
2A
70
2-1
3A
70
2-1
B
70
2-2
B
70
2-3
B
70
2-1
2B
70
2-1
3B
70
0-1
3A
DR
V_
ER
R
70
0-1
2A
H/L
70
0-3
A T
B_
5V
_S
IG
70
0-2
A S
GN
D
70
0-1
A T
BO
_S
IG
70
0-1
1B
SG
ND
70
0-2
B D
BL
T_
CN
T
70
0-1
B D
BL
T_
CL
OC
K
70
0-1
2B
CH
FA
N_
ON
70
0-1
3B
CH
FA
N_
ER
44
2-9
B P
S
44
2-1
7B
24
V2
44
2-1
5B
24
V2
44
2-1
2B
PS
44
2-1
1B
SG
ND
44
2-8
B S
GN
D
44
2-6
B S
GN
D
44
2-3
B C
W/C
CW
44
2-6
A P
S
44
2-7
A 5
V2
44
2-1
2A
VR
44
2-1
4A
SG
ND
44
2-1
5A
PS
44
2-1
B H
/L
44
2-2
B E
M
44
2-4
B C
LO
CK
44
2-5
B C
ON
T
44
2-1
1A
SG
ND
44
2-8
A S
GN
D
44
2-3
A D
RIV
E
44
2-1
A D
RIV
E
44
2-1
6A
5V
2
44
2-1
3A
3.3
V3
44
2-1
0A
5V
2
44
2-5
A S
GN
D
44
2-4
A 2
4V
2
44
2-2
A 2
4V
2
44
2-1
6B
DR
IVE
44
2-1
4B
DR
IVE
44
2-1
3B
5V
2
44
2-1
0B
5V
2
44
2-7
B 5
V2
45
9-7
5
V2
45
9-1
0 5
V2
41
4-4
A D
RIV
E
41
4-3
B S
GN
D
41
4-1
0B
PS
41
4-2
B T
2D
ET
(H)
41
4-9
B S
GN
D
41
4-5
A 2
4V
2
41
4-6
B S
GN
D
41
4-7
B P
S
41
4-8
B 5
V2
41
4-1
6B
N.C
41
4-1
5B
N.C
41
4-1
3B
PS
41
4-1
2B
SG
ND
41
4-1
4B
5V
2
41
4-1
B S
GN
D
41
4-1
A N
.C
41
4-6
A D
RIV
E
41
4-7
A 2
4V
2
41
4-3
A 2
4V
2
41
4-2
A D
RIV
E
41
4-1
1B
5V
2
41
4-5
B 3
.3V
41
4-4
B V
R
42
8-1
3A
5V
2
42
8-1
5A
PS
42
8-1
4A
SG
ND
42
8-1
2A
PS
42
8-4
A D
RIV
E
42
8-3
B S
GN
D
42
8-1
0B
PS
42
8-2
B T
3D
ET
(H)
42
8-1
6A
5V
2
42
8-9
B S
GN
D
42
8-1
1A
SG
ND
42
8-8
A S
GN
D
42
8-5
A 2
4V
2
42
8-6
B S
GN
D
42
8-7
B P
S
42
8-8
B 5
V2
42
8-1
6B
N.C
42
8-1
5B
N.C
42
8-1
3B
PS
42
8-1
2B
SG
ND
42
8-1
4B
5V
2
42
8-1
B S
GN
D
42
8-1
0A
5V
2
42
8-1
A N
.C
42
8-6
A D
RIV
E
42
8-7
A 2
4V
2
42
8-3
A 2
4V
2
42
8-2
A D
RIV
E
42
8-9
A P
S
42
8-1
1B
5V
2
42
8-5
B 3
.3V
42
8-4
B V
R
45
9-9
P
S
45
9-8
S
GN
D
45
9-6
P
S
45
9-5
S
GN
D
45
9-1
D
RIV
E
45
9-2
E
M
45
9-3
H
/L
45
9-4
P
GN
D
44
2-9
A P
S
44
2-1
7A
N.C
73
7-1
73
8-1
0
73
8-9
73
8-8
73
8-7
73
8-2
73
8-1
73
8-6
73
8-3
73
7-2
73
7-3
73
7-1
1
73
7-1
0
73
7-9
73
7-8
73
7-7
73
7-6
73
7-5
73
7-1
2
73
7-4
73
8-5
73
8-4
73
9-1
24
V2
73
9-3
PG
ND
73
6-5
B
2N
D_
CO
NT
73
6-1
0A
TR
AN
SK
73
6-4
A
TR
AN
SM
73
6-6
A
TR
AN
SM
ER
73
6-1
2A
TR
AN
SK
ER
73
6-1
1B
SE
PA
_D
CI
73
6-9
A
TR
AN
SC
ER
73
6-7
A
TR
AN
SC
73
6-2
A
TR
AN
SY
I
73
6-1
2B
SE
PA
_E
R
73
6-5
A
TR
AN
SM
I
73
6-8
A
TR
AN
SC
I
73
6-1
1A
TR
AN
SK
I
73
6-6
B
2N
D_
VI
73
6-7
B
2N
D_
GA
IN
73
6-8
B
2N
D_
ER
73
6-9
B
SE
PA
_C
NT
73
6-2
B
N.C
73
6-1
B
N.C
73
6-1
A
TR
AN
SY
73
6-3
A
TR
AN
SY
ER
73
6-1
0B
SE
PA
_A
CI
73
6-4
B
GP
CO
NT
73
6-3
B
SG
ND
73
9-2
NC
39
3-7
B P
GN
D
39
3-4
B P
GN
D
39
3-5
B D
RIV
E
39
3-3
B H
/L
39
3-6
B E
M
39
3-9
B S
GN
D
39
3-8
B T
EM
P
70
6-3
B
70
6-4
B7
04
-3 2
4V
2
70
4-4
24
V2
70
5-3
B
70
4-6
PG
ND
70
4-5
PG
ND
70
6-1
A
70
6-2
A
70
6-5
24
V2
70
6-6
24
V2
70
5-1
A
70
5-2
A
71
1-8
2
4V
2
71
1-7
C
ON
T
71
1-6
2
4V
2
71
1-4
2
4V
2
71
1-3
C
ON
T
71
1-1
C
ON
T
70
4-2
SG
ND
70
4-1
5V
2
70
8-1
1 5
V2
70
8-3
PG
ND
70
8-4
PG
ND
70
8-1
24
V2
70
8-2
24
V2
70
8-1
0 S
GN
D
70
8-6
LO
CK
70
8-7
CW
/CC
W
70
8-8
CL
OC
K
70
8-9
CO
NT
72
6-3
B
72
6-8
A
72
6-1
1 2
4V
2
72
6-1
2 2
4V
2
72
6-1
0 B
72
6-4
B
72
6-9
B
72
6-1
A
72
6-2
A
72
6-5
24
V2
72
6-6
24
V2
72
6-7
A
70
2-8
B
70
2-9
B
70
2-1
0B
70
2-1
1B
70
8-5
H/L
70
0-6
B T
BK
_S
IG
70
0-5
B K
BC
L_
DR
IVE
70
0-4
B T
BK
_E
N
70
0-3
B T
BK
_C
LO
CK
72
4-1
7 E
M
70
5-4
B
70
5-5
24
V2
70
5-6
24
V2
70
5-7
N.C
71
1-5
C
ON
T
72
4-1
0 S
GN
D
72
4-1
S
GN
D
72
4-2
P
S
72
4-4
S
GN
D
72
4-5
T
LD
_S
IG
72
4-7
S
GN
D
72
4-8
T
LD
_S
IG
72
4-1
1 T
LD
_S
IG
72
4-1
3 S
GN
D
72
4-1
4 T
LD
_S
IG
72
4-1
6 D
RIV
E
(2
4V
1)
72
4-1
8 P
GN
D
72
4-1
5 5
V
72
4-1
2 5
V
72
4-9
5
V
72
4-6
5
V
72
4-3
5
V2
71
1-2
2
4V
2
39
3-1
A D
RIV
E
39
3-2
A E
M
39
3-4
A P
GN
D
39
3-3
A H
/L
39
3-5
A D
RIV
E
39
3-6
A E
R
39
3-7
A H
/L
39
3-8
A P
GN
D
39
3-9
A D
RIV
E
39
3-1
0A
EM
39
3-1
1A
H/L
39
3-1
2A
PG
ND
39
3-1
B D
RIV
E
39
3-2
B E
R
39
3-1
0B
HU
M
39
3-1
1B
5V
2
39
3-1
2B
N.C
39
1-7
B K
EY
_C
ON
T
39
1-6
B P
GN
D
39
1-8
B 2
4V
39
1-8
A F
FA
N_
ER
39
1-7
A H
/L
39
1-9
B P
GN
D
39
1-1
A 2
4V
39
1-2
A P
AT
1_
DR
IVE
39
1-3
A P
AT
2_
DR
IVE
39
1-4
A P
AT
3_
DR
IVE
39
1-5
A P
AT
4_
DR
IVE
39
1-6
A P
GN
D
39
1-9
A D
RIV
E
70
2-7
A
70
2-9
A
70
2-1
0A
70
0-7
A T
BM
_C
LO
CK
70
0-6
A T
BM
_E
N
70
0-5
A M
BC
L_
DR
IVE
70
0-4
A T
BM
_S
IG
70
2-8
A
70
2-4
B
70
2-5
B
70
2-6
B
70
2-7
B
70
0-1
0B
TB
C_
SIG
70
0-9
B C
BC
L_
DR
IVE
70
0-8
B T
BC
_E
N
70
0-7
B T
BC
_C
LO
CK
70
2-3
A
70
2-4
A
70
2-5
A
70
2-6
A
70
0-1
1A
TB
Y_
CL
OC
K
70
0-1
0A
TB
Y_
EN
70
0-9
A Y
BC
L_
DR
IVE
70
0-8
A T
BY
_S
IG
39
1-2
B H
/L
39
1-1
B P
GN
D
39
1-3
B E
M
39
1-4
B D
RIV
E
39
1-5
B K
EY
_S
ET
57
2-1
57
2-2
57
2-3
57
2-4
57
2-5
57
2-6
57
2-7
57
2-8
57
2-9
57
2-1
0
751-
1-6
751-
2-5
751-
3-4
751-
4-3
751-
5-2
751-
6-1
752-
1-3
752-
2-2
752-
3-1
753-
1-3
753-
2-2
753-
3-1
754-
1-3
754-
2-2
754-
3-1
HV2
M53
472-
2-2
472-
3-1
472-
1-3
399-
4
399-
3
399-
2
399-
1
395-
2-3
395-
3-2
395-
4-1
396-
1-4
396-
2-3
396-
3-2
396-
4-1
397-
1-4
397-
2-3
397-
3-2
397-
4-1
398-
1-3
398-
2-2
398-
3-1
395-
1-4
713-
1
713-
2
716-
1
716-
2
719-
1
719-
2
722-
1
722-
2
725-
1
725-
2
725-
3
703-
1
703-
2
703-
3
703-
4
703-
5
703-
6
709-
1
709-
2
709-
3
709-
4
709-
5
709-
6
709-
7
709-
8
709-
9
709-
10
709-
11
727-
1-6
727-
2-5
727-
3-4
727-
4-3
727-
5-2
727-
6-1
728-
1-6
728-
2-5
728-
3-4
728-
4-3
728-
5-2
728-
6-1
701-
13A
-1A
701-
12A
-2A
701-
11A
-3A
701-
10A
-4A
701-
9A-5
A
701-
8A-6
A
701-
7A-7
A
701-
6A-8
A
701-
5A-9
A
701-
4A-1
0A
701-
3A-1
1A
701-
2A-1
2A
701-
1A-1
3A
701-
13B
-1B
701-
12B
-2B
701-
11B
-3B
701-
10B
-4B
701-
9B-5
B
701-
8B-6
B
701-
7B-7
B
701-
6B-8
B
701-
5B-9
B
701-
4B-1
0B
701-
3B-1
1B
701-
2B-1
2B
701-
1B-1
3B
707-
1-6
707-
2-5
707-
3-4
707-
4-3
707-
5-2
707-
6-1
721-
1
721-
2
721-
3
718-
2
718-
1
718-
3
715-
1
715-
2
715-
3
712-
1
712-
2
712-
3
394-
1-4
394-
2-3
394-
4-1
394-
3-2
741-
1-8
741-
2-7
741-
3-6
741-
4-5
741-
5-4
741-
6-3
741-
7-2
741-
8-1
710-
1-2
710-
2-1
493-
4
493-
3
493-
1
493-
2
494-
4
494-
3
494-
1
494-
2
495-
2
495-
6
495-
4
495-
3
495-
5
495-
1
392-
1
392-
2
392-
3
392-
4
9495
9091
M49 M50 M51 M52
M48
M43 M46M45M44
M36
M47 TEMP/HUM
MC14
PS54TLD_Y TLD_M TLD_C TLD_K
MC15 MC16 MC17MS2
M37F/G
C(K)
307
-1
307
-2
307
-3
307
-4
888986
87
TEMP/HUMIDITY
SENSORWRITING
INTAKE FAN/1
WRITING
INTAKE FAN/2WRITING
EXHAUST FAN/1
WRITING
EXHAUST FAN/2DRUM UNIT
FAN
CHAGER
INTAKE FAN
TONER
LEVEL
DETECTION
SENSOR/Y
TONER
LEVEL
DETECTION
SENSOR/M
TONER
LEVEL
DETECTION
SENSOR/C
TONER
LEVEL
DETECTION
SENSOR/K
TONER
SUPPLY
DOOR
OPEN/CLOSE
SENSOR
FIXING
COOLING
FAN/2
KEY
COUNTER
FIXING
COOLING
FAN/3
GU
IDE
PL
AT
E
SE
PA
RA
TIO
N
2n
d T
RA
NS
FE
R
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R/K
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R/C
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R/M
1st T
RA
NS
FE
R/Y
INDICATOR LAMP
TSDB
TONER SUPPLY
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
TONER
BOTTLE
CLUTCH/Y
TONER
BOTTLE
CLUTCH/M
TONER
BOTTLE
CLUTCH/C
TONER
BOTTLE
CLUTCH/K
TONER BOTTLE MOTORTONER SUPPLY
MOTOR/Y
TONER SUPPLY
MOTOR/M
TONER SUPPLY
MOTOR/C
TONER SUPPLY
MOTOR/K
DCPS2DCPS1
PAPER EXIT
FAN/3
PAPER EXIT
FAN/1
(New type only)
PAPER EXIT
FAN/2
M61 M62 M63
290289
288287
294293
292291
298297
296295
302301
300299
320319
318317
324323
322321
328327
326325
338337
336335
342341
340339
353352
351350
357356
359358
355354
346345
344343
349348
347
330329
332331
334333
306305
304303
310309
308307
314313
312311
316315
269268
267266
276275
274273
280279
278277
284283
282281
286285
272271
270
PRCB(2/2) 2/2
Symbol
Crimp
Connector FastonRelay connector
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute
APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004
Appendix-16 2
Symbol Part name Location
C(K) Key counter 3-D
TEMP/HUM Temp/Humidity sensor 7-D
HV2 High voltage unit /2 2-C
M36 Fixing cooling fan /3 4-D
M37 Fixing cooling fan /2 4-E
M43 Writing intake fan /1 5-D
M44 Writing intake fan /2 6-D
M45 Writing exhaust fan /1 6-D
M46 Writing exhaust fan /2 6-D
M47 Drum unit fan 7-D
M48 Chager intake fan 5-E
M49 Toner supply motor /Y 7-I
M50 Toner supply motor /M 7-I
M51 Toner supply motor /C 8-I
M52 Toner supply motor /K 8-I
M53 Toner bottle motor 9-H
M61 Paper exit fan /1 1-D
M62 Paper exit fan /2 1-D
M63 Paper exit fan /3 1-D
MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y 5-I
MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M 5-I
MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C 5-I
MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K 5-I
PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor 6-E
TLD Y Toner level detection sensor /Y 5-E
TLD M Toner level detection sensor /M 6-E
TLD C Toner level detection sensor /C 6-E
TLD K Toner level detection sensor /K 6-E
MS2 Toner supply interlock switch 4-I
Indicator lamp 5-D
Guide plate 3-F
Separation 3-F
2nd transfer 3-E
1st transfer /Y 2-F
1st transfer /M 2-F
1st transfer /C 2-F
1st transfer /K 2-E
TSDB Toner supply drive board 5-F
Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute